You are on page 1of 416

- la

-
I

I

24-hour

1
Wearin!. safety belt correctly is one of the most important

-2- .. .$ 3 Q $ :' .
f' ri'
ri, ,.e
q _.I'
~ I ..<. v I T 0 set the clock on systems without Automatic Tone Control, press 9
I, a r e s and hold the SEEK right arrow until the correcg

Supplement to the1998 Chevrolet Blazer,GMC Jimmy and
Oldsmobile Bravada Owner’s Manuals

This information replaces the Heated Front Seats text in Press the lower partof the switch to turn the heater on
the “Seats and Restraint Systems” section of your low. Press the upper partof the switch to turn the heater
owner’s manual. on high. Put theswitch in the center position to turn the
heater off.
Heated Front Seats(If Equipped)
The passenger’s safety beltmusI oe engaged for the
. ,
If you have this feature, the heated seat feature to work on the passenger’s seat.
control is located on the
side of the seat. This feature
will quickly heat the lower
cushion and lower backof
the driver and front
passenger seats for
added comfort.

STFFO4-01

NOTES

2

S. Vehicles built for the U. Supplement to the1998 Chevrolet SlO (with ZR2 Suspension) and Chevrolet Blazer (withZR2 Suspension) Owner’s Manuals This information should be included with the “Daytime This information should be included with the “Engine Running Lamps ( D m ) ” information located in Compartment Fuse Block” information located in Section 2 in your owner’s manual. vehicles built for the U. domestic market. Section 6 in your owner’s manual. domestic market are not DRL Not used for Daytime Running Lamps in equipped with Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). “Copyxight General Motors Corporation 1998 Part Number 15040820 All Rights Reserved 1 .S.

. _. . * . . . 2 ..... . . . ... .. .: . '...... .. .L ..--. . . .. . ..... .

suchas a flat tire or overheated engine.It also explains the“SIR’ system. 9. It also gives you information on “Reporting Safety Defects” on page 8-10.1 Index Here’s an alphabeticallisting of almost every subject in this manual.1 Features and Controls This section explains howto start and operate your vehicle. 3-1 Comfort Controls and Audio Systems This section tellsyou how to adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how to operate your audio system. Tk:: 1998 Chevrolet Blazer Owner’s Manual 1-1 Seats and Restraint Systems This section tellsyou how to use your seats and safety belts properly.l Your Driving and the Road Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road how and to drive under different conditions. 8. You can use it to quickly find something you want to read. 4. i . 5-1 Problems on the Road This section tells whatto do if you have a problem while driving. 7-1 Maintenance Schedule This section tellsyou when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use. 6-1 Service and Appearance Care Here the manual tellsyou how to keep your vehicle running properly and looking good.1 Customer Assistance Information This section tells you howto contact Chevrolet for assistance and how to get service and owner publications.etc. 2.

1577 Meyerside Dr. We support voluntary 3CHEVROLET GENERAL MOTORS. For vehicles first sold in Canada.so it will be Aux propribtaires canadiens:Vous pouvez vous procurer un exemplaire de ce guide en frangais chez there if you ever need it when you’re onthe road. If you votre concessionaire ou au: sell the vehicle. DGN MarketingServices Ltd..JCERTIFIED WE SUPPORT technician certification. Ontario L5T 1B9 Litho in U. French Language Manual: Please keep this manual in your vehicle. please leavethis manual in it so the new owner can useit. We reserve the right to make changes in the product after that time without further notice. VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN CHEVROLET. Mississauqa. @CopyrightGeneral Motors Corporation 1997 C98 11 B First Edition All Rights Reserved ii . L. substitute the name For Canadian OwnersWho Prefer a “General Motorsof Canada Limited” for Chevrolet Motor Division whenever itappears in this manual.the GM Emblem. AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE EXCELLENCE This manual includesthe latest information at the time it was printed. GM. the CHEVROLET Emblem and the CERTIFICATION THROUGH name BLAZER areregistered trademarks of General National institute for Motors Corporation.A.S.

do this.) How to Use this Manual Many people read their owner’s manualfrom beginning The!!anthereissomethingthatcouldhurt to end when theyfirst receive their new vehicle. we tell you whatthe hazard is. Please read these cautions. If you you or other people. and the page number where you’llfind it. Be sure to read the “on-pavement” and about things that could hurt you if you wereto ignore “off-road” driving guidelines in this manual. It’s an alphabetical list of what’s in the manual. failure tooperate You will find a number of safety cautions in this book. A good place to look for what you need is the Index in back of the manual. you or Index others could be hurt. iii . Inthis manual. If you don’t. “Driving Guidelines” and “Off-Road Driving with Your Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle” in theIndex. you’ll find that pictures and words worktogether to explain In the caution area.About DrivingYour Vehicle Safety Warnings and Symbols As with other vehicles of this type. it will help you learn about the features and controls for your vehicle. we tell you what todo to help avoid or reduce the hazard. (See the warning. this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or We use a box and the word CAUTIONto tell you an accident. Then things quickly.

in this book you willfind these notices: I NOTICE: These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle. CAUTIONor NOTICE. You’ll also see warning labelson your vehicle.” When you read other manuals.’’ But the notice will tell you whatto do to help avoid “Don’t do this” or “Don’t the damage. let this happen. Many times. you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words. Vehicle Damage Warnings Also. This safety not be covered by your warranty. and it could be costly. You will alsofind a circle In the notice area. iv . this damage would this book. They use the same words. symbol means “Don’t.we tell you about something that can with a slash through it in damage your vehicle.

Vehicle Symbols These are some of the symbols you mayfind on your vehicle.11.. These symbols These symbols These symbols These symbols Here are some these symbols are important have to do with are on some of are used on other symbols are used on an for you and your lamps: your controls: warning and you may see: original battery: your passengers indicator lights: whenever your CAUTION POSSIBLE INJURY A vehicle is driven: COOLANT -. FUEL 93 SPARK OR 1. For example. FLAME COULD EXPLODE BATTERY FOG LAMPS #0 VENTILATING FAN ANTI-LOCK BRAKES (@) J V .. FUSE -%- TEMP PROTECT EYES BY SHIELDING TURN SIGNALS e LIGHTER I m CAUSTIC BURNS FASTEN SEAT BELTS WINDSHIELD DEFROSTER BRAKE (a) HORN b . WINDOW COOLANT h SPEAKER b POWER WINDOW DAYTIME RUNNING * LAMPS "' 0 DEFOGGER ENGINE OIL PRESSURE e.

Model Reference This manual covers these models: Two-Door Utility Four-Door Utility vi .

Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Here you’ll find information about the seats in your vehicle andhow to use your safety belts properly.and the Answers 1-38 Center Rear Passenger Position 1-15 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly (4-Door Models) 1-15 Driver Position 1-39 Children 1-22 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 1-42 Child Restraints 1-23 Right Front Passenger Position 1-53 Larger Children 1-23 Supplemental Inflatable 1-56 Safety Belt Extender Restraint (SIR) System 1-56 Checking Your Restraint Systems 1-30 Center Front Passenger Position 1-57 Replacing Restraint System Parts (4-DOOr Models) After a Crash . You can also learn about some things you should not do with air bags and safetybelts. 1-2 Seats and Seat Controls 1-32 Rear Seat Passengers 1-10 Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone 1-35 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides for Children 1-14 Here Are Questions Many People Ask and Small Adults (4-DOOr Models) About Safety Belts -.

Slide the seat to where you wantit. Adjust the driver’s seat only when Move the lever under the front of the manual seat up to the vehicleis not moving. andfold them up and down. 1-2 . unlock it. Then release the lever and try to move the seat with your body to make sure the seat is locked into place.Seats and Seat Controls This section tells you about the seats -. or make you push a pedal when you don’t want to. The sudden movement could startle and confuse you.how to adjust them. Manual Front Seat You can lose controlof the vehicleif you try to adjust a manual driver’s seat while the vehicle is moving.

Turn the knob to the left to increase lumbar support and to the right to decrease lumbar support. Horizontal Control:Raise the front of the seat by raising the forward edge of the button. 1-3 . outside of the driver and passenger bucket seats. Lowerthe front of the seat by lowering the forward edge of the button. Move the seat forward by moving the whole button toward the front of the vehicle. there willbe a control pad on there will be a knob on the your driver’s seat.Manual Lumbar Support Power Driver’s Seat(If Equipped) If you have this feature. If you have this feature.

located on the side of the driver’s seat. Vertical Control: Move the reclining front seatback rearward by moving the button towardthe rear of the vehicle. Movethe seat rearward by moving If you have thiscontrol. Press and holdthe front of the control until you havethe desired lumbar support.To decrease lumbar support. Moving the whole button upor down raises or lowers the whole seat. press and hold the rear of the control. it is the whole button towardthe rear of the vehicle. Move the seatback forward by moving the button toward thefront of the vehicle.Raise the rear of the seat by raising the rear edge of the Power Lumbar Control (If Equipped) button. Lowerthe rear of the seat by lowering the rear edge of the button. 1-4 .

1-5 . Put the switchin the center positionto turn the heater off. Press the lower part of the switch to turn the heateron low. This feature will quickly heat the lower cushion and lower backof the driver and front passenger seats for added comfort. Release the lever to lock the seatback whereyou want it. Pull up on the lever and theseat will go to an upright position. the control is located on the side of the seat. Press the upper part of the switch to turn the heater on high.Heated Front Seats(If Equipped) Reclining Front Seatbacks If you have this feature.

have the seatback upright. The lap beltcan’t do itsjob either. In a crash the belt could go up over your abdomen. The shoulderbelt can’t do its job because it won’t be against yourbody. Instead. receiving neck or other injuries. your safety belts can’t do theirjob when you’re reclined like this. In a crash you could go into it. Even if you buckle up. Thebelt forces would be there. it will be in front of you. Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly. 1-6 . not at yourpelvic bones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries. Sitting ina reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. motion. But don’t have a seatback reclined if your vehicle For proper protectionwhen the vehicle is in is moving.

Thenmove the seat rearward until it locks. If the Head restraints are fixed on some models and adjustable seatback was reclined before being folded forward. This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash. The head restraints tilt forward and rearwardalso. it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. To fold the front seatback Easy Entry Seat(2-Door Models) forward. Always forward to let people get press rearward on the seatback to be sure it into the back seat or to is locked. That could The front seatback folds cause injury to the person sitting there. 1-7 .it on others. Seatback Latches If the seatback isn’t locked.Head Restraints To return the seatbackto the upright position. rearward and pull the seatback forward. Tilt the right front seatback completely forward and the whole seat will slide forward. rotate the handle The right front seat of your vehicle makesit easy to get on the side ofthe seat in and out of the rear seat. 0 Move the seatback to its original position after someone gets into the rear seat area. so that the topof the restraint is closest to the top of your ears. Slide an adjustable headrestraint up or down will return to the reclined position. access the storage area behind the seat. push the seatback all the way back until the latch catches.

To raise the seatbacks. have them fixed immediately. seatbacks. Rear Seats Your vehicle hasa’foldingrear seat which lets youfold The rear seat release handles are on the rearof the the seatbacks down for more cargo space.’ /d CAUTION: I I If an easy entry right front seat isn’t locked. the person sitting there could be injured. it can move. Push and pull on the seatbacks to check that the latches have locked in the upright position. be sure to push rearward to be sure itis locked. After you’ve used on an easy entry seat it. Push back on the seatbacks as you pull up on the handles. 0 Tilt the seatback completely forward againto get out. just lift up the seatbacks and push until they lock in the upright position.The head restraint will automatically fold outof the way when the seatbackis folded down.If they haven’t. In a sudden stop or crash. 1-8 .

. the driver’s side rear seat head restraint must be lifted and held upright as the seatback is raised. the head restraint will hit the spare tire and prevent the seatback from properly latching. After releasing the button.Otherwise. On two-door models withan inside mounted spare tire. Push and pull onthe head restraints to check that they have locked in the upright position. reach behind the seats and pull the headrestraint up until it locks into position. push and pullon the head restraint to make sure it’s locked in place. To return the headrestraints to the upright position. Push the button located underthe head restraint to raise or lower it. have them fixed immediately. The rear seat headrestraints are adjustable. Slide the head restraint up or down so that the top of the head restraint is closest to the top of your ears. If they haven’t.

) are fastened properly too. you might buckle up. (SIR). It also tells you some things you should not do A CAUTION: with safety belts. If you are ina crash and you’re not wearing a safety belt. Always fasten your Belt ReminderLight” in safety belt. And it explains the Supplemental Inflatable Restraint inside or outside of a vehicle. a safety belt properly. your injuries - can be much worse. Do not allow people to ride in any areaof your vehicle that is not A CAUTION: equipped with seats and safetybelts. andcheck that yourpassengers’ belts the Index. You can be seriously comes on as a reminder to injured orkilled. or air bag system. (See “Safety not be if you are buckled up. people riding in theseareas are morelikely to be seriously injured orkilled. A 1-10 . In acollision.Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area. Be sure everyone inyour vehicle is in a seat and using a Don’t let anyone ride where he or she can’t wear safety belt properly. In the same crash. You can hit thingsinside the Your vehicle has a light that vehicle or be ejected fromit.

In many of them.In most states and Canadian provinces. the law says to wear safety belts. people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away. But most crashes are in between. the facts are clear. After more than 30 years of safety belts in vehicles. Take the simplest vehicle. ~crashes ~ t buckling up does matter . If you do have a crash.. a lot! Why Safety BeltsWork When YOU ride in or on anything.. Here’s why: They work. In m . and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person wouldn’t survive. You never know if you’ll be in a crash. 1-11 . Without belts theycould have been badly hurt or killed. A few crashes aremild. Suppose it’s just a seat on wheels. you go as fast as it goes. you don’t know if it will be a bad one.

1-12 . Then stop the vehicle. Get it up to speed.Put someoneon it. The rider doesn't stop.

. 1-13 ...The person keeps going until stopped by something. or the instrument panel. it could be the windshield . In a real vehicle..

But they are or the safety belts! supplemental systemsonly. wear safety belts? A: Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be in most of them inthe future.not insteadof them. 1-14 . you slow down asthe vehicle does. You stop over more distance. That’s true not only infrontal collisions. but especially inside and other collisions. bags. That’s why safety belts. system ever offered for salehas required the use of and your strongest bonestake the forces. Evenif you’re in a vehicle that has air safety belts make such good sense. safety belts-. you still have to buckle up to getthe most protection. Everyair bag You get more timeto stop. so they work with With safety belts.

2. and I never drive far from How to Wear Safety Belts Properly home. 1 . Close and lock the door. Lap-Shoulder Belt The driver has a lap-shoulder belt.even one that isn’t your fault -. And the greatest number of serious injuries First.&: If I’m a good driver. see “Seats” in the Index) so you can sit UD straight. children and babies. and your passengers can be hurt. Here’s how to wear it properly. 1-15 . And there are different rules for smalle control. Adjust the seat (to see how. Safety belts are for everyone.” Most accidents occur within 25 miles (40 km) of Follow those rules for everyone’s protection. why should I wear safety belts? Adults A: You may be an excellent driver. We’ll start with the driver position. If a child will be riding in your vehicle. Being a good Be aware that there are special things to know about safe driver doesn’t protect you from things beyond your belts and children. such as bad drivers. but ifyou’re in an accident -. (65 km/h).you This part is only for people of adult size. home. Driver Position This part describes the driver’s restraint system. you’ll want to know whichrestraint systems your and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph vehicle has. see the part ofthis manual called “Children.

Push the latch plate into the buckle untilit clicks. Then pull the belt across you more slowly.If this happens. 4. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. 1-16 . pull downon the buckle end of the belt as you pull up theon shoulder belt. If the belt isn’t long enough. let the belt go back slightly to unlock it. 5. The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly.see “Safety Belt Extender” at the end of this section. To make the lap part tight. Don’t let it get twisted. e 3. Make sure the release button on the buckleis positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quicklyif you ever had to. Pull up onthe latch plate to make sureit is secure.

This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. If you slid under it. 1-17 . These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. And you’d be less likely to slide under the lap belt. the belt would applyforce atyour abdomen. this applies force to the strong pelvic bones. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest.The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips. In a crash. or if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor. just touching the thighs. The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or crash.

A: The shoulder belt is too loose. What’s wrong with this? You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder isbelt too loose. The shoulder belt should fit against your body. 1-18 . It won’t give nearly as much protection this way. which could increase injury. In a crash. you would move forward too much.

@ What’s wrong with this? [ON: You can be seriously injuredif your beltis In a crash. I 1 I I I I I 1 I A: The belt is buckled in the wrong place. This could cause serious internal injuries. Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you. The belt forceswould be there. notat the pelvic bones. the belt would go up over your abdomen. buckled in the wrong place like this. 1-19 .

which would increase the chance of head and neck injury. the belt would apply too much force to the ribs. 1-20 . which aren't as strong as shoulder bones. A: The shoulder beltis worn under the arm. It should be worn over the shoulder at all times. Also. In a crash.@ What's wrong with this? r' You can be seriouslyinjured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm. You could also severely injure internalorgans like your liver or spleen. your 23 body would move toofar forward.

What's wrong with this? You can be seriously injuredby a twisted belt. A: The belt is twisted across the body.If a beltis twisted.In a crash. make it straightso it can work properly. you wouldn't have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces.or ask your dealer tofix it. 1-21 .

they are more likelyto be seriously injuredif they don’t wear safety belts. The belt shouldgo back out of the way. throughout the pregnancy. If you slam the door on it. be sure the belt is out of the way. To unlatch the belt. Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts workfor everyone. and the lap portion shouldbe worn as low as possible. Before you close the door.just push the button onthe buckle. you can damage boththe belt and your vehicle. Like all occupants. including pregnant women. below the rounding. A pregnant woman should weara lap-shoulder belt. 1-22 .

as foranyone.except for onething. (SIR) system or air bag system.The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the Supplemental Inflatable Restraint mother. safety belt properly. it’s more likely that the fetuswon’t be hurt in a crash. If this happens. just let thebelt go back all the way and start again. the key to making This part explains the Supplemental Inflatable Restraint safety belts effective is wearing them properly. you willengage the child restraint locking feature. Right Front Passenger Position Your vehicle has “Next Generation” reduced-force frontal air bags -. quickly if they are to do their job and comply with If you ever pull the shoulder portion of the beltout all federal regulations. Reduced-force frontal air bags are designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating The right front passenger’s safety belt works the same air bag. But even these air bags must inflate very way as the driver’s safety belt -. When a safety belt is worn properly.one airbag for the driver and another To learn how to wear the right front passenger’s air bag for the right front passenger. For (SIR) System pregnant women. see “Driver Position” earlier in this section. 1-23 . the way.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the air bag system: CAUTION: I Air bags inflatewith great force. reduced-force air bags may provideless protection in frontal crashes than more forceful air bags have provided inthe past. And. Always wear your safety belt. If you’re too close to an inflating YOI :an be severely i: . side or low-speed frontal crashes. Air reduced-force air bags. Everyone in your vehicle should wear a -- safety belt properly whether or notthere’s an air bag for thatperson. This is true -- you aren’t wearing your safety belt even if you even with reduced-force frontal air bags. They aren’t designed to inflateat all in rollover. it could seriouslyinjure you. 1-24 .!d or killed in a cr. Safety belts help keepyou in position beforeand during have air bags. but don’t replacethem. faster than the blink of an eye. even with inside thevehicle or being ejected fromit. Air bags are designed to work only in moderate tosevere crashes where the frontof your vehicle hits something. I if air bag. rear. -- bags are designed to workwith safety belts. Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things a crash. All air bags even reduced-force air control of the vehicle. The driver shouldsit as bags are “supplemental restraints” to the safety far back aspossible while still maintaining -- belts. for unrestrained occupants.

This istrue even thoughyour vehicle has reduced-force frontal air bags.an air bag when it inflates can be seriouslyinjured or killed. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. Children who are up against. See “Air Bag ReadinessLight” in the Index Neitherthe vehicle’s safety belt systemnor its air for more information. malfunctions. which shows the air bag symbol. A 1 $ There is an air bag readiness light on the instrument panel. Always secure children properly in your vehicle. bag system is designedfor them. Air bags plus lap-shoulder belts offerthe best protectionfor The system checks the air bag electrical system for adults. 1-25 . but not for young children and infants. or very close to. Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide. To read how. see the part of this manual called “Children”and see the caution labels on the sunvisors and the right frontpassenger’s safety belt.

wheel. Where are the air bags? The driver’s air bag is in the middle of the steering. 1-26 .How the Air Bag System Works The right front passenger’s air bag is in the instrument panel on the passenger’sside.

because inflation wouldnot help the occupant. The threshold level inflates the air bag. the threshold level is system triggers a release of gas from the inflator. no one can say whether anair bag should have inflated simply because of the damage might force the object into that person. and don’t attachor put anything on the near-frontal impacts. side impacts or rear impacts. air bag and related can vary. An air bag is designedto inflate in a moderateto severe frontal or near-frontal crash.” If your vehicle goesstraight into a system detects that the vehicle isin a crash. The inflator. especially on rough terrain. wide range of conditions. such right front passenger. When should an air bag inflate? As always. however. The air bag will inflate What makes an air bag inflate? only if the impact speed isabove the system’s designed In an impact ofsufficient severity. as a parked car. the bag might not inflate properly or it In any particular crash. The sensing wall that doesn’t moveor deform. the threshold level willbe higher. of an inflating air bag must be kept clear. steering wheel hub or on or near any other air The air bag system is designedto work properly under a bag covering. See “Off-Road Driving’’ in the Index for more tips on off-road driving. 1-27 . If something is between an occupant and an air bag. If your steering wheel and in the instrument panel infront of the vehicle strikes something that willmove or deform. The air bag is not designedto inflate in rollovers. which about 14 to 18 mph (23 to 29 k d h ) . Don’t Inflation is determined bythe angle of the impact and put anything between an occupant and an air how quickly the vehicle slows downin frontal or bag. the air bag sensing “threshold level. Observe safe driving speeds. so that hardware are all part of the air bag modules inside the it can be somewhat above or below this range. The path to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were. including off-road usage. wear your safetybelt. with specific vehicle design.

system. driver’s safety belt usageat deployment. Air bag inflation doesn’t prevent thedriver from The module records information aboutthe readiness seeing or from being able to steer the vehicle. or the instrument panel A new system will include air bag modules and for the right front passenger’s bag -. If you don’t getthem. moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions. you’ll need somenew parts for your air bag some people may not even realize the air bag inflated. What will you see afteran air bag inflates? Air bags are designedto inflate only once.it quickly deflates. there is dust in the air. To avoid this. After they After an air bag inflates. air bags. some smoke and dust coming from ventsin the deflated which records information about theair bag system. the air bag system Some components of the air bag module -. The parts of the bag that come into contact with you vehicle covers the need to replace other parts. Air bags should never be regarded as anything of the vehicle after an air bag inflates. then get more than a supplement to safety belts. nor does it of the system. asis safe to do because an occupant’s motionis not toward those air If you have breathing problems but can’t get out bags. Therewill be Your vehicle is equipped with a diagnostic module. primarily vehicle should get out as soon it so. 1-28 . including breathing trouble. Air bags supplement the protection When an air bag inflates. people with a history of asthma or other stopping the occupant more gradually.But air bags would not help you in many types of collisions.How does an air bag restrain? In moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions. even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel. may be warm. and then only in fresh air by openinga window or door. The service manual for your time. so quickly that inflate. provided by safety belts. but not too hot to touch. Air bags distribute the forceof This dust could cause breathing problems for the impact moreevenly over the occupant’s upper body. everyone in the rollovers. when the sensors are activated and stop people from leaving the vehicle. rear impacts and side impacts.the steering won’t be there to help protect you in another crash.will be hot for a short possibly other parts. wheel hub for the driver’s air bag.

or yellow connectors. 1-29 . You don’t want the system to NOTICE: inflate while someone is workingon your vehicle.or if water enters your vehicle can be injured if you are close to an air bag when and soaks the carpet. You to the carpeting or higher-.such as water up bag can still inflate during improper service. needless repair costs by turning off the vehicle immediately. If this ever happens. To purchase a service manual. see “Service and Owner right frontpassenger’s air bag. you can avoid performing work foryou is qualified to doso. Your dealer and the GM Service Manual have information If you damage the covering for the driver’s or the about servicing your vehicle and theair bag system. There are parts of the air bag system in several places around your vehicle. See your dealer for service. and then you start your vehicle. Avoid wires wrapped with yellow tape ruined. Be sure tofollow proper sensors and related parts. battery cables are first disconnected. unless the The air bag systemdoes not need regular maintenance. Theyare probably partof the damage could make the air bags inflate. Improper service can mean that your air bag system won’t work properly. You would have to replace the air bags as well as the the air bagsystem. You may have to replace the air bag module in the steering wheel or both the air bag module and the instrument panel for the right frontpassenger’s air bag.0 Let only qualified technicians work on your air bag Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle system. or service procedures. the air bag controller can be soaked and it inflates. and make sure the person if it’s exposed to water thatsoaks the carpet.Air bags affecthow your vehicle should beserviced. Don’t let anyone start the vehicle. Do not open or /A CAUTION: break the air bag coverings. For up totwo minutes after the ignition key is turned off and the batteryis disconnected. an air If your vehicle ever gets aintolot of water-. work properly. even to tow it.If your vehicle is ever ain flood. the bagmay not Publications’’ in the Index. even if there’s no crash.

working properly. See “Customer Satisfaction Procedure” in the Index.(The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual. it’s not likely to keep the air bags from working properly in a crash. If you have any questions aboutthis. Also. someone can sit in height. they may keep the air bag systemfrom the center position. If you add things that change your vehicle’s Lap Belt frame.Adding Equipmentto Your Air Center Front Passenger Position Bag-Equipped Vehicle (4-Door Models) @’ If I add a push bumper bf iibicycle rack to the front ofmy vehicle. bumper system. e. will it keep the air bags from working properly? A: As long as the push bumper or bicycle rack is attached to your vehicle so that the vehicle’s basic structure isn’t changed.’’ Is there anything I might add to the front of the vehicle that could keep the air bags from working properly? A: Yes. the air bag system may not work properly ifyou relocate any of the air bag sensors.) . front end sheet metal or If your vehicle hasa front bench seat. you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle.

part of a lap-shoulder belt. which hasno retractor. If the belt isn’t long enough see “Safety Belt Extender”at the endof this section.tilt the latch plate and pullit along Buckle. 1-31 . To make the belt is snug. the belt longer. you To make the belt shorter. Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned SO YOU would be ableto unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to. pullits free end as shown until have a lap safety belt.When you sit in the center front seating position. position and releaseit the same way as the lap the belt.

Lap-Shoulder Belt The positions next to the windows havelap-shoulder belts. Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted canbe thrown out of the vehicle ina crash. let the beltgo back slightlyto unlock it. If this happens. The shoulder belt maylock if you pull the belt across you very quickly. And they canstrike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.Rear Seat Passengers It’s very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up! Accident statistics show that unbelted people inthe rear seat are hurt more often incrashes than those who are wearing safety belts. Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions 1. 1-32 . Don’t letit get twisted. Then pull the belt across you more slowly. Here’s how to wear one properly. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.

Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to.2. If the belt is not long enough. 1-33 . When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. it will lock. pull down on the buckle end of the belt as you pullup on the shoulder part. 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. If it does. To make the lap part tight. see “Safety Belt Extender” at the end of this section. let it go back all the way and start again.

The safety belt locksif there’s a sudden stop or a crash. just touching the thighs. the belt would apply forceat your abdomen. The safety beltalso locks if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor. This could cause serious or even fatalinjuries. this applies force to the strong pelvic bones. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug I I I I on the hips. In a crash. which could increase injury. I CAUTIi. And you’d be less likely to slide under the lap belt.N: You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose. you would move forward too much. The shoulder belt shouldfit against your body. Ina crash. If you slid under it. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. 1-34 .

just push the button on the buckle. the comfort guides maybe installed on the shoulder belts. Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides for Children and Small Adults (4-DoorModels) Four-door models haverear shoulder belt comfort guides. Here’s howto install a comfort guide and use the safety belt: To unlatch the belt. When installed on a shoulder belt. To provide added safety belt comfort for children whohave outgrown child restraints and for smaller adults. the comfort guide pulls the belt awayfrom the neck and head. This feature will provide addedsafety belt comfort for children who have outgrown child restraints and for small adults. There is one guide for each outside passenger positionin the rear seat. 1-35 .

Slide the guide under and past the belt. 1-36 . over the belt. Pull the elastic cordout from between the edgeof 2. 1 1. The elastic the seatback and the interior body to remove the cord must be under the belt. Then. place the guide guide from its storage clip. and insert the two edges of the beltinto the slots of the guide.

. earlier in this section. .... Buckle. . Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder. . 4. position andrelease the safety belt as The elastic cord mustbe under the belt and the guide described in “Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions on top. 1-37 . .... . .. ... Be sure that the belt is not twisted andit lies flat.: 3.

squeeze the Lap Belt belt edges together so that you can take themout from the guides. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt acrossyou. Pull up on the latch plateto make sure it is secure. Rotate the guide andclip inward and in between the seatback and the interior body. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. leaving only theloop of elastic cord exposed. Don’t let it get twisted. Feed the lap belt into the retractor to tighten it. 3. Pull the guide upwardto expose its storage clip. you have a lap safety belt which has a retractor. 1. 1-38 .To remove and store the comfort guides. Center Rear PassengerPosition @-DoorModels) When you sit in the center rearseating position. 2. and then slide theguide onto the clip.

for everyone. This is true even though yourvehicle of a lap-shoulder belt. In fact. Always secure children properly in your vehicle. release button on the buckle is positioned so you Neither thevehicle’s safety belt system nor its air would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if bag systemis designed for them. 1-39 . has reduced-force frontalair bags. Young children you ever had to. any air bagwhen it inflates canbe seriously injured 4. and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide. see “Safety Belt lap-shoulder belts offer the best protection for Extender” at the end of this section. Make sure the adults. to use safety restraints. or very close to. Smaller Childrenand Babies I- A CAUTION: I Children who are up against. Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! That includes infants and all children smaller than adult size. but not for young children and infants. Position and release it the same way as the lap part or killed. Air bags plus If the belt isn’t longenough. the law in everystate in the United States and in every Canadian province says children upto some age must be restrained while in a vehicle. Neither the distance traveled northe age and size of the traveler changes the need.

Infants need complete support. So. an infant in a ~ Smaller childrenand babies should alwaysbe rear-facing restraint settles into the restraint. In a crash. the belt will likely be over the infant restraint availablefor the baby’s first trip in a child’s abdomen. 1-40 . so the restrained in a child or infantrestraint. the belt would apply motor vehicle. force right on the child’s abdomen.In a crash. which could cause seriousor fatalinjuries. Instead.A very should be secured in an appropriate infant restraint. the back and shoulders.This is necessary becausean infant’s neck is weakand its head weighsso much compared with the rest of its body. young child’ship bones are so small that a This is so important that manyhospitals today won’t regular belt might not staylow on the hips. A baby the right type and size for your child. including supportfor CAUTION: the head and neck. The crash forces can bedistributed across the strongest part instructions for the restraint will saywhether it is of the infant’s body. be sure that any child small enoughfor one is always properly restrained in a child or infant restraint.as it release a newborn infant to its parents unless there is an should.

A baby doesn't weigh much until a crash. ~~ ~~ ~ Never hold a baby in your arms while riding ina -- vehicle. (5. Secure the baby in an infant restraint. a 124b. For example. Duringa crash a baby will become so heavy you can't hold it. (110 kg) force on your arms.5 kg) baby will suddenly become a 240-lb. ~~ ~ ~~~ ~ at only 25 mph (40 km/h). The babywould be almost impossible to hold. in a crash CAUTION: (Continued) 1-41 .

&= What are the different typesof add-on child restraints? A: Add-on child restraints are available in four basic types. It’s an infant restraint system designed to restrain or position a childon a continuous flat surface. make sure that the infant’s head reststoward the center of the vehicle. 1-42 . take into consideration not onlythe child’s weight and size.Child Restraints Every time infants and young children ride in by vehicles. When selecting a child restraint. With an infant car bed. but also whetheror not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used. An infant car bed (A) is a special bed made for use in a motor vehicle. they should have protection provided appropriate restraints.

Some infant seats come in two parts -. This type of restraint faces the rear so that the infant’s head. Rear-facing infant restraints are designed for infants of up to about 20 Ibs. neck and body can have the support they need in a crash.the base stays secured in the vehicle and the seat part is removable. 1-43 .A rear-facing infant restraint (B) positions an infant to face the rear of the vehicle. (9 kg) and about one year of age.

(9 to 18 kg) and about 26 to 40 inches (66 to 102 cm) in height. These forward-facing restraints are designedto help protect children who are from20 to 40 lbs. a convertible restraint. is designedto be used either as a rear-facing infant seat or a forward-facing child seat. or up to around four years of age. One type. A forward-facing child restraint(C-E) positions a child upright to face forward in the vehicle. 1-44 .

Booster seats with shields use lap-only belts. Booster seats can also help a child to see out the window. G) is designed for children who are about 40 to 60 lbs. booster seats without shields use lap-shoulder belts.A booster seat (F. 1-45 . (1 8 to 27 kg) and about four to eight years of age. It’s designed to improve the fit of the vehicle’s safety belt system. however.

f ’ A child in a rear-facing child restraint canbe Then followthe instructions for the restraint. be sureto secure the child rear-facing child restraint in thefront passenger seat. You may seriously injured orkilled if the right front find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a passenger’s air bag inflates. It’s better to secure thechild restraint in Accident statistics show that children are safer if they a rear seat outside position. or both. in the right front seat. Be sureto properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle -.We at General Motors therefore recommend thatyou put your child restraint in arear seat outside position. 1-46 . always Where to Put the Restraint move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. These restraints use thebelt system in your vehicle. Here’s why: Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle.even when no child is in it. even though your booklet. but the child also has to be secured within vehicle has reduced-force frontalair bags. This is the restraint to help reduce the chanceof personal injury. so if either one of theseis not available. Always secure a rear-facingchild restraint manual and the child restraint instructions are important. Both the owner’s bag.When choosing a child restraint. restraint properly.Never put a Wherever you install it. in a rear seat outsideposition. it will have a label saying thatit meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. but before you do. are restrained in therear rather than the front seat. obtain a You may secure a forward-facingchild restraint replacement copyfrom the manufacturer. because the backof the rear-facingchild The instructions thatcome with the infant or child restraint would be very close to the inflatingair restraint will showyou how to do that.If it is. be sure the child restraint is designedto be used in a vehicle.

Once you have the top strap anchored. it should be vehicle as the child restraint. Anchor brackets for the rear outside seat positions are located on the floor in the cargo area. anchored. 1-47 . Anchor the top strap to the rearmost bracket on the same sideof the If your child restraint has a top strap. you’ll be ready to secure the child restraint itself.Top Strap Don’t use thefront set of tie-down brackets.

putit behind the child restraint. Secure the child inthe child restraint when and 3. Buckle the belt. safety belt quicklyif you ever had to. If the shoulder belt goesin front of the child’sface or neck.Securing a Child Restraint in Rear a Outside Seat Position You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. Pick up the latch plate. Be sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint. 1-48 .See the earlier part about the top strap if the child restraint has one. 2. Make sure the release button is as the instructions say. Put the restraint on the seat.The child restraint instructions will show you how. and run thelap and shoulder portions of the vehicle’s safety belt throughor around the restraint. positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the 1.

4. 1-49 . If you’re using a forward-facing child restraint. 6. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of 5. Push and pullthe child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure. feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor to set the lock. you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on thechild restraint as you tighten the belt. To tighten the belt. the retractor while you push down on the child restraint.

The restraints won’t work properly. Center Seat Positions (4-Door Models) Your vehicle hasa right front passenger air bag. The safety belt Front Seat Position will move freely again and be readyto work for an adult or larger child passenger.To remove thechild restraint.Never put a rear-facing child restraint in thisseat. just unbuckle the vehicle’s Securing a Child Restraint in the Right safety belt and let it go back all the way. 1-50 . Here’s why: Don’t use child restraints in these positions.

Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say. 1-51 . Buckle the belt. This is because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very closeto the inflatingair bag. 4. The child restraint instructions will show you how. even though your vehicle has reduced-forcefrontal air bags. Pick up the latch plate. 3. putit behind thechild restraint. You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt.) positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the 2. If the shoulder belt goes infront of the child’s face or neck. and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle’s safetybelt through or around the restraint. Because your vehicle hasa right front passenger air bag. See the earlier part about the top strap if the child restraint has one. A child ina rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured orkilled if the right front passenger’s air bag inflates. Put the restraint on the seat. Make sure the release button is (See “Seats” in the Index. Always secure a rear-facing child restraint in therear seat. 1. always movethe seat as far back as it will go before securing a forward-facing child restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. safety belt quicklyif you ever had to.

Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of 6. 7. feed the shoulder belt back into the the retractor to set the lock. Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sureit is secure. just unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt and let it go back all way.5. .the The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger. You may find it helpful to useyour knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. To remove the child restraint. retractor while you push down on the child restraint. To tighten the belt.

1-53 . If you have the choice. a child should sit next to a window so the child can wear a lap-shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide. 0 Children who aren’t buckled up can be thrown out in a crash. Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear seat. But they needto use the safety belts properly.Larger Children Children who have outgrownchild restraints should wear the vehicle’s safetybelts. 0 Children who aren’t buckled upcan strike other people who are.

If the child isso small that the shoulder belt is still very close to the child’s face or neck. thetwo children can be crushed together and seriously injured. The belt can’t properlyspread the impactforces. you might want to place the child ina seat that has alap belt. A belt must be used by only one personat a time. Q: What if a child is wearinga lap-shoulder belt. 1-54 . but thechild is so small that the shoulder belt is very close to thechild’s face or neck? A: Move the child toward the center of the vehicle. Here two children are wearing the same belt. but be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child’s shoulder. see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides” in the Index. In a crash. so that in a crash the child’s upper body would have the restraint that belts provide. if your vehicle has one. Never do this. If the child is sittingin a rear outside position of a four-door model.

I I A CAUTION: Never do this. but the shoulderpart is behind the child.That could cause seriousor fatal injuries. in a crash the child might slideunder the belt. just touching the child’s thighs. The belt’s force would then be applied right on the child’s abdomen. Here a child is sitting ina seat that has a lap-shoulder belt. thelap portion of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips. If the child wears the belt in thisway. Wherever the child sits.This applies belt forceto the child’s pelvic bones in a crash. 1-55 .

and use it crash.Safety Belt Extender Checking Your Restraint Systems you If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you. andjust forthe seat in your vehiclethat Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you ina you choose. make sure the safety belt reminderlight should use it. your anchorages are working properly. It’s free. be just foryou. have it repaired.If you see in to order it. so the anything that might keepa safety belt system from extender will be longenough for you. Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers. (The air bag system does not need regular maintenance. take the heaviest coat you will wear. To wear it. to the regular safety belt.Look for any other dealer will order youan extender. The extender will doing itsjob. Don’t let someone else use it. and have them repairedor replaced. and all your belts. If a belt is only for theseat it is madeto fit.) 1-56 . get a new one right away. just attach it torn or frayed. buckles. latchplates. retractors and But if a safety belt isn’tlong enough tofasten. When you go loose or damaged safety belt system parts. They can rip apart under impactforces. Now and then.

do you need newbelts? may be necessaryeven if the belt wasn’t being usedat the time of the collision. Then Belt” appears below. New parts and repairs If you’ve had a crash. You would see this label on the belt near the door opening.Replacing Restraint System Parts If belts are cut or damaged. replacethem. belt assembly must front passenger’s safety be replaced if this vehicle is belt that says to replace the in a collision or if “Replace belt. 1-57 . If you ever see alabel on the driver’s or the right To help avoid personal injury. be sure to do so. Collision damage also may mean you will needto have safety belt After a Crash or seat parts repaired or replaced. to help protect you in a collision. you’ll need toreplace air bag during a more severe crash. nothing may be necessary. system parts. then you need new belts. But if the belts were stretched. as they would beif worn If an air baginflates. After a very minor collision. See Owner’s Manual for more the new belt will be there information. See the part on the air bag system earlier in this section.

& NOTES 1-58 .

and what to do if you have a problem.16 Starting Your Engine 2-40 Exterior Lamps 2-43 Interior Lamps 2-17 Engine Coolant Heater (IfEquipped) 2-44 Mirrors 2.14 Ignition Positions 2-34 Turn SignaVMultifunctionLever 2.18 Automatic TransmissionOperation 2-46 Storage Compartments 2-2 1 Manual Transmission Operation 2-57 Ashtrays andCigarette Lighter 2-22 Parking Brake 2-57 Sun Visors 2-23 Shifting Into PARK (P) (Automatic 2-58 Accessory Power Outlets(If Equipped) Transmission Only) 2-59 Sunroof (If Equipped) 2-26 Shifting Out of PARK (P) 2-60 Universal Transmitter(If Equipped) (Automatic Transmission) 2-64 Instrument Panel 2-27 Parking Over Things That Burn 2-65 Instrument Panel Cluster 2-27 Engine Exhaust 2-68 Warning Lights. Section 2 FeaturesandControls Here you can learn about the many standard and optional features on yourvehicle. Also explained are the instrument panel and the warning systemsthat tell you if everything is working properly -. Gages andIndicators 2-1 .12 Theft 2-3 1 Windows 2. shifting and braking. and information on starting. 2-2 Keys 2-28 Running Your Engine While You’re Parked 2-4 Door Locks (Automatic Transmission) 2-6 Keyless EntrySystem (If Equipped) 2-29 Locking Rear Axle (If Equipped) 2-9 EndgateLiftgate 2-29 Four-wheel Drive (If Equipped) 2.12 Passlock@ 2-33 Horn 2-13 New Vehicle “Break-In” 2-33 Tilt Wheel (If Equipped) 2.

Don't 1leave the keys in a vehicle with young children. A child or others could be badly injured or even killed. They could operate power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move.Keys A CAUTION: I I Leaving young children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons. 2-2 .

It will fit with either side up. and door locks. If you lose your keys. But you can have a lot o trouble getting into your vehicle if you ever lock your keys inside. code number. Your selling (two-door vehicles) dealer should also have this number. Keepthis number in the ignition. This vehicle has one The key code number tells your dealer or a qualified double-sided key for locksmith how to make extra keys. you’ll be ableto have spare tire lock new ones madeeasily using this number. I NOTICE: Your vehicle has a number of new features that can help prevent theft. the dealer provides So be sure you have your vehicle to get in. endgate. the owner with a pair of identical keys and a key extra keys. a safe place.You may even have to damage When a new vehicle is delivered. - 2-3 . . .

up. andyou will be far better off whenever you drive yourvehicle. if you have this option. lock your doors.slide the open the doors and fall out. You can use yourkey to unlock your doorfrom the outside. door when you slow down or stop your vehicle. There are several waysto lock and unlock your vehicle. your inside doordown. -. When a door is lever on your inside door locked. You will see a red area Outsiders caneasily enter through anunlocked on the lever. -- Passengers especially children can easily To unlock the door.Door Locks You can use the Keyless EntrySystem. To lock your door fromthe inside. the inside handlewon’t open it. This may not be so obvious: You increase the chance of being thrown outof the vehicle in a crash if the doors aren’tlocked. 2-4 . Wear safety belts properly. slide the lever on Unlocked doors canbe dangerous.

2-5 . Remove the ignition key and feature stops the powerdoor locks from locking when press LOCK to lock all the doors at once. press the raised area nextto the If the power lock switchis pressed when a door is open key symbol. thelever on each rear door works the driver’s door will unlock. the keys are in the ignition and adoor is open.Power Door Locks (If Equipped) Rear Door SecurityLock (If Equipped) With this feature. you can lock the rear doorsso they can’t be opened from the inside by passengers. Lockout Prevention If your vehicle has power doorlocks. the switch is To protect you from locking your keyin the vehicle. and the key is in the ignition. this located on the armrest.all the doors will lock and On four-door models. only that door’s lock. Move the lock upto lock the doors and downto release the door locks. To unlock the doors.

You may need to stand closer during rainy Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: or snowy weather. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference. If the transmitter does not workor if you have your doors and rearendgate from about 3 feet (1 m) up to stand closer to your vehiclefor the transmitter to to 30 feet (9 m) away using the remote keyless entry work. You may be too far from your This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules. 0 If you’re still having trouble. 2-6 . 0 Check the location. you can lock and unlock system. Other vehiclesor objects may be and (2) this device must accept any interference blocking the signal. vehicle. This system has a range of about 3 feet (1 m) up to 30 feet (9 m). Rules and with Industry Canada. 0 Check to determine if battery replacementor Your keyless entry systemoperates on a radio frequency resynchronization is necessary. door and setthe locks from inside. See the instructions subject to Federal Communications Commission (FCC) that follow. hold the transmitter higher. Then get out and close the door. try this: transmitter supplied with yourvehicle. At times you may notice a decrease in Keyless Entry System(If Equipped) range. undesired operation. (1) this device may not cause harmful interference. qualified technicianfor service. This is normal for any remote keyless entry If your vehicle has thisoption. and tryagain. and (2) this device must accept any interference received. take your key. see your dealer or a This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. 0 Check the distance. open your use this equipment. Takea few steps to the left or received. including interference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.Leaving Your Vehicle Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized servicefacility could voidauthorization to If you are leaving the vehicle. including interference that maycause right.

must also be matched. the lost transmitter will not unlock your vehicle. or starting the vehicle. This can be turned off by pressing the horn button again. flash and the interior lights will go on. the driver’sdoor will Each remote keyless entrytransmitter is coded to unlock automatically.the battery in yourremote keyless the parking brake. If your vehicle has an automatic transmission. If your vehicle has a manual transmission. If you press UNLOCK If a transmitter is lost or stolen. any remaining transmitters will chirp. Rememberto bring any unlock.Operation Matching Transmitter(s)To Your Vehicle When you press UNLOCK. the interior lights will go on. If you have to When the button with the horn symbol onthe key get close to your vehiclebefore the transmitter works. the parking lamps will flash and prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle. waiting for 30 seconds. dealer. Once your dealer has coded the Press the REAR button twice within three seconds to new transmitter. the transmission Battery Replacement must be inPARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). Press LOCK to lock all the doors. headlamps and taillamps will flash for up to 30 seconds. 2-7 . You can tell the battery is weak if the transmitter won’t Remote Panic Alarm work at the normal range in any location. the horn will sound and the it’s probablytime to change the battery. transmitter is pressed. the parking lamps will matched to it. entry transmitter should last about two years. the remaining doors will purchased through your dealer. the parking lamps will flash and the interior remaining transmitters with you when you go to your lights will go on. Whenthe dealer matches the replacement Press LOCK again withinthree seconds and the horn transmitter to your vehicle. you must engage Under normal use. Each vehicle canhave only four transmitters unlock the rearliftgate glass. a replacement can be again within three seconds.

stand close to your vehicle and press and hold the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the transmitter at thesame time for seven seconds. 2-8 . The door locks should cycle to confirm synchronization. Insert a dime in theslot between the covers of the NOTICE: transmitter housing near the key ring hole. 1. When replacing the battery. 4. the transmitter. Check the operation of the transmitter. see your dealer for service. Resynchronization Resynchronization may be necessary due tothe security method used by this system. use care not to touch 2. Remove the bottom by twisting the dime.positive (+) side up.The transmitter does not send the samesignal twice to the receiver. If the locks do not cycle.The receiver will not respondto a signal it has been sent previously.Static from your body CR2032 or equivalent battery. Align the covers andsnap them together. Remove and replace the battery with a three volt any of the circuitry. This prevents anyone from recording and playing back the signal from the transmitter. To resynchronize your transmitter. To replace the battery in the keyless entry transmitter: 5 . Resynchronize the transmitter. transferred to these surfaces may damage 3.

See 6 4 C ~Controls’’ ~ 0 ~in theIndex. you must move thecarrier arm outof the way to open the glass. If you must drivewith the rearwindow.EndgateLiftgate Endgate-Mounted Spare If your vehicle hasan endgate-mounted spare tire carrier. lhrn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed with the setting on VENT. You can’t see or smell CO. open them all the way. You instrument panel. It can cause unconsciousness and even death. swing it toward the endgate. endgate or liftgate openor if electrical wiringor other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the rear window. 3. Here’s how to move the arm: It can be dangerous to drive with the rear window. 2-9 . Swing the carrier arm away from the endgate. To latch the carrier arm. endgate or liftgate open because carbon monoxide (CO) gas can come into your vehicle. If you have air outletson or under the 2. 1. endgate or liftgate: Make sure all windows are shut. See “Engine Exhaust” in the Index. That will force outside air into your vehicle. Squeeze the release handle to free the carrier arm. may need to give it a slight tug.

insert the key into the lock button andturn to the right. To open a power lock systemfrom the outside. the glass. You may also use the keyless entry system. door is unlocked. All doors will unlock. The endgate and glass willautomatically lock when shut. To lock a power lock systemfrom the outside. The endgate can be opened withouta key if the driver’s When doors are unlocked. All doors will lock. Theendgate glass will not releaseif press the buttonto open the vehicleis in gear. I Reach inside the endgate to lift the handle and open insert the key into the lock and turn itto the left to unlock theglass.EndgateLiftgate Release To open a mechanical lock systemfrom the outside. if you’re vehicle is so equipped. or the power door locks. insert the key into the lock button and turn to the left. 2-10 .

Insert the key in the lock button and turn tothe left.Remote Rear Glass Release so equipped. 1 1 2. Liftgate Release 3. Use a thin screwdriver to reach through the access holes in boththe trim panel andthe If your vehicle hasan automatic transmission. 1 This button on the passenger’s side of the steering column allows you to release the rear glass The glass won’t release if the vehicle is in gear. Reattach the carpet securely. toward the passenger’s If you have a manual transmission. All doors will unlock. if your vehicle is 2-11 . parking brake or have the ignition off before you can open the endgateglass. Peel back or slit the carpet locally to expose the access hole in the trim panel. lever must be in PARK(P) or NEUTRAL (N) for the Pry the release lever release to work. Use the handle to open the liftgate. either with or side untilthe glass latch without the Keyless Entry option. your shift hardware cover. You may also use the power lock switches or the Keyless EntrySystem. Press the button to openthe glass when the liftgate is closed. Emergency Release for Opening EndgateLiftgate 1. you must apply your pops open.

you’ll hear a chime reminding you to remove your key from the ignition and takeit with you.If a correct key is not used. Key in the Ignition 0 Lock all the doors except the driver’s. taking Passlock enables fuel if the ignition lock cylinder is your key outalso locks your transmission. close all windows and lock your vehicle. we know that nothing we puton itcan makeit But what ifyou have to leave your ignition key? What if impossible to steal. However. Put them in a storage area.fuel remember to lock the doors. If you park in alot where someone will be watching Although your vehicle has a number of theft-deterrent your vehicle. Always do this. During normal operation. And turned with a valid key. If you leave your vehicle with the keys inside. If you have an automatic transmission. there are ways you you have to leave something valuable in your vehicle? can help. Park in a lighted spot.The system Your steering wheel will be locked. like your glove box.or take them withyou. it’s an easy targetfor joy riders or professional thieves -. is disabled. Your vehicle is equipped with the Passlock When you park your vehicle and open the driver’s door.Theft Parking Lots Vehicle theft is big business. andso will your is armed once the key is removed from the ignition. features. Put your valuables in a storage area. the SECURITY light will go Parking at Night off after the engine is started. it’s bestto lock it up and take your keys. Passlock is a passive theft-deterrent system. 2-12 .so Passlock@ don’t do it. Rememberto keep your valuables out of sight. ignition. theft-deterrent system. especially insome cities.

“break-in. Hard stopswith new linings can mean If the SECURITY light comes on while the engine is premature wear and earlier replacement. If the engine does not start after three (3) tries. running. run if you follow these guidelines: you will beable to restart the engine if you turn the a Keep your speed at 55 mph (88 km/h) or engine off. call the GM Roadside Assistance Center. Don’t make full-throttle starts. wait until the light stops your new brake linings aren’tyet broken flashing before starting the engine. See your dealer for service. working properly and must be serviced by your dealer. Seeyour dealer 0 Avoid making hard stops for the first for service.If the enginestalls and the SECURITY light flashes. New Vehicle “Break-In” wait about 10 minutes until the light stops flashing before trying to restart the engine. You may also want to check the fuse(see “Fuses and -- slow for the first500 miles (805 km). During this time If the SECURITY light flashes. a problem has been detected and the system Follow this breaking-in guideline every may need service. in. 2-13 . the Your vehicle doesn’t need an elaborate vehicle needs service. See “Roadside Assistance” in the Index.Remember to release the key from theSTART position as soon as the NOTICE: engine starts. 0 Don’t tow a trailer during break-in. See “Towing a Trailer’’ in the Index for more information. However. your Passlock system is not less for thefirst 500 miles (805 km). Circuit Breakers” in the Index). time you get new brake linings. 200 miles (322 km) orso. In an emergency.” Butit will perform better in thelong If you are driving and the SECURITY light comes on. 0 Don’t drive at any -- one speed fast or Your vehicle is not protected by Passlock at this time.

just asit was before you inserted the key. steering wheel and transmission. It’sa theft-deterrent feature. LOCK (B): This position locks your ignition. Don’t operate accessories in the ACCESSORY position for long periods of time. A OFF (C): This position lets you turn off the engine but still turn the steering wheel. Prolonged C operation of accessories in the ACCESSORY position could drain your battery and prevent you from starting your vehicle. - like the radio and the windshield wipers when the START (E): This position starts your engine.Ignition Positions Use the key to turn the ignition switchto five NOTICE: different positions. Your steering wheel will remain locked. You will only be able to remove your key when the ignition is turned to LOCK. if your vehicleis being towed). Push in the key and turn it toward you. PLCCESSORY (A): This position lets you use things RUN (D): This is the position for driving.Use OFF if you must have your vehicle in motion while the engine is off (for example. engine is off. 2-14 .

then turn the On automatic transmission vehicles. But turn thekey only with your hand. be sureyou are using the correctkey.’ A CAUTION: Key Release Button The kev. so. if Pull the key straightout. 2-15 . I NOTICE: To remove the keyon manual transmission vehicles. then your vehicle needs service. turning thekey transmission vehicles to LOCK will lock the steering column and result unless the key release in a loss of ability to steer the vehicle. turn it. turn the keyto steering wheel left and rightwhile you turn the LOCK and pull it straight out. Then turn the keyto LOCK while If your key seems stuck inLOCK and you can’t pressing the keyrelease button down at the same time. key hard. Don’t press thekey release button while the vehicle is moving. turn the key to OFF. cannot be removed from the ignitionof manual On manual transmissionvehicles.If none of this works. Using a tool to force itcould break thekey or the ignition switch. If you need to turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving. This could cause a collision. is it all theway in? If it is.turn the key only to OFF.

If it doesn’tstart in 10 seconds. drained much sooner. Once the keyis turned from RUN to ignition key to START.these features will continue to work for up to go of the key. power windows. Your vehicle won’t start if the after the ignition key is turnedto OW. damage your starter motor. If it doesn’t start right away. hold your keyin START. If you do. The idle speed willgo down as your 20 minutes or until a door is opened. Starting Your Engine Automatic Transmission NOTICE: Move your shift lever to PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). Holding your key in START for longer than Your engine won’t start in any other position-. you could damage the seconds. Shift toPARK (P) only when your vehicle is stopped. sunroof and overhead safety feature. To restart when you’re already moving. 2-16 . NOTICE: 2. Without pushing the accelerator pedal. clutch pedal is not all the way down-. Hold the clutch pedal to the of your vehicleto continue to work upto 20 minutes floor and start theengine.Retained AccessoryPower Manual Transmission Your vehicle is equipped witha Retained Accessory The gear selector shouldbe in NEUTRAL (N) and the Power (RAP)feature which will allowcertain features parking brake engaged. When the engine starts. engine gets warm. push the Don’t tryto shift toPARK (P) if your vehicle is accelerator pedal all the way down for five more moving. unless it starts sooner. And the excessive heat can use NEUTRAL (N) only. let OFF. transmission. console will work when the ignition key is in RUN or 1.that’s a 15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to be safety feature. turn your ACCESSORY.that’s a Your radio.

You could be seriously injured. When the engine starts. If you don’t. it could be damaged. see. you could change theway the engine operates. grounded 1 10-volt AC outlet. 2. the engine 4. Before starting the engine. heavy-duty three-prongextension cord rated for at least 15 amps. could cause an electricalshock. If your engine still won’t start (or starts but then To Use the Engine Coolant Heater stops).1 SOC) or colder. You’ll get easier starting and the cord as it was before to keep it awayfrom moving better fuel economy during engine warm-up.3. Engine Coolant Heater (If Equipped) In very cold weather. Your engine is designed to work with the electronics in yourvehicle. Plug it into a normal. 2-17 . a fire. If the cordwon’t reach. The cord is located on the driver’s side of the engine compartment. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord. the wrong your engine might not perform properly. let go of the key and the accelerator pedal. check with your dealer. If you don’t. engine parts. kind of extension cord could overheat and cause If you ever have to have your vehicle towed. Also. See “Towing 110-volt AC outlet. NOTICE: 3. If you add electrical parts oraccessories. Usually. Plug the the partof this manual thattells howto do it cord intoa properly grounded three-prong without damaging yourvehicle. the coolant heater should beplugged in a minimum of four hours prior to starting your vehicle.Before adding electrical Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet equipment. 1. use a Your Vehicle” in the Index. Turn off the engine. wait 15 seconds and start over. behind the underhood fuse block. be sure to unplug and store coolant heater can help. 0°F (.

engine running. If your vehicle is equipped witha column shift lever. Automatic Transmission Operation It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever isnot fully in PARK (P) with the Your automatic transmission may havea shift lever parking brakefirmly set. Your vehicle can roll. there will bea small current drain on your See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in theIndex.It’s the best in? The answer depends onthe outside temperature. we ask that youcontact your dealer in the area where you’ll be parking your vehicle. see“Towing a nailer’’ in of time. the position to use when you start your engine because your kind of oil you have. always set your parking brake and anytime the shift lever is capable of being moved out of move the shift leverto PARK (P). If you need to leave your key in the ignition in the Index. and someother things.To be sure your features an electronic shift position indicator within the vehicle won’t move. PARK (P). If you have left the There are several different positions for your shift lever. This means that if your key is inOFF. trying to list everything here.This display must be powered level ground. thevehicle can move suddenly. even when you’re on fairly instrument cluster.How long should you keepthe coolant heater plugged PARK (P): This locks your rear wheels. OFF for an extended period. If battery which coulddischarge your battery overa period you’re pulling a trailer. itis recommended that you disconnect the battery cable from the batteryto prevent discharging your battery. Don’t leave yourvehicle when the engine is running unless you have to. but not locked. Instead of vehicle can’t move easily. it You or others could be injured. located on theconsole between the seats or on the steering column. The dealer can give you the bestadvice for that particular area. 2-18 .

your engine doesn’t before starting the engine. Then move the shift lever Shifting outof PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) while into the gear you wish. “Stuck: In Sand. Don’t shift outof PARK (P) or NOTICE: NEUTRAL (N) while your engineis racing. use NEUTRAL(N) only. You have to moving. Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. Shift to REVERSE (R)only after NOTICE: your vehicle is stopped. If you cannot shift out of PARK (P). dangerous. ease pressure on the shift lever -. see engine racing isn’t covered by your warranty. rapidly. To restart when you’re already Brake-Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI). Your vehicle has a connect with the wheels. You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Ice or Snow” in the Index. Shifting to REVERSE (R) while your vehicle is moving forward could damage your transmission. Damage to your transmission caused by shifting To rock yourvehicle back and forth to get out of snow. out of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N)with the ice or sand without damaging your transmission. fully apply yourregular brakes before you can shift from PARK (P) when the ignition key is in RUN.Ensure the shift lever is fully in PARK (P) range NEUTRAL (N): In this position. 2-19 . yourvehicle could move very REVERSE (R): Use this gear to back up. See “Shifting Out of PARK (P)” your engine is “racing” (running at high speed)is in the Index. Mud.push the shift lever all the way into PARK (P) (press the button in on the console shift lever) as you maintain brake application.

very deep sand ormud or were up against a solid THIRD (3): This positionis also used for normal object. It can helpcontrol your speed as you go downsteep mountain roads. moving forward. driving on steep hills. don’t try to off-road driving. You’ll shift down to the next gear and have more power. but then you would also want to use your brakesoff and on. don’t hold your economy than DRIVE (D).You should use THIRD(3) vehicle there with only the acceleratorpedal. push your selector lever is put in FIRST(1) while the vehicleis accelerator pedal about halfwaydown. driving on steep hills or winding roads or for off-road driving. the transmission won’t shiftinto Going about 35 mph (55 km/h) or more. You can use it on very steep hills. SelectTHIRD (3) when operating the drive. andyou’re: (but lowerfuel economy) than SECOND(2). If you FIRST (1): This position gives you even more power need more powerfor passing. if you stop when going uphill. push the FIRST (1) until the vehicle is going slowly enough. NOTICE: DRTVE @) should not be used when towinga trailer. howeverit offers more power and lower fuel Also. could overheat and damage the transmission. lower fuel economy than THIRD (3). This when towing a trailer.DRIVE (D): This position is fornormal driving. carrying a heavy load. This might happen if you were stuck in vehicle under any of these conditions. You can alS0 use SECOND(2) for starting your vehicle from a stop on slippery roadsurfaces. driving. You could damage your transmission. If the @ Going less than about 35 mph (55 km/h). You can use SECOND (2) on hills. or in deep snowor mud. 2-20 . carrying a heavy load. Use your brakes or shift into PARK (P) to hold your SECOND (2): This position gives you more power but vehicle in position ona hill. or for If your rear wheels can’t rotate. accelerator all the way down.

let up on the accelerator pedal and press the br pedal. the clutch pedal back down. press the clutchpedal and the brake pedal. along with the parking brake. Then Here’s how tooperate your transmission: let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal. Then shift into FIRST ( 1).4 and 5): Shift into THIRD (3). Then. Slowly let up onthe clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal. REVERSE (R):To back up. slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal. FOURTHAND FIFTH (3.Manual Transmission Operation slowly let upon the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal. FOURTH (4) and FIFTH (5) the same I This is your shift pattern. Press vehicle is moving could damage your transmission. parking your vehicle. If you’ve cometo a complete Shift to REVERSE (R)only after your vehicle is stop and it’s hardto shift into FIRST (I). press the clutch pedal. then shift into REVERSE (R). 2-2- . FIRST (1): Press the clutch pedal and shift into FIRST (1). NEUTRAL (N): Use this position when you start or idle your engine. wait about six seconds. Then. Just before the vehicle stops. You can shift into FIRST (1) when you’re going less I NOTICE: than 20 mph (30 k d h ) . and shift toNEUTRAL (N). way you do for SECOND (2). for the accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND (2). To stop. put the shift stopped. Shifting to REVERSE (R) whileyour lever in NEUTRAL (N) and let upon the clutch. SECOND (2):Press the clutch pedal as you let up on Use REVERSE (R). 5-Speed THIRD.

you have a SHIFT light. hold theregular brake pedal down with your rightfoot. it is normal for the light to go on pedal with yourleft foot. accelerate slowly and shift when e light comes on. Ignore the SHIFT light when you downshift. you could lose controlof your vehicle. This light will show you when toshift to the next higher If your vehicle has four-wheeldrive and is equipped gear for best fuel economy. 2-22 . holdthe regular brake pedal down. with a manual transmission. To set the parking brake. If you skip more than one gear when you downshift. the brake and off if youquickly change the positionof the system warninglight will come on. Don't shift SHIFT down more than one gear when you downshift. you can shift to the next higher gearif weather. disregardthe shift light when the transfer case is in 4LO. For the best fuel economy. accelerator. road andtraffic conditions let Parking Brake you. If the ignition is on.Shift Light If you have a manual ' A CAUTION: I I A transmission. To release the parking brake. And you could injure yourself or others. Push down the parking brake While you accelerate. When this light comeson.

You may have to replace them. If you have left the engine running. andyou could also damage other parts of your vehicle. NOTICE: Always put theshift lever fully in PARK (P)with the parking brakefirmly set. Driving with the parking brakeon can cause your rear brakes to overheat. use the steps that follow. Shifting Into PARK (P) (Automatic Transmission Only) It can be dangerousto get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the parking brake firmly set. That section shows what to do first to keep the trailer from moving. Your vehiclecan roll. even when you’re on fairly level ground. You or otherscould be injured. If you are towing a trailer and you must park on a hill. the vehicle can Pull the BRAKE RELEASE lever. see “Towing a Trailer” in the Index. To bottom of the driver’s side of the instrument panel. It is located on the move suddenly. see “Towing a Tkailer” in theIndex. 2-23 . be sure your vehicle won’t move. If you’re pulling a trailer.

your vehicleis in PARK (P). Hold the brake pedal downwith your right foot and set the parking brake. 4.Column Shift Lever 1. Move the shift lever into PARK (P) position like this: Move the lever up asfar as it will go. Turn the ignition key to LOCK. 2. Pull the lever toward you. 3. Remove the key and takeit with you. If you can leave your vehicle withthe key. 2-24 .

4. After Hold in the button on the lever. your vehicle with the key. be sure your vehicle is in PARK (P) and your parking brake is firmlyset before you leave it. If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running. you’ve moved the shift leverinto PARK (P). If you can leave in (P). If you can. if you leave the vehicle with the engine running. Don’tleave your vehicle with the engine runningunless you have to. lever). You or otherscould be injured. 2. Then. Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and Running (Autom ’ic Transmission C dy) ~ set the parking brake.Console Shift Lever Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine 1. Remove the key andtake it with you. see if you can move the Push the lever all the way toward the front of shift lever away fromPARK (P) without first pulling it the vehicle. Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift leveris not fully inPARK (P) with the parking brake firmlyset. it means that the shift lever wasn’t fully locked into PARK (P). Turn the ignition key to LOCK. toward you (or pressing the button ona console shift 3. your vehicle isPARK 2-25 .hold the regular brake pedal down. And. Move the shift lever into PARK (P) position like this: It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running. it could overheat and even catch fire.

try this: shift into PARK (P) properly before you leave the 1. Have the vehicle fixed as soonas you can. the weight of the the shift lever into the gear you want (you must press the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in shift lever button if you have the console shift lever.Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission) If you cannot shift out ofPARK (P). When you are ready to drive. pressure fromthe parking pawl in the transmission. see “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index. 2-26 . Then move transmission into PARK (P) properly. See “Automatic Transmission Operation” in a trailer. You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK (P). This is called “torque lock. the Index. PARK (P) before you release the parking brake.push the shift leverall the way into If you are parking on a hill and you don’t shift your PARK (P) as you maintain brake application.” If you ever hold the brake pedal down but still can’t To prevent torque lock. or if your vehicleis pulling in RUN. (BTSI).) the transmission. move the shift leverout of 3. You have to fully apply your regular brake before you canshift from PARK (P) when the ignition is If you are parking on a hill. To find out how. ease pressure on the shift lever-. 2. Turn the key to OFF.so you can pull the shift lever out of PARK (P). set the parking brake and then shift out of PARK (P). vehicle push yours a little uphillto take someof the 5. turn off your engine. Start the vehicle and thenshift to the drive gear If torque lock does occur. Parking Your Vehicle (Manual Shifting Out of Park(P) Transmission Models Only) (Automatic Transmission) Before you get out of your vehicle. see “Towinga Trailer” in the Index. Apply and hold the brake untilthe end of Step 4. 4.you may need to have another you want. Shift to NEUTRAL (N). put your manual transmission inREVERSE (R) and Your vehicle has a Brake-TransmissionShift Interlock firmly apply the parking brake. driver’s seat.

and can burn. Your vehicle gets rusty underneath. You might have exhaust coming in if: Your exhaust system sounds strange or different. dry grass or other things that blow out any CO. It can cause unconsciousnessand death. Don’t park Drive it only with all the windows down to over papers. ~ Have your vehicle fixed immediately.F rking Over Things That Burn Engine Exhaust Engine exhaust cankill. which you can’t see or smell. Your vehicle was damaged in acollision. If you ever suspect exhaustis coming into your vehicle: Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under yourvehicle and ignite. Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris.leaves. Your vehicle or exhaust system had been modified improperly. I I 2-27 . Repairs weren’t done correctly. It contains thegas carbon monoxide (CO).

But if ever you have to. If you’re pulling a trailer. Exhaust with-. see “Towing a Trailer” in Another closed-in place can be a blizzard. “Blizzard” in theIndex. idling in aclosed-in place can let deadly move the shift lever to PARK (P).(See the Index. vehicle won’t move. Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to. could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle You or otherscould be injured. Your vehicle can roll.To be sure your (see the earlier Caution under“Engine Exhaust”). NEVER park in a move. One place this can happen is a garage. thevehicle can move suddenly. If you’ve left the Idling the engine with the air system control off engine running. even when you’reon fairly level ground. garage with the engine running.) 2-28 . Follow the proper stepsto be sure your vehicle won’t -- CO can come ineasily. always set your parking brake and Also. See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index. here are some things to know. It can be dangerous get to out of your vehicle if the shift leveris not fully in PARK (P) with the parking brake firmlyset.Running Your Engine While You’re Parked (Automatic Transmission) It’s better not to park with the engine running. carbon monoxide(CO) into yourvehicle even if the fanswitch is at the highest setting.

traction to move thevehicle. cking Rear Axle(If Equipped) Electronic Transfer Case (If Equipped) 11 you have this feature. Your front axle is not engaged in two-wheel drive. or in most off-road situations. mud. transfer case. When this lamp is lit. the transfer but when one of the rear wheels hasno traction and the case switches are above the other does. Use 4HI when you need extra traction.- . You can choose among three driving settings: 2HI: This setting is for driving in most street and NOTICE: highway situations. such as on snowy or icy roads. push the 4HI or 4LO button on the transfer case switch. ice. 2-29 . your locking rear axle can give If your four-wheel-drive you additional traction on snow. it is about Driving in the4HI or 4LO positions for a long one-half as bright as the others. you can send your engine’s driving power to allfour wheels for extra traction. sand or vehicle has the electronic gravel. this feature will allow the wheel with radio controls. time on dry or wet pavement could shorten the 4HI: This setting engages your front axle to help life of your vehicle’s drivetrain. To shift out of two-wheel drive and into four-wheel drive. It works like a standard axle most of thetime. Use these switches to shift into and out of four-wheel drive. drive your vehicle. You should use 2HI for most normal driving conditions. Four-wheel Drive (If Equipped) If your vehicle has four-wheel drive.

It will gear and/or moving. This will get youinto 4L0. This can be doneat transmission in NEUTRAL (N). If the lights transmission into gear or releasing the clutch pedal.4LO: This setting also engages your front axle to give with an automatic transmissionor the clutch pedal you extra traction. any speed. The preferred methodfor shifting into choose 4LO if you were driving off-road in sand. and the front axle will lock automatically.if your transfer case does not shift into 4L0. The indicator lights will comeon briefly when flashing and remain illuminatedbefore shifting your you turn on the ignition andone will stay on.2 km/h). for 30 seconds and notcomplete the shift unless your vehicle is moving slower than3 mph (4. the 4LO indicator light will flash remain illuminated when the shift is completed. This can be done at pedal engaged. An indicator light will flashwhile shifting. Press and release the 4LO switch. do not come on. With your Press and release the 2HI switch.6 to 3.8 k m h ) and Shifting from 2HI to 4HI the transmission is in NEUTRAL (N)or the clutch Press and release the 4HI switch. mud 4LO is to have your vehicle moving 1 to 2 mph or deep snow and climbing or descending steep hills. You might transmission. Waituntil the Shifting from 2HIor 4HI to 4LO 4LO indicator light remains illuminated before shifting To shift from 2HI or 4HI to 4L0. While the 4LOindicator light is flashing. On automatic transmission equipped vehicles.8 kmh) with the but you should take your vehicle in for service to restore transmission in NEUTRAL (N) in vehicles equipped normal operation. (1. You may never need4LO. 2-30 . and thefront axle will unlock automatically. you should take your vehiclein for If the 4LO switch is pressed when your vehicleis in service. shift your transmissioninto PARK (P). stopped or moving less than 3 mph (4. Indicator lights in the switches show you which setting You must wait for the 4LOindicator light to stop you are in. the vehicle mustbe your transmission into gear. 4LO switch. It sends engaged in vehicles equipped witha manual the maximum power to all four wheels. your transmission Shifting from 4HI to 2HI indicator switch may require adjustment.press and release the any speed.

6 to 3. the or releasing the clutch pedal. the 4HI indicator light will flash for “Retained Accessory Power” inthe Index. You must wait Power Windows (If Equipped) for the 4HI indicator light to stop flashingand remain If you have the optional power windows. With your transmission in NEUTRAL (N). On automatic transmission equipped vehicles. With power windows. .Shifting from 4LO to 4HI or 2HI Windows To shift from 4LO to 4HI or ZHI. While the 4HI indicator light is flashing. if your transfer case doesnot shift into 4H1. This will get you into 4H1. The preferred method for shifting out of 4LO manual side door windows. switches control the windows whenthe ignition is on or If the 4HI switch is pressed when your vehicleis in gear when Retained Accessory Power (RAP)is present. press and release the 4HI switch. Wait until the 4HI indicator light remains illuminated before shifting your transmission into gear.8 k d h ) with the Manual Windows transmission in NEUTRAL (N) or the clutch pedal Turn the hand crank on each door to raise or lower your engaged. (See and/or moving.8 kmh) and the transmission is in NEUTRAL (N) or the clutch pedal engaged. your transmission indicator switch may require adjustment. shift your transmission into PARK (P). Press and release the 4HI switch.2 km/h).) The driver’s 30 seconds but not complete the shift unless the vehicle door has a switch for thepassenger windows as well. but you should take your vehicle in for service to restore normal operation. is moving slower than 3 mph (4. your vehicle must be stopped or moving less than 3 mph (4. is to have your vehicle moving 1 to 2 mph (1. thecontrols illuminated before shifting your transmission into gear are on each of the side doors.

Hold the driver’s window switch down for more than half a secondto activate the express-down feature. Lightly tap the switch to open the window slightly. Press feature. Press NORM and the windows returnto Press the side of the switch with the down arrow to normal operation. The express-downfeature can be interrupted at any timeby pressing the up arrowend of the switch. It is located LOCK to activate this on the driver’s door. Express-Down Window The driver’s window switch has an express-down feature that allows you to lower it without holding the window switch. lower the window. Lockout Switch Four-door vehicles have a lockoutfeature to prevent passengers from operating power windows. 2-32 . Press the side of the switch with the up arrow to raise the window.

. Do not adjust thesteering wheel while driving. Move the steering wheelto a steering wheel pad. When you close the window. Horn To tilt the wheel.a&:. You can raise it to the highest level to give your legs more room whenyou enter and exit the vehicle.... . you shouldadjust them at their clasps and the steering wheel before push out on the glass to you drive. comfortable level. press the hornsymbols on the lever toward you. . then release the lever to lock the wheel in place. be sure the latch catches.. hold the steering wheel and pull the To sound the horn.. open them... .Swing-Out Windows (2-Door Only) Tilt Wheel (If Equipped) . 2-33 . your vehicle If has rear If you have the tilt steering swing-out windows. .. unlatch wheel.. ..

move the lever all the way up or LL down.Turn SignaVMultifunction Lever Turn and Lane Change Signals The turn signal hastwo upward (for right) andtwo downward (for left) positions. Cruise Control (If Equipped) 2-34 . Hold it there until you complete your lane change. the lever will return automatically.a signal bulb maybe burned out WindshieldWasher and other drivers won’t see yourturn signal. just raise or lower the lever includes your: until the arrowstarts to flash. An arrow on the instrument panel will flashin the direction of the turn or lane change. The lever will returnby Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator itself when yourelease it. The lever on the left sideof the steering column To signal a lane change. To signal a turn. When theturn is finished. Headlamp High/Low Beam Changer As you signal a turn or a lane change. These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change. if the arrows don’t WindshieldWipers flash but just stay on.

When the high beams are With this flasher installed. If the arrows don’t go on at all when you signal a turn. check the fuse(see “Fuses and Circuit To change the headlamps from low beamto high or high Breakers” in the Index) and for burned-out bulbs. If you have a trailer towing option with added wiringfor the trailer lamps. 2-35 . this indicator light on even if a turn signal bulb is burned out. To turn off the chime.If a bulb is burned out. pull themultifunction lever all the way toward you. to low. move the turn signal lever to the off position. the signal indicator will flash on. -7 Signal On Chime l r your turn signal is left onror more than 3/4 of a mile (1.2 km). Then release it. are working. Check the front the instrument panel will and rear turn signal lamps regularly to make sure they also be on. replace it to help avoid an Headlamp High/Low Beam Changer accident. a different turn signal flasher is used. a chime will sound at each flash of the turn signal.

push the paddle.to HI. Windshield Washer There is a paddle marked with the windshield washer To spray symbol at the top of the multifunction lever.The closer to LO. The wipers will In freezing weather. blocking You can set the wiper speed for a long or short delay your vision. You control the windshield wipers by turning the band with the wiper symbol on it.The wipers will clear the window and theneither stop or return to your preset speed.If they’re frozen to the windshield. Otherwise the washer band on MIST longer. Hold I it there until the wipers start.Windshield Wipers For steady wiping at low speed. For a single wiping cycle. For high-speed wiping. carefully loosen or thaw them. To stop the wipers. between wipes. the shorter the delay. If your bladesdo become worn or damaged. This canbe very useful in light rainor snow. 2-36 . turn the bandto MIST. don’t use your washer until stop afterone wipe. fluid can form iceon the windshield. thenlet go. If you want more wipes. get new blades or blade inserts. move the band to the OFF position. turn the band away from you to the LO position. Be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them. Turn the band to choose the delay time. turn the band further. washer fluid on the windshield. hold the the windshield is warmed.

The switch must be in either LO or HI. If you can wash your windshield but not your rear window.Rear Window WasherWiper Cruise Control (If Equipped) 1 1 With cruise control.the rearwindow washer will runout of fluid before the windshield washer. To turn the rear wiper on. you can I maintain a speed of about 25 mph (40 km/h) or more without keeping yourfoot on the accelerator. the cruise control will shut off. The rear window washer uses the same fluid bottle as the windshield washer. To turn the wiper off. This can really help on longtrips. To wash the window. press the wash button located on the switch. slide the switch to OFF. 2-37 . However. slide the switch to either LO or HI. check your fluid level. Cruise control does not work at speeds below about If you have an automatic transmission and you apply your brakes.

You can’t drivesafely at a steadyspeed. Don’t use cruise controlon slippery roads. 2-38 . spinning. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. So. On such roads. I CAUTION: I CAUTION: If you leave your cruise controlswitch on when you’re not using cruise. fast changes 1. Get up to the speed you want. Keep the don’t use your cruise control on winding cruise controlswitch off until you want to use it. andyou could lose control. roads or inheavy traffic. could be startled and even lose control. the cruise control will shut off. 4. 3. in tire traction can causeneedless wheel 2. Move the cruise control switch to ON. Cruise control canbe dangerous on slippery roads.you might hita button Cruise control can be dangerous where you and go into cruisewhen you don’t want to. Press in the SET button at the end of the lever and release it.If you have a manual transmission and you apply your Setting Cruise Control brakes or push the clutch pedal.

Hold it control switch from ON there until you get up tothe speed you want. move the switch to WA. You’ll now 25 mph (40 km/h) or more. shuts off 0 Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed. This. stay there. you release the switch or apply the brake. 2-39 .Resuming a Set Speed Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control Suppose you set your cruise control at adesired speed There are two ways to go to a higher speed: and then you apply the brake. But you don’t need toreset it. you can move the cruise 0 Move the cruise switch from ON to WA. press the Remember. if you holdthe switch at R/A longer than button for less than halfa second. of course.6 km/h) slower. and to R/A for about a half then release the switch. your vehicle willgo about 1 mph (1. Press the button at the end of the lever. cruise atthe higher speed. the cruise control. Each time you do this. So unless you want to go faster. thenrelease it. you’ll go 1 mph (1. very small amounts. (To increase your speed in a second. To slow down in very small amounts.) Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control Press in the button at the endof the lever until you You’ll go right back up to your chosen speed and reach the lower speed you want. thenrelease Once you’re going about the button and the accelerator pedal.6 km/h) faster. Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Contro Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed. the vehicle will keep going faster until this. Each time youdo half a second. When you take your foot off the pedal. your vehicle will slow down to the cruise control speed you set earlier. don’t hold the switch at WA.

you may wantto step on the accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. if you have a manual transmission. Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and don’t usecruise control on steep hills.Using Cruise Control on Hills Exterior Lamps How well your cruise control will work on hills depends upon your speed. load and the steepness of the hills. Parking Lamps Sidemarker Lamps 0 Taillamps License Plate Lamps Instrument Panel Lights 2-40 . to manually turn on: your cruise control set speed memory iserased. Your parking lamp and headlamp switch on is the driver’s sideof your instrument panel.Of course. When going downhill. you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down. 0 Ending Cruise Control There are two ways to turn off the cruise control: Step lightly on the brake pedal or push the clutch DOME OVERRIDE pedal. applying the brake takes you outof cruise control. 0 Move the cruise switch to OFF. When going up steep hills. Erasing SpeedMemory Rotate the knob to the right to the parking lamps symbol When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition.

To turn the chime area. heavy overcast parking lamps are manually turned on and your ignition weather. under bridges or bright overhead street lights does not affect the system. The automatic headlamp panel lights. set the parking brake while the ignition is taillamps. LOCK or ACCESSORY. be sure it is not covered. Then start your vehicle. you should turn on the regular of the instrument panel under theradio speaker grill so headlamp system when you needit. the headlamps turn of once the ignition keyis in OFF. turn the knob all the wayto the left or turn the instrument panel dimmer downto the fully dimmed position. This is normal. TheDRL and automatic headlamp Automatic Headlamp System system will only be affected when the light sensor seesa change in lighting lasting longer than the delay. In the automatic mode. off. The radio lights willalso be dim. Lamps On Reminder The system may also turn on your headlamps when A reminder chime will sound when your headlamps or driving through a parking garage. system will stay off until you release the parking brak Your vehicle is equipped with a light sensoron the top As with any vehicle. nighttime operation of the Daytime Running Lamps Rotate the knob all theway to the left to turn off your (DRL) and the automatic headlamp systems so that driving lamps and putthe system in auto headlamp mode. When it is dark enough outside. 2-41 .Rotate the knob to the right to the master lamps symbol There is a delay in the transition between the daytime an to turn on all the lamps listed as wellas the headlamps. which will cause the system to be on wheneverthe ignition is on. your automatic headlamp system will turnon your headlamps at the To idle your vehicle with the automatic headlamp normal brightness along withother lamps such as the system off. sidemarker. parking lamps and the instrument off. a tunnelor fueling your vehicle in a low-light is in OFF.

set the parking brake. Press the switch againto turn them off. and your headlamps will change to the reduced brightness of DRL provided it is not dark outside. DRL can be helpful in many different driving As with any vehicle. light as your headlamps. the regular lamps fog lamps will come on again. The DRL will stay off until you release the Daytime Running Lamps(DIU) can make it easier for parking brake. Never use your fog lamps in the dark without turningon your headlamps. the headlamps will automatically switch from DRL to the regular headlamps. only your headlamps will beon. 2-42 . Fog Lamps (If Equipped) on at The DRL system will make your headlamps come reduced brightness when: Use yourfog lamps for better vision in foggyor misty conditions.Daytime Running Lamps To idle your vehicle with the DRL off. Press the switch to turn the fog lamps the parking brake is released. on. the headlamp switch is in automatic headlamp The fog lamp switchis on the instrument panel under mode and the lamps switch. When it begins to get dark. Remember. will go off. you should turn on the regular conditions. When the DRLare on. lamps to work. When the high beamsgo off. short periods after dawn and beforesunset. but they canbe especially helpful in the headlamp system whenyou need it. Fog lamps willgo off whenever your high-beam headlamps come on. The taillamps. others to see thefront of your vehicle during the day.A light will glow in the switch when the fog lamps are on. sidemarker and other lamps won’t be on. fog lamps alone willnot give off as much The instrument panel won’tbe lit up either. Your parking lamps mustbe on for your fog 0 the ignition is on. the When you turn the headlamp switchoff.

When switch near each lamp. the dome lamps will remain on whetherthe doors are opened or closed. they are you remove the key from the ignition to help you see located on the inside rearview mirror. Turnthe switch all If you have the mini-console. or the frontdoor handles are lifted and released. When the The dome lamps will comeon when you open the doors. These lights will stay on for a automatically come on for approximately40 seconds when short period of time and then willgo out. all theway up to the top detent position. When the doors are opened. thumb wheel. lamp to turn it on or off. all the doors are closed. Exit Lighting Front Map Lamps(If Equipped) With exit lighting. located next to the parking/headlamps knob. the dome lamps will come You can also turn the lamps on and offby pressing the on if the DOME OVERRIDE button is out. the interior lamps will come on when If your vehicle has optional front map lamps. press the lens on each the way up to turn on the interior lamps. 2-43 . The lamps willalso stay on for Your vehicle is equipped with an illuminated approximately 40 seconds after you exit the vehicle unless entry feature. you lock the doors with the keyless entry transmitter. They will while exiting the vehicle. the lamps will stay on for ashort Dome Lamps period of time and will then go out. DOME OVERRIDE buttonis pressed in. the doors are unlocked with the keyless entry transmitter (if equipped) or until the ignition key is turned to RUN or Illuminated Entry ACCESSORY. In this position. your instrument panel lights brighter. The lamps can be Turn the switch next to the headlamp switch up to make swiveled to point in thedesired direction.Interior Lamps Front Reading Lamps (If Equipped) Press the button near eachlamp on the overhead console Brightness Control to turn the reading lamps on andoff. the You can also turn the dome lamps on byrotating the lamps will go out immediately.

or photocell builtinto themirror surface senses when 0 Turn the ignition key to RUN.You can use the DOME OVERRIDE button. vanity. This will keep your battery from running down. reading. press the button again and return itto the ‘‘OU~”position. Another Shut off all lamps and close all doors. glove box and underhood lampsif they are left on for more than 20 minutes when the ignition is off.To return the lamps to automatic operation. Battery Run-Down Protection This feature shuts off the dome. courtesy.A photocell on the backof the mirror senses when it is becomingdark outside. If the battery run-down protection shuts off the interior lamps. to return to normal operationit may be This mirror automatically changesto reduce glare from necessary to: headlamps behind you. This will notoverride the illuminated entry feature. To turn the lampsoff. the dome lamps will remainoff when the doors are open. to setthe dome lamps to come on automatically when the doorsare Electrochromic Daymight Inside opened. the domelamps will come on when you open the door. press the Rearview Mirror button once. With the button in this position. located Mirrors below the parkingheadlamp knob. or to remain off. Your vehicle may have an automatic electrochromic dayhight rearview mirror. 2-44 . With the button inthis position. headlamps are behind you.

Move the upper control to the left or right to cl. Outside Manual AdjustMirror Adjust your outside mirrors so you can just see the side of your vehicle. )se me Cleaning the Photocells mirror. then pressthe arrows on the control paa IO adjust Use a cotton swab and glass cleaner to clean the the mirror. This delay prevents rapid changing of the mirror as you drive under lights and through traffic. Press the button again to turn the automatic feature off. The mirror will return to its clear daytime The control is located on the state when the glare is reduced. Time Delay The automatic mirror has a timedelay feature which prevents unnecessary switching from thenight back to the day position. You can fold them before entering a car wash. when the glare is too high. photocells when necessary. the mirror will Power Remote Control Mirror gradually darken to reduce glare (this change may take a few seconds).At night. Push the mirrors back out when finished. Press the button at the base of the mirror to turn on the automatic feature. driver’s door armrest. Pullthe mirrors in toward the vehicle. Thebutton has an indicator light to show it is on. 2-45 .

Heated Outside Rearview Mirror (If Equipped) When you operate the rear window defogger. lift the lever on the front of the 1 glove box and lower the door. A convex mirror’s surface is curvedso you can see more from the Glove Box driver’s seat. 4 OverheadConsole (If Equipped) A convex mirror can make things (like other vehicles) look farther away than they really are. a temperature Index for more information. If you cut too sharply into the right lane. a defogger also warms the heated outside mirrorsto help clear them The overhead console includes reading lamps.The glove box should not beopenwhile driving. Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes. To open your glove box. See “Rear Window Defogger’’ inthe compartment for a garage door opener.Convex Outside Mirror Storage Compartments Your passenger’s side mirror is convex. you could hit a vehicle on your right. 2-46 . and compass display and a storage compartment for sunglasses. a of ice and snow.

Installing a Garage Door Opener Center the garage door opener activation button over If you have a garage door opener. Press it firmlyto the back of your garage door opener. Press the button near each lamp to turn the reading Peel the protective lamps on and off. the opener. If you have the optional universal transmitter. as close to the center of the opener as possible. 2-47 . first open the compartment door by pressing the latchforward. backing from thehook and loop patch.the front overhead the console door button and press theopener firmly compartment can be used toconveniently store into place.Reading Lamps To install the garage door opener. please see “Universal Transmitter” in the Index for instructions on how to use the system. t The lamps can also be swiveled to point in the desired direction.

2-48 . on the garage door opener. press the to make surethe button on button again to makesure the compartmentdoor will the garage door opener contact the control button operates properly. until the opener operates properly. Adjust the position of the garage door opener and add or remove pegs. press the button slightly to operate the opener. with the compartment compartment door are used door closed. The pegs inside the Now. Add one peg at a time until the garagedoor opener With the garage door opener positioned properly and the operates with the compartment door closed when you right number of pegs in place. you should only have to press the button. as needed.

the compass may function erratically. so it does not need tobe manually set. In some areas. the temperature indicated will be the last outside temperature recorded with the ignition on. The compass is self-calibrating. follow these instructions to set control switches are located to the left of the display. andthat appropriate precautions should be taken. CAL (Calibration) will appear on the display. If this happens.Temperature and Compass Display Before you turn on the ignition and move thevehicle. and the compass will function normally. To correct the problem. The readings. drive in a complete 360" circle three times. This is a warning to the driver that road conditions may be icy. when your vehicle is new. However. 2-49 . the difference between The outsideair temperature and the compass are the two can begreat enough to cause false compass displayed at the frontof the overhead console. Display the temperature in either degrees Fahrenheit (English) or Celsius (metric) by pressing the USMET switch. ICE will appear on the display.If it does. If the outside temperature is 37 OF (3 "C) or lower when you turn on the ignition. the variancefor your particular location: Turn the display on or off by pressing the ON/OFF switch. Variance is the difference between magnetic north and geographic north.

After five seconds.COMPREMP zone number. The display will go off. COMPEEMP: The display providesthe outside temperature and oneof eight compass readingsto indicate the direction the vehicleis facing. Press and hold boththe ON/OFF and the USMET OFF: This button turns the systemoff. MODE: The MODE button can be used to toggle 1. VAR CAL will appear on the display. compass direction andtrip information inthe overhead console. switches. 5. 4. Your variance is now set. Press ON/OFF to enter your zone number. 3. 2-50 . release both buttons. Note your between three modes of operation: OFF. and TRIP. Driver Information System (If Equipped) This system displays the outside air temperature. Find your location on the zone map. USMET: The USNET (United Statedmetric) button allows you to switchthe display between the English and metric system. When it does. Press USNET until your zone number appears on the display. 2.

You may also 3. the compass will acknowledge place the compass in a noncalibrated mode by pressing the variation mode by displaying the current zone and holding the MODE and USMET buttons number. the compass will display C and you the display. compass reading. Note your zone number. After five seconds. Drive the vehicle in a complete 360" circle three times at a speed of less than 5 mph 5. After 4. the difference between temperature recorded with the ignition on. This is a warning to 1. follow these instructions to set toggle between the word ICE andthe current the variance for your particular location: temperature every eight seconds. If the outside the two can be great enoughto cause false compass temperature is 37°F (3°C)or lower. simultaneously while in the COMPREMPmode. and the compass will function normally. the compass will need to becalibrated. andthat section. the display will readings. Your (8 km/h). 2. Press USMET until your zone number appears on about 10 seconds. Press and hold both the MODE and the USMET The compass is self-calibrating7so it does not needto be buttons in the COMP/TEMP mode. manually set. Variance is the difference between magnetic north and the temperature indicated will be the last outside geographic north. Find your location on the zone mapearlier in this the driver that road conditions may be icy. Press MODE toenter your zone number. If this happens. release both buttons. In some areas.Before you turn on the ignition and move the vehicle. However. appropriate precautions should be taken. Once variance is nowset and the display willreturn to the the calibration is complete. if C (Calibration) is displayed. can release the buttons. the display will return to a COMP/TEMP mode. When itdoes. 2-51 .

resetis displayed.TRIP: Once in the TRIP mode. RANGE: The display indicates the estimated distance that can betravelled with the remainingfuel in the tank. FUEL USED and AVG SPEED modes. Resetcan only be performed in the AVG ECON. system is reset. 2-52 . press theMODE and US/MET The console has a sunglasses storage compartment. FUEL USED: The fuel used since the 1ast. pressing theMODE Sunglasses Storage Compartment button will step you through the followingTRIP functions: 0 AVG ECON: The average fuel economy since the last reset is displayed. AVG SPEED: The average speed since the last reset is displayed. on rear doors. based on the fuel economy for the last few hoursof driving. buttons simultaneously for at least two seconds. All You will find a storage compartment on eachof the functions will be displayed for halfa second once the front doors. To reset the trip computer. INST ECON: Instantaneous fuel economy for the last second of driving is displayed. All three Four-door models havestorage pockets and cupholders modes are reset simultaneously.

lift the cover to expose the storage area which includes slots If your vehicle has this console compartment. You can store cassettes in the slots in the front of the compartment. the frontlever while lifting the top to open it. you may store compact discs inside the console.Front Storage Area If your vehicle hasthe center armrest compartment. If you have a compact disc player. 2-53 . squeeze for cassettes and a coinholder.

thrown about the vehicle during a collision or sudden maneuver.Convenience Net(If Equipped) The convenience net is anchoredto the endgate door. If you remove the cover. always store it off-road use. Grasp the handle and unroll the cover. visiblefrom the rear of vehicle). heavieritems. When you put it back.You or others could be The net is not designed to retain these items during injured. outside of the vehicle. 2-54 . you can use it to cover items in the cargo areaof your vehicle. The netis not for larger. Attach the lower hooksto the rear cargo tie downs on the floor. IOU may have a convenience net in the rear of your vehicle to help keep smallitems. I Roll-Up Cargo Cover(If Equipped) If you have the optional cargo cover. always be sure that itis securely reattached. Attach the upperloops to the retainers oneither side of the endgate opening(the label should bein the upper passenger side corner. like gloves and light clothing in place during sharp turnsor quick stops An improperly stored cargo cover could be and starts. Latch the posts into the sockets on the inside trim panelon the passenger’s side of the vehicle to secure it.

side rails and crossrails attached to the roof to secure cargo. Use GM accessory racks thatare compatible with your luggage carrier for transporting sports equipment. never carry something longer or wider tha the luggage carrier on topof your vehicle. This can causeyou to lose control. and -- so forth the wind can catchit as you drive along. The luggage carrier has slats.plywood. You may be able to carry something like this inside. But. at either endof the crossrails.The adjustable tie downs. shouldbe used to secure loads to the luggage carrier. and this could causeyou or other drivers to have a collision.Cargo Tie Downs Luggage Carrier (Option) There are four cargo tie downs in the rear that allow you to strap cargo in and keep it from moving inside the vehicle. a mattress. If you try to carry something on top of your vehicle that is longer or wider than theluggage -- carrier like paneling. These are available through yourGM dealer. and of course damage yourvehicle. What you are carryingcould be violently torn off. 2-55 .

When loading cargo on the roof panel. Do not tie the load so tightly thatthe crossrails or side rails Don’t exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when are damaged. Follow vehicle. provided. never let these guidelines: them hang over the rear or the sides of your Carrying small. loading your vehicle. Make sure both sides of the crossrails are even. Also tie the load to the bumpers. For more informationon vehicle capacity and loading. then tighten Loading cargo thatweighs more than200 lbs. weight as far forward asyou can andmove the If you need to carry long items. rou can adjust the crossrails to handle loadsof various sizes. usethe crossrails to keepthe load securely to the luggage carrier. When loading cargo directly on Put the cargo against the side rails and fasten it the roof panel. move the crossrails rear crossrail forward as farpossible as to keep as far apart as possible. the slider knobs. be not recommended. check now and then to makesure the luggagecarrier and cargo are still securelyfastened. Tie the load to the tie downs the load from shifting. 2-56 . Just loosen the slider knobs at each end of the NOTICE: crossrail and move them to where youwant them. sure it restson the slats anddoes notscratch or Tie the load to the tie down (ateither end of damage thevehicle. (91 kg) onthe luggage carrier may damage your Be sure the cargo is properlyloaded. heavy loads on the roof is vehicle. Put the main from shifting. When you carry large things. see “Loading Your Vehicle” in the Index. the crossrails). To prevent damage orloss of cargo as you’re driving.

press it in all the way. such as maps. To block out glare.it will pop backby itself. bottom visors (if your vehicle has one). Press PUSH to turn the ashtrayaround for use. pullthe bin upward. 2-57 . Four-door vehicles havesmaller ashtrays inside the rear doors. damaging the your ashtray.If you do.Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter Rotate the front ashtray door down to open it. You can also swing the bottom visorfrom side-to-side. That can make it overload. Sun Visors To use the lighter. and let go. smoking materialscould set them on fire causing damage. Your visors may have an extension that can be pulled outfor additional glare protection and a strap for holding small items. To remove the front ashtray. it won’t be able to back away from the heating element when it’s Don’t put papers and other things that burn into ready. If you do. you can swing downthe top and When it’s ready. I NOTICE: I NOTICE: ~ Don’t hold a cigarette lighter in with your hand while it is heating. cigarettes or other lighter and the heating element.

Always turnoff any electrical equipment when notin use. These circuits are protectedby a fuseand have maximum current levels. I NOTICE: When using the accessory power outlets. If you have accessory poweroutlets. Leaving electrical equipment on for extended periods will drain Pull the sun visor down andlift the mirror cover to turn your battery.Visor Vanity Mirror Accessory Power Outlets Pull the sun visor down andlift the cover to expose the (If Equipped) vanity mirror.Just remove the plug from the outlet and followthe proper installation instructions that are included with anyelectrical equipment you install. The accessory power outlets are located near thecenter of the vehicleon the (If Equipped) lower part of the instrument panel. you can plug in Illuminated Visor Vanity Mirror auxiliary electrical equipment. maximum electrical load must not exceed 20 amps. 2-58 . on the lamps.

Sunroof (If Equipped) Press andrelease the rear side of the button in the mini console to openthe sunroof. The sunroof is also equipped with a sunshade which you can pull forward to block sun rays. 2-59 . To open or close your sunroof. You can press the forward side of the button to close the sunroof. Once the sunroof is closed. the ignition or RAP needs to beon. See “Retained Accessory Power” in the Index. Your vehicle may be equipped with a power sliding sunroof. press the forward side of the button to open the sunroof to the vent position.

. The transmitter will learn and transmitthe frequencies of most current transmitters andis powered by your . It will operate garage doors and gates. other devices controlled by radio frequency such Mini Console as home/offke lighting systems and security systems. vehicle’s battery and charging system.Universal Transmitter(If Equipped) Full-Size Console This transmitter allowsyou to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand-held transmitters.or with the accessory package.

hold down undesired operation. door you are programming! indicates that the universal transmitter has been programmed. The rapid Be sure that people and objects are clear of the garage flashing. Follow these steps to (1) this device may not cause harmful interference. an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment. If you have not previously programmeda universal received. that does not havethe “stop and reverse” feature. the two outside buttons on the universal transmitter This device complies with RSS-2 10 of Industry and until the red light begins to flash rapidly Science Canada. which could take up to 90 seconds. Operation is subject to the following (approximately 20 seconds). Your vehicle’s engine should be turnedoff while Operation is subject to the following two conditions: programming the transmitter. Decide which one of the three channels you want to program. interference. 3. program up to three channels: and (2) this device must accept any interference 1 . Then release the two conditions: (1) this device may not cause buttons. Release both buttonsonce the light starts to flash rapidly. Using both hands. 1982. and (2) this device must accept any erases any previous settings for all three channels. including interference that may cause channel.This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.Continue to hold both buttons Do not use the transmitter with any garage door opener through Step 4. 2-61 . proceed to Step 2. This includes any garage door opener model manufactured 4. on the universal transmitter flash rapidly. pressthe hand-held Programming the Transmitter transmitter button and the desired button onthe universal transmitter. This procedure initializes the memory and interference. Hold down both buttons until you see the red light before April 1. Hold the end of the hand-held transmitter against the bottom surface of the universal transmitter so that Changes and modifications to this system by other than you can still see the red light. including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Otherwise. 2.

Remove the cover panel from the garage door opener universal transmitter may differ from the hand-held receiver. 3. rotate the hand-held transmitter end over end garage door will not open. and if your garage door opener and try again. Locate the training button on the garage door opener receiver. If you cannot door opener every time it is opened or closed. then universal transmitter. your garage door may have with older garagedoor openers that do not meet current a security feature that changes the “code” of your garage Federal Consumer SafetyStandards. 2-62 . If you still cannot If you programmed the universal transmitter. Note that theeffective transmission range of the 2. The exact location and color will vary among brands. turns solid. makesure that you havefollowed the directions exactly as described and thatthe battery in the hand-held transmitter is notdead.If you havetrouble programming the universal Training a Garage Openerwith a “Rolling transmitter. Program your hand-held transmitter to the universal transmitter. your garage door opener has this feature. transmitter and fromone channel to another. The redlight comes on while the signal is transmitter by following the steps provided under being transmitted. press the appropriate button on Be sure to keep the original hand-held transmitter the universal transmitterthat was programmed. It is located near the garage door opener motor. The universal transmitter may not work was manufactured after 1995. “rolling code” feature.If the in case you need toerase and reprogramthe red light flashes rapidly for one to two seconds. consult To determine if your garage door opener has this your GM dealer. but the program it. To program a garage dooropener with the rollingcode Operating the Transmitter feature. “Programming the Transmitte?’ earlierin this section. do the following: Press and hold the appropriate button on the universal 1. program the transmitter after repeated attempts.

To erase all three programmed channels. Accessories You may now use either the universal transmitter or the Accessories for the universal transmitter are available hand-held transmitter to open your garage door. If you from the manufacturer of the unit. was programmed to the garage door opener receiver. Press the training button on the garage door opener Erasing Channels receiver for one to two seconds. hold down the 5 . please call 1-800-355-35 15. 2-63 . reprogrammed using theprocedure for programming the 6. Return to your vehicle and press the programmed two outside buttons until the redlight begins to flash. If you would like still have difficulty in programming andrequire additional information. Release the button. but can be flashes rapidly (about two seconds).4. button on the universal transmitter until the red light Individual channels cannot be erased. assistance. please call 1-800-355-35 15. then press it again to confirm it transmitter explained earlier.

Electronic Transfer Case G . Air Vents E. Ashtray N. Brake Release (If Equipped) H. Instrument Cluster E Auxiliary Power Outlets K. Comfort Controls M.Instrument Panel A. Lamp Controls 2-64 . Fog Lamps D. Glove Box I. Rear Window Defogger L. RearLiftgate Release B. Audio System J. Rear Window Washermiper C.

about how much fuel you’ve used. You’ll know how fast you’re going.Instrument Panel Cluster Your instrument cluster is designed to let you knowat a glance how your vehicle is running. Standard Cluster 2-65 . andmany other things you’ll needto know to drive safely and economically.

2-66 .

shift to a higher gear as soon aspossible. red danger range. The trip odometer can tell you how far your vehicle has been driven since you last setthe trip odometer to zero. To reset the trip odometer. and a label must be put on speed is reaching its upper limits. then it’s set at zero. when kilometers (used in Canada). But if The shaded red warning rangetells you that yourengine it can’t. hold the button until accelerator pedal. For example. If the new one can be set to the needle will vary all the time that the engine is running. . Wip Odometer lift yourfoot off the accelerator pedal. mileage total of the old odometer.The tachometer has three Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles areas: normal operating range. press the button near the shift to ahigher gear.Speedometer and Odometer Each tachometer has a different limit depending on the powertrain in your vehicle. it means the engine is running at You may wonder what happensif your vehicle needsa 2. If you have an automatic transmission. You should immediately To view the trip odometer. Tachometer (If Equipped) The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions I NOTICE: per minute (rpm). then it must be.or lift your foot off the readout. If you the new odometer was installed. have a manual transmission. Your odometer shows how far your vehicle has been The normal operating range shows your engine speed driven. red warning range and per hour (mph) and kilometers per hour (kmh). The solid red danger rangetells you that yourengine speed is at its upper limits. Don’t drive very long the driver’s door to show the old mileage reading when with the tachometer in the red warning range. the needle points to 2.The tachometer new odometer installed. or engine damage will occur. in either miles (used inthe United States) or during normal driving conditions. Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the red range. it resets.000 revolutions per minute (rpm).

They’re a bighelp.and even Warning lights and gages cansignal that something is dangerous.If you are also come on and stay on familiar with this section. Paying attentionto your warning lights and gagescould also save you or Safety Belt Reminder Light others from injury. expensive repairor replacement. warning lights work togetherto let you know when neither thechime nor the there’s a problem with your vehicle. or whenone of the gages shows This part describes the warning lights and gages that there may be a problem. So please getto know your warninglights wrong before it becomesserious enough to cause an and gages. The pictures will help you what to do about it. Waiting to do repairs can be costly-. If the driver’s with one of your vehicle’s functions. unlessthe driver’s safety belt is will see in the details on the next few pages. you should not be alarmed for about 20 seconds. then it will flashfor about Gages canindicate when there may be oris a problem 55 seconds.As you fasten their safety belts. Please followthis manual’s advice. 2-68 . warning lights come on briefly whenyou start the The safety belt light will engine just to let you know they’re working. check the section that tells you may be on your vehicle. when this happens. Gages and Indicators When one of the warning lights comes on and stayson when you are driving. a chime will Warning lights come on when there may be or is a come on for about eight seconds to remind people to problem with one of your vehicle’s functions.Warning Lights. some already buckled. When the keyis turned to RUN or START. Often gages and belt is already buckled. light willcome on. locate them.

you turn on the ignition. the air bag running.It could indicate that and it will flash for a few you have problems with a generator drive belt. 2-69 . engine or comes on when you are driving. information on theair bag system. or seconds. It should go out once the engine is running. such as the radio If the air bag readiness light stays on after you start the and air conditioner. For more show you it is working. you may have a when you start your engine. your air bag system may not work properly. should go out. Have it checked right away. or comes on whileyou are driving. If the light doesn’t come on then. as a check to module.Air Bag Readiness Light Charging System Indicator Light There is an air bag readiness light on the instrument The charging system light panel. The system will come on briefly when checks the air bag’s electrical system for malfunctions. If it stays This light will come on on. problem with the charging system. be certain to turn off all youraccessories. The but the engine is not system check includes theair bag sensors. Have your vehicle serviced right away. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. which shows theair bag symbol. haveit fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem. Then the light another electrical problem. the wiring and the diagnostic module. see “Air Bag” in the Index. If you must drive a short distance with the light on.This means Driving while this light is on could drain your battery. the system is ready. The air bag readiness light should flash for a few seconds when you turn the ignition key to RUN.

Vo1’-. the gage shows the bulb check when you start condition of the chargingsystem. This light comes on very brieflyas a When the engine is running.This condition is normal since the charging system is not able to provide full power at engine idle. but theignition is Readings in either warning zoneindicate a possible on (inRUN). 2-70 . running. low and high warning zonesindicate the normal operating range.If you must drive. Shifting when the indicator light is on will help youget Readings in the low warning zone may occur when a the bestfuel economy. large number of electrical accessories are operating in the vehicle andthe engine is leftat an idle for an extended period.--* Gage You can only drivefor a short time with the reading in either warning zone.. this gage problem in theelectrical system. this condition should correct itself as higherengine speeds allow the charging system tocreate maximum power. Have the vehicle shows your battery’sstate of serviced as soon as possible. turn off all I When your engine is not unnecessary accessories. charge in DC volts. See “Shift Light” in the Index. Shift Light You have the shiftlight if you have a manual transmission. Readings betweenthe SHIFT the engine. As engine speeds are increased.

(See “Towing Your Vehicle” If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released. Your brake system may not be working properly If the warning light comes on. pull off the road and stop carefully. it in the Index. If it doesn’t come on then. If one part isn’t working. have it fixed so it will be the vehicle towed for service. 2-71 . Your vehicle’s hydraulic brake systemis divided into two parts. with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident. will come on when you set your parlung brake. though. vehicle towed for service. you ’F--A CAUTl IN: need both parts working well. Driving problem. have on briefly when you turn (0)(8> BRAKE the ignition key toRUN.If the lightis still on after you’ve This light should come pulled off the road and stopped carefully.the other part can still work and stop you. The light It may take longerto stop. have the will stay onif your parking brake doesn’t release fully. ready to warn you if there’s a problem.For good braking. Or. If the light is still on.You may notice thatthe pedal is When the ignition is on. Have your brake system inspected right away. there could be a brake if the brake system warning lightis on. the brake system warninglight harder to push.) means youhave a brake problem. the pedal may go closer to the floor.Brake System Warning Light If the light comes on while you are driving.

If the on when you start your gage pointer movesinto engine and may stay the red area. See “Engine Overheating’’ in the Index.Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light Engine Coolant Temperature Gage With the anti-lock brake This gage shows the engine system. See conditions. this light willcome coolant temperature. 2-72 . or comes on when you’re driving. have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem. you still have brakes. but you don’t have anti-lock brakes. stop your “Brake System Warning Light”earlier in this section. you should pull off the road. The anti-lock brake system warning light should come In “Problems on the Road.” this manual show you what on briefly when you turn the ignition keyto RUN. vehicle and turn off the engine as soonas possible. too hot! That’s normal. your engineis on for several seconds. light doesn’t come onthen. you don’t have anti-lock brakes have been operating your vehicle under normal driving and there’s a problem with your regular brakes.If the regular brake system warning light isn’t on. If the light stays on. your vehicle needs service.If the regular brake system It means that your engine coolant has overheated. you If warning light is also on. If the to do.

This system is called OBD I1 (On-Board This light should come on. 2-73 . helpingto produce a cleaner This light will also come on during a malfunction in one environment.Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Engir light) NOTICE: Your vehicle is equipped If you keep driving your vehicle with this light with a computer which on. and service maybe required. This may damage the emission control system on your system is also designed to assist your service technician vehicle.A misfire condition has been the system beforeany problem is apparent. A misfire increases vehicle emissions and prevent more serious damage to your vehicle. Malfunctions often willbe indicated by 0 Light Flashing-. control systems. haveit repaired. This may detected. your fuel economy may not as be ENGINE fuel. If the light doesn’t come on. as a check to show you it is Diagnostics-Second Generation) and is intendedto working. life of the vehicle. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis in correctly diagnosing any malfunction. aftera while. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and service may be required. your emission controls may not SERVICE monitors operation of the work as well. when the ignition ison and the engine is not assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the running. SOON This could leadto costly repairs that may not be covered by your warranty. 0 Light On Steady -. ignition and emission good and your engine may not run as smoothly.An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle. The SERVICE ENGINE SOON light of two ways: comes on to indicate that there is a problem andservice is required.

The diagnostic system candetermine if the fuel cap has been leftoff or improperly installed. A loose or If you are towing a trailer. see installed should turnthe light off. If the light remains on steady. follow the previous steps. Did youjust drive througha deep puddle of water? If the light continues to flash. will usuallybe corrected when the electrical system Turn the key off. reinstall the fuel cap. A few driving trips should turn the light off. If so. Find a safe place to park your vehicle. 2-74 . A few driving trips with thecap properly “If If the light stops flashing and remains on steady. If so. when it is safe to do so.and drive the vehicle to your dealer or qualified service center for service. the cap. If the light is still flashing. makingsure to fully install Avoiding steep uphill grades. The condition stop the vehicle. wait at least 10 seconds and restart the dries out.If the LightIs Flashing If the LightIs On Steady The following may prevent moreserious damage to You may be able to correct the emission system your vehicle: malfunction by considering the following: Reducing vehicle speed. reduce the amount of missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the cargo being hauledas soon as itis possible. your electrical system may be wet. atmosphere. see “If the Light Is On Steady” following. the Light Is On Steady” following. Did you recentlyput fuel into your vehicle? 0 Avoidinghard accelerations. engine.

Poor fuel quality will cause your the engine oil pressure in engine not to run as efficiently as designed. misfiring.) This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on. Oil pressure may vary with engine speed. change the fuel brand you use. be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel (see The oil pressure gage shows “Fuel” in the Index).el? Engine Oil Pressure Gage If so. If none of the above steps have made the light turn off. butreadings above the vehicle. (These conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up. outside have your dealer or qualified service center check the temperature and oil viscosity. Canadian vehicles indicate pressure in kPa (kilopascals). If you experience one or more of these conditions. stalling when you when the engine is running. You may psi (pounds per square inch) notice this as stalling after start-up. put the vehicle into gear. diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that mayhave developed. hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration. Your dealer has the proper test equipment and low pressure zone indicate the normal operating range. It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off.Have you recently changed brands of fu. 2-75 .

see “Passlock” vehicle serviced. the Passlocksystem has entered a Check your oil as soon as possible and have your tamper mode.The SECURITY light will stay on until the engine starts. If the light comes on continuously while driving and stays on. Your vehicle will not be protected bv Passlock. If you do. Damage to yourengine from neglected oil problems can becostly and is not covered by your warranty. there may be a problem with the Passlock I NOTICE: system. Don’t keep drivingif the oil pressure is low. and you should see your dealer. If the vehicle fails to start. If the light flashes. your engine can become so hot that it catches fire. 2-76 .A reading in the low pressure zone may be caused by a Security Warning Light dangerously low oil level or other problems causing low oil pressure. in the Index.You or others could be burned. This light will come on briefly when you turn the key toward START.

SERVICE you it is working. Malfunctions can be indicated by the gages to see if they are in the warning zones. 2-77 . system before any problem is apparent. This light will come on - briefly when you are starting the engine. which may prevent serious damage to the vehicle.Try closing the liftgate again. Never drive with the liftgate even partially open. This system is Gate Ajar Light also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing a malfunction. GATE I AJAR If it stays on.Service 4WD Light Check Gages Light This light should come on The CHECK GAGES light briefly when you turn on the will come on briefly when ignition. your liftgate is ajar. as acheck to show CHECK you are starting the engine. there may be a problem with the drive system and check your coolant temperature and engine oil pressure service is required. 4WD GAGES ~~~ ~ ~ The SERVICE 4WD light comes on to indicate that If the light comes on and stays on while you aredriving.

the gage may have indicated the tank was half full. the fuel gage tells you The gage doesn’t go back to EMPTY (E) when you turn off the ignition. about how much fuel you have remaining.Fuel Gage The gage moves a little whenyou turn a corner or speed up. Low Fuel Light This light comes on when FUELONLY the fuel tank is low on fuel. See “Fuel” in At the gas station. None of these show a problem with your fuel gage: To turn it off. but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank’s capacityto fill the tank. It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gage indicated. 2-78 . add fuelto the fuel tank. For example. the gas pumpshuts off before the the Index. gage reads FULL(F). LOW FUEL Here are four things that some owners ask about. When the ignitionis on.

10 AM-FM Stereo 3-12 AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player (If Equipped) . Section 3 Cornfo-t Controls and Audio Systems In this section. you’ll find out how to operate the comfort control and audio systems offered with your vehicle.10 Setting the Clock for Systems without 3-29 Care of Your Cassette Tape Player Automatic Tone Control 3-30 Care of Your Compact Discs 3-10 Setting the Clock for Systems with Automatic 3-30 Care of Your Compact DiscPlayer Tone Control 3-30 Fixed Mast Antenna 3. 3-2 Comfort Controls 3-15 AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape and 3-2 Standard Climate Control System Automatic ToneControl (If Equipped) 3-3 Electronic Climate Control (If Equipped) 3-20 AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player and 3-7 Air Conditioning Automatic ToneControl (If Equipped) 3-7 Heating 3-24 Remote Cassette Tape Player (If Equipped) 3-7 Ventilation System 3-26 Theft-Deterrent Feature (If Equipped) 3-8 Defogging and Defrosting 3-28 Understanding Radio Reception 3. Be sure to read about the particular systems supplied with your vehicle.10 Audio Systems 3-28 Tips About Your Audio System 3.

Mode Knob The right knob on the control panel allows you to choose the directionof air delivery. To decrease airflow. vents and a small amount through the floor vents. relative temperature of the air flowing into the passenger area of your vehicle. Move theknob to the right toward Standard Climate Control System the red areafor warmer air. moveit to directs most of the air through the instrument panel the left. MAX A/C: This setting provides maximum cooling I' II with the least amountof work.Comfort Controls Temperature Knob With this system.To increase airflow. Move theknob to the left toward the blue areafor cooler air. panel controls the fan speed. move A/C: This setting cools the air entering your vehicle and the knob to the right. This setting directs most of the air through the Fan Control instrument panel vents anda small amount throughthe The knob on the left sideof the heating system control floor vents. MAX A/C recirculates much of the air inside your vehicleso it cools quickly. 3-2 . cooling The middle knobon the control panel lets you selectthe and ventilation in your vehicle. Some outside air will still enter the vehicle whenever the vehicle is moving forward. you can control the heating. OFF: This setting turns the systemoff.

AUTO: If the knob isin AUTO. +e Electronic Climate Control System +fl BI-LEVEL A / C : This setting cools the air (-. Fan Control DEFROST: This setting directs most air through the windshield defroster outlets and some through the The knob on the left sideof the electronic climate control heater (floor) outlets.Equipped) entering your vehicle anddirects it through the heater floor outlets as well as the instrument panel outlets. + HEATER:’ 0 This setting directs most of the warmed air through the heaterfloor outlets and some air through the windshield defroster outlets. BLEND: Airflow + ’ is divided equally between the heater floor outlet and the windshield defroster outlets. panel controls the fan speed.To manually decrease aifflow. move the knob to the right. +0 fl VENT This setting directs most of the air through the instrument paneloutlets and a small amount through the floor outlets. move it to the left. OFF: If the knob isin OFF. outside air will still enter on the position of the vehicle. To manually increase airflow. the fan speed will vary as the system maintains the selected temperature. and will be directed based the mode knob. The air conditioning compressor is not working when VENT is selected. w. 3-3 .

Move the instrument panel outlets. The light will turn on. windshield to prevent fogging. Full Hot: If you turn the temperature knob past82°F When the system isin AUTO mode. you still have the the fan is in AUTO. continually Full Cold: If you turn the temperature knob past66°F overriding the outsideair or the A/C compressor will (1 9”C). system to heat or cool any faster. sensors will control theair independently of the function knob setting. Move the delivery mode. and the fan will blow at the speed the fan knob is set to. it will run at full speed. With the system in full auto control (both the fan will blowat the speed the fan knob is setto. limit the abilityof the system to cool the The system will remain at that maximum coolingsetting vehicle quickly. If you push a button for a function which is not If the fan isin AUTO. with some air directed to the knob to the left toward66 for cooler air. When the system is allow you to adjust theinterior air temperature set for automatic operation. Air will come primarily from the floor or knob to the right toward82 for warmer air.Temperature Knob - Mode Knob Automatic Operation The middle knob on the control panel letsyou select the The right knobon the control panel allowsyou to desired air temperature in your vehicle. and the recirculation and outsideair system will remain at that maximum heating setting and lights turn off.This knob will choose the direction ofair delivery. 3-4 . theair conditioning (28”C). To find your comfort zone. If the fan and mode knobs in AUTO). start with the74°F (23°C) setting and allow about20 minutes for the systemto adjust the temperature if necessary. the light next to that button will flash three Choosing either maximum setting will not cause the times to alert you that it’s not available. the system will go into the “full hot” mode. the system will go into the “full cold” mode. it will runat full speed. However. available. ability to override any function.

+’ e HEATER: This setting directs most of the If your vehicle is sitting out on a warm day and you warmed air throughthe heater floor outlets and some have the fanset on AUTO. the air. the air conditioning Be careful not to put anything overthe solar sensor compressor automatically cycles when neededto cool located around the center of the instrument panel. That is normal. outlets. As the coolant warms up. the airflow will be directed out the floor regulate temperature. This is to expel hot air from the air outlets. fl PANEL: This setting directs most of the air temperature. The length of delay depends on the outside air +. 3-5 .With the automatic setting. or let the system workfor you by placing the system in AUTO mode. the system will delay turning on the fan until warm air is available. See “Mode To avoid blowingcold air in cold weather. +H BI-LEVEL: Air is delivered through the heater the windshield to prevent fogging under most floor outlets as well as the instrument panel outlets. the air will first flow out of air throughthe windshield defroster outlets.Automatic Operation” earlier in this section. whenthe system senses the need This sensor is used bythe automatic system to for heat. with some airflow to +. As the air is cooled. As the interior temperature approaches a desired setting. Incold weather. normal conditions. operations yourself. the floor air outlets for a few seconds. On bright choose the direction of air delivery. Knob . engine coolant temperature or the time through the instrument paneloutlets and a small amount since the engine was last started. the airflow will move throughthe air conditioning outlets. the blower fan speed will graduallyincrease and air will flow from the heater outlets. the blower speed willdecrease. through thefloor outlets. the airflow maycome out of the air conditioning and floor outlets (bi-level mode) to You can choose to set the climate control system maintain comfort and prevent stuffiness. the airflow willadjust between the The right knob on the control panel allows youto instrument panel air outlets and floor outlets. sunny days incool weather. To maintain - Mode Knob Manual Operation interior comfort.

Pressing the recirculation button will change the operation toa manual mode and theair will recirculate non-stop. The air conditioning compressor may run inside the vehiclewhen the A/C light is on. RECIRCULATION: Press this button to limit the amountof fresh airentering your vehicle. The air conditioningcompressor may run to dehumidify Pressing the RECIRCULATION buttonwill cancel the the air to prevent window fogging. Air conditioning will be automatically disabled when a OUTSIDE AIR:Press this button toforce the system to use outside air. Pressit again to closeoff the the outside temperaturedrops below a level which air conditioning is ineffective. +HBLEND: Airflow is divided equally between the RECIRCULATION may be selectedwith the fan control in OFF to limit odors. OUTSIDE AIR button. RECIRCULATION button.w. your vehicle. outside air. thesystem will use recirculation as necessaryto cool the air.This is helpful when you are trying to limit odors entering your vehicle. DEFROST This setting directs most air through A/C: Press this button to turn the air conditioning the windshield defrosteroutlets and some throughthe on and off. outsideair and dust from entering heater flooroutlet and the windshield defroster outlets. In the AUTO mode. it needs A/C to provide cooling performance. to dehumidify the air to prevent window fogging. Remember thatin order for the automatic systemto perform Pressing the OUTSIDE AIR buttonwill cancel the well. The system will cool and dehumidify theair heater outlets. Press this button again to turn off the recirculation feature. 3-6 .

useBI-LEVEL A/C to deliver panel outlets. your heating system will produce the vehicle. See “Engine Coolant Heater” in the Index On vehicles equipped with the Electronic Climate Ventilation System Control system. you can get outside air to flow notice slight changes in your vehicle’sengine speed and through by selecting any mode and any fan speed. Your vehicle’s ventilation system supplies outsideair to the inside of your vehicle whenit is moving. use A/C warmer air faster to heat the passenger compartmentin with the temperature knob turnedto the left. useVENT to direct outside air through your vehicle. On cold days. This setting If you use the optional engine coolant heater before should be used to keep odors and/or dust from entering starting your engine. This is normal becausethe system is designed to cycle the compressor on and off to keep the desired temperature.use HEATER with the vehicle to cool down. cooling is needed. Then keep your windows closed temperature knob turnedto the right. open the windows long enough to let hot The heater works bestif you keep your windows closed inside air escape. Airflow is through the instrument On cool but sunny days. warm air tothe floor and cooler air to the instrument panel outlets. For quick cool-down on very hot days. When the When the air conditioner is on. cold weather. For normal cooling on hot days. you may sometimes vehicle is not moving. in cool weather whenyou have fog or ice on the windshield or side windows. use MAX A/C with the temperature knob turnedto the left. BLEND is useful for the air conditioner to work its best. power. this same performance can be achieved as long as the A/C is enabled and the outside air button For mild outside temperatures whenlittle heating or is not active. This reduces the timeit takes for your while using it. 3-7 .Air Conditioning Heating On hot days.

useBLEND to keep the You can direct the airflow side-to-sideby rotating the windshield and side windows clear. This helps air to circulate throughout your vehicle. When you enter a vehicle in cold weather. 3-8 . move the fan controlto high for a few moments before driving off. humid days. below the vent. On cool. rotate the thumbwheel windshield quickly in extreme humid or cold conditions. Keep the air path under the front seats clear of objects. The vent can be tilted up and down also.To control the amountof Use DEFROST to remove fog or ice from the airflow through the outlets. This helps clear the intake ducts of snow and moisture. The heater and defroster will work far better. reducing the chance of fogging the inside of your windows. snow or any other obstruction (suchas leaves). thumbwheel located in the center of the vent. Turn the temperature knob to the right and move the fan control toward high. Ventilation Tips Keep the hood and front air inlet free of ice. and reduces the chance of fogging the inside of your windows. You will find air outlets inthe center and on the sides of Defogging and Defrosting your instrument panel.

If your vehicle is equipped with the optional heated outside rearview mirrors. NOTICE: Don’t use a razor bladeor something else sharp on the insideof the rear window. will have lines that warm the glass. and the ice as possible before using therear window defogger. then release it. clear the window ofas much snow or could cut or damage the warming grid. turn it on again. find the switch marked REAR with the defog symbol on the lower right corner of your climate control system. To turn on the rear window defogger. you For I ..Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped) The rear window defogger will stayon for five to seven . therear window defogger button will activate the rear window defogger and the heated outside rearviewmirrors. the rear window any timeby pressing the button. It will only work if the ignition switch is turnedto RUN. If you need additional warming time. Press the button until the light in the switchcomes on.If you do. 3-9 . then turnoff. If your vehicle hasthis minutes. repairs wouldn’t be covered by your warranty. tape or decals across the defogger grid on the rear window. Do not attach a temporary vehiclelicense. You can turn the defoggeroff at option.t results.

Press and hold the SEEK left arrow until the Playing the Radio correct hour appears on the display. Press and holdHR until the correct hour appears on the RECALL: Display the time with the ignition off by display. Findout what your Delco Electronics system can do and how to operate all its controls. Turn it to the leftto Automatic Tone Control decrease volume. Setting the Clockfor Systems without Automatic Tone Control Press SET. turn the knob to the right. Press and holdMN until the correct minute pressing the recall knob.Audio Systems AM-FM. to be sure you’re getting the most outof the advanced engineering that went into it. ignition off. Withinfive seconds. press and hold the SEEK right arrow untilthe correct minute appears on the display. 3-10 .To display the clock with the press this knobto recall the station frequency. There is an initial two-second delay before the clock goes into the time-set mode. You will get the most enjoymentout of it if you acquaint yourself with it first. appears on the display.To increase volumeand turn the Setting the Clockfor Systems with radio on.Stereo Your Delco Electronics audio system has been designed to operate easily andgive years of listening pleasure. VOLUME: This knob turns the systemon and off and controls the volume. When the radio is playing. pressRECALL or HR/MN and the time will be displayedfor a few seconds.

Press the right arrow to tune in the next higher 1. five seconds. Just: display. Press VOLUME or both SEEK buttons to 2. AM-FM: Press the lower knob to switch betweenAM 4. Repeat the steps for each pair of pushbuttons.Just: 4. SCAN will light up onthe two adjoining buttons at the same time. Tune in the desired station. the station you set will return. 14 stations (seven AM and seven FM). station and stay there. (SET will appear on the display. Press SET. station and the left arrow to tune to the next lower 6. Tune in the desired station. within PUSHBUTTONS: The four numbered pushbuttons let five seconds. Press two adjoining buttons at the same time.) and FM. station and press the left arrow to tune to the next lower station. Whenever you press thesame two you return to yourfavorite stations. 3. 1. the station you set will return. Press SET. Press and hold one of the four pushbuttons within TUNE: Turn the lower knob to tune in radio stations. up to three SCAN: Press both SEEK buttons to listen to a few more stations may be preset on each bandby pressing seconds of each radio station. In addition to the four stations already set. You can set up to buttons. 2. Turn the radio on. The display shows yourselection. 3-11 . Press AM-FM to select the band. 5.Finding a Station 3. Whenever you press that numbered SEEK: Press the right arrow to tune to the next higher button.) stop scanning. (SET will appear on the display. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.

Setting theTone AM-FM Stereo with CassetteTape Player BASS: Slide this lever up or down to increase or (If Equipped) decrease bass. turn the knob to the right. To increase volume and turn the radio on. Turn it to thetoleft decrease volume. The middle position balances thesound between the speakers. Playing the Radio VOLUME: This knob turns the systemon and off and controls the volume. RECALL: Display the time with the ignition off by pressing this knob. pressthis knob to recall the station frequency. When the radio is playing. Adjusting the Speakers BAL: Turn the control behind the upper knobto move the sound to the left or right speakers. 3-12 . you may want to decrease thetreble. If a station is weakor noisy. TREB: Slide this lever up or down to increase or decrease treble. FADE: Turn the control behind the lower knobto move the sound to the front or rear speakers. The middle position balances the sound between the speakers.

for a few seconds. of your preset stations. 2 1 stations (sevenA M . RECALL to stop scanning through the presetstations. Press two adjoining buttons at the same time.) Setting the Tone 5. Presseither SEEK button or 3. Tune in the desired station. SEEK: Press the right arrow to tuneto the next higher 2. Whenever you press that numbered button. (SET will appear on the display. the station you set will return. seven FM 1 and seven FM2).) station and the left arrowto tune to the next lower 3. Press SET. Press one of the four pushbuttons within five BASS: Slide this lever up or down to increase or seconds.SCAN: Press both SEEK buttons to scan through each 1. two adjoining buttonsat the same time. I . 4. PUSHBUTTONS: The four numbered pushbuttons let You can set up to you return to your favorite stations. Tune in the desired station. (SET will appear on the display. TREB: Slide this lever up or down to increase or 6. five seconds. decrease treble. the stationyou set will return. Whenever you press the same two buttons.Just: P. within station and stay there.Finding a Station In addition to the four stations already set. 3-13 . If a station is weakor noisy. The system will scan through and play each preset station stored on your pushbuttons 2 . Repeat the steps for each pushbutton. Press AM-FMto select the band.Just: FMl and FM2. TUNE: Turn the lower knob to tune in radiostations. up to three more stations may be preset on each band by pressing AM-FM: Press the lowerknob to switch between AM. Turn the radio on. you may want to decrease the treble. Press SET. Repeat the steps for each pair of pushbuttons. decrease bass. 4.

FADE: Turn the control behindthe lower knob to move EJECT Press this button to remove the tape orstop the the sound to the front or rear speakers. press and hold EJECT for five seconds to Once the tapeis playing. Press the SEEK right arrow to stop reversing the tape. the radio. reset the CLN indicator. 3-14 . position balances the sound between the speakers. the Playing a Cassette Tape cassette tape player needsto be cleaned. The middle forwarding the tape. It will still play tapes. Tapes longer than Your Cassette Tape Player”in the Index.to BAL FADE. Press the SEEK left arrow to stop the sound to the leftor right speakers. REV: Press the SEEK left arrowto reverse the cassette tape. Afteryou clean that are so thin they may not work well in this player. CLN: If this message appearson the display. the player. but you should clean it as soon as possible to Your tape player is builtto work best with tapes thatare prevent damage to the tapes and player.The radio will display--. BASS and TREB just as you do for show the indicator was reset. RECALL: Press this knob to switch tape sides. position balances the sound between the speakers. use the knobsfor VOLUME. The middle tape and playthe radio. See “Care of 30 to 45 minutes long on each side.Adjusting the Speakers FWD: Press the SEEK right arrowto advance the BAL: Turn the control behind the upper knobto move cassette tape.

3-15 . With SCV. If you don’t want to useSCV. PWR-VOL: Press this knobto turn the system on and TUNE: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. being rotated continuously. knob to the right to adjust the SCV automatically increases thevolume. your audio system adjusts automaticallyto make up for road and wind noise as you drive.Set the volume at the desired level. press station and stay there. Each notch on the control ring allowsfor more volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds. To increase volume. When the radio is playing. while seeking. FMl Playing the Radio and FM2. SEEK: Press the right arrow to tune to the next higher RECALL: Display the time with the ignition offby station and the left arrowto tune to the nextlower pressing this button. Then. turn the knob to the right. The volume level should always sound the same to youas you drive. turn the control all the way down. The display will show your selection.The sound will mute this button to recall the station frequency. Finding a Station AM-FM: Press this button to switch betweenAM.AM-FM Stereo with CassetteTape and SCV Your system has a feature called Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped) Speed-Compensated-Volume (SCV). to overcome noise at any particularspeed. Move the control ring behind the upper SCV. Push the knob back into its stored it to the left to decreasevolume. The knob is capable of position when you’re not using it. Turn it to off. as you drive. as necessary. Turn choose radio stations.

SCAN again or oneof the pushbuttons to stop PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let you return to yourfavorite stations. Tune in the desired station. The sound will mute your pushbuttons and stop for afew seconds before while scanning. When it returns. 4. Just: the stations stored on a pushbutton is too weak for the 1. the bass and to the left to decrease bass.SCAN: Press and hold SEEK for two seconds until P. Press P. The receiver will either the AM. Press AUTO TONE to select the setting you prefer. P. Select listen to stations for afew seconds. It will scan through each station storedon until you press the button again. FM 1 or FM2 mode and then press continue to scan and momentarily stopat each station P. SCAN will light up on the display whilein this mode. location you are in. Turn the radio on. go blank. the AUTO TONE displaywill will be automatically selected for that button. When the BASS station you set will return and the tone you selected control is rotated. 3. SCAN allowsyou to your favorite stations stored on your pushbuttons. 6. 3-16 . stored position. Press AM-FM to select the band. Turn the knob the to right to increase Whenever you press that numbered button. SCAN. continuing to scan through all ofthe pushbuttons. Setting theTone 5.The sound BASS: Press lightly onthis knob to releaseit from its will mute. You can set up to scanning to listento a specific preset station. Press and hold oneof the six pushbuttons. If one of 18 stations (six AM. channel number (PI -P6) for several seconds before advancing to the next preset station. SCAN: The preset scan button letsyou scan through SCAN appearson the display. Repeat the stepsfor each pushbutton. the radio display will show the 2. release the button. six FM I and six FM2).

Tapes longer than will go blank. This will return the tone adjustment to the BASS and TREBcontrols. C/W you’re not usingthem. button. to adjust the stored position. POP. When the TREB the right to adjust stored position. you may wantto sound to the left speakers. Turn the knob to the right to increase BAL: Press lightly on this knob to release it from its treble and to the left to decrease treble. the sound between the speakers. If a station is weak or noisy. insert the cassette tape. Then. the AUTOTONE display will go sound to the right speakers andto the left to adjust blank. The middle position balances the sound music or voice being heard. Push these knobs backinto their stored positions when FADE: Press lightly on this knob to release it from its you’re not usingthem. If the ignition ison but the radio is off. press and release this button until the AUTO Playing a CassetteTape TONE display goes blank. Use PUSHBUTTONS to program that are so thin they may not work well in this player. To return to the manual mode. If a BASS Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are or TREB control is rotated. AUTO TONE. Each time you press the between the speakers. the AUTO TONE display 30 to 45 minutes long on each side. (Country/Western)or JAZZ.The middle position balances decrease the treble. 3-17 . the tapewill begin playing. NEWS. Turn the control to the right AUTO TONE: Press this button to selectamong the six sound to the front speakers andto the left for the rear preset equalization settings and tailor the sound the to speakers. the selectionwill switch to oneof the preset Push theseknobs back into their stored positionswhen settings of CLASSIC.TREB: Press lightly on this knob to release it from its Adjusting the Speakers stored position. press EJECT or RECALL. Turn the control to control is rotated. ROCK. To load a cassette tape with the ignition off.

The tape direction arrowwill blink the tape tothe other. The tape direction arrow will blink during the SEEKoperation. For metal tapes. the player is in this mode. arrow will blink during the SEEKoperation. A minimum Laboratories Licensing Corporation. during the forward operation. 3-18 . play first. The player automaticallysenses if the cassette tape is The double-D symbol will appear on the display while metal or Cr02 and adjusts for best playback sound. NEXT (3): Press the NEXT buttonor the SEEK right AM-FM: Press this button to switch froma tape to arrow to search for the next selection. FADE. A minimum the radio. reversing the tape. three-second blank gap is required for the player to stop at the beginningof the selection.The tape direction arrowwill blink Anytime a tape is inserted. REV (4): Press this button to rapidly reverse the tape to BAL. BASS and TREBcontrols just as you do the beginningof the cassette or until you press REV for the radio. the double-D symbol willappear on Dolby Noise Reduction is manufactured under a license the display. The radio will play the last selected station while PROG (2): Press this button to switch from one side of forwarding the tape. The radio will play the last selected station while be on the display whenevera tape is being played.Once the tape is playing. Dolby PREV (1): Press the PREV button or the SEEK left and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby arrow to searchfor the previous selection. The sound will mute while searchingfor the next selection. the top side is selected for during the reverse operation. use the VOL. 00 (5): Press this buttonto reduce cassette tape noise. AUTO TONE. The tape direction to the end of the cassette or until you press FWD again. Thetape symbol and a direction arrow will again. from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. three-second blank gap is required for the player tostop FWD (6): Press this buttonto rapidly forward thetape at the beginning of the selection.

The radio will display --. Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index.to is pressed. indicating the feature is active. It will still play for two seconds. The lighted arrow will It is possible to usea CD adapter kit with your cassette appear and show the direction of play when a tape is in tape player after activating the bypass feature on your the active mode. press EJECT before loading 2. use the following steps: will now play. the seconds. the cassette.EJECT can be used with either the ignition or radio off. but you should clean it as soon as possible to prevent damage to the tapes and player. See “Care of 4. The tape symbol on the display will flash cassette tape player needs to be cleaned. show the indicator was reset. 3-19 . tape player. ignition or radio off. EJECT: Press this button to remove the tape. Turn the ignition to RUN or ACCESSORY.TAPE AUX: Press this button to returnto the tape CD Adapter Kits player when playing the radio.press and hold EJECT for fiveseconds to This override routine will remain active until EJECT reset the CLN indicator. Turn the radio off. Press and hold the TAPE AUX button for five CLN: If this message appears on the display. The radio To activate the bypass feature. After you clean It will power up theradio and begin playing. Insert the adapter while the tape symbol is flashing. tapes. Toload a cassette tape with the I . the player. 3.

PWR-VOL: Press this knobto turn the system on and TUNE: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. If you don’t wantto use SCV. The volume level should always sound the sameto you as you drive. Each notchon the control ring allows for more volume compensation atfaster vehicle speeds. turn the control all the way down. as necessary. rotating continuously. To increase volume. while seeking. turnthis knob to the right. FM1 Playing the Radio and FM2. Set the volume at the desired level.AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player SCV Your system has a feature called and AutomaticTone Control (If Equipped) Speed-Compensated-Volume (SCV).The sound will mute this button to recall the station frequency. Turn choose radio stations. When the radio is playing. With SCV. Then. press station and stay there. as you drive. The knobis capable of position when you’re not usingit. to overcome noise at any particular speed. The display will show your selection. 3-20 . Turn it to off. your audio system adjusts automatically to make up for road and wind noise as you drive. Push the knob back intoits stored it to the left to decrease volume. Move the control ring behind the upper knob to the right to adjust the SCV. Finding a Station AM-FM: Press this button to switch between AM. SEEK: Press the right arrow to tune to the next higher RECALL: Display the time with the ignition off by station and the left arrow to tune to the next lower pressing this button. SCV automatically increases the volume.

When it returns. If one of the stations storedon a pushbutton is too weakfor the 1. release the button. When the BASS station you set will return and the toneyou selected control is rotated. P. the bass and to the leftto decrease bass. Turn theknob to the right to increase Whenever you press thatnumbered button.The sound BASS: Press lightly on this knob to release it from its will mute. Turn the radio on. You can set up to scanning to listen toa specific stored station. the AUTO TONE display will will be automatically selectedfor that button. stored position.SCAN: The preset scan button letsyou scan through SCAN appears on the display. channel number (PI -P6) for several seconds before advancing to the next preset station. Setting the Tone 5 . Select listen to stations for a few seconds. 3-21 . 3. FM I or FM2 mode and then press continue to scan and momentarily stop at each station P.SCAN: Press and holdSEEK for two seconds until P. It will scan through each station storedon until you press the buttonagain. location you are in. Press AUTO TONEto select the setting you prefer. The receiver will either the AM. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton. SCAN allowsyou to your favorite stations stored on your pushbuttons. Press and holdone of the six pushbuttons. the radio displaywill show the 2. 6.SCAN again or oneof the pushbuttons to stop you return to yourfavorite stations. Press AM-FM to select the band.SCAN 18 stations (six AM. 4. The sound will mute your pushbuttons and stop for a few seconds before while scanning. six FMl and six FM2). continuing to scan through allof the pushbuttons. Tune in the desired station. Just: will light up on the display while in this mode. go blank.SCAN. Press PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let P.

(Country/Western) or JAZZ.If a BASS PWR: Press this knob to turnthe system on. The middle positionbalances the sound music or voice being heard.This will return the tone adjustment to the BASS and TREB controls. Turn the controlto the right to adjust the AUTO TONE: Press this button to select among the six sound to the front speakers andto the left for the rear preset equalization settings and tailor the sound to the speakers. Turn the control the to right to adjust control is rotated. 3-22 . Turnthe knob to the right to increase BAL: Press lightly on this knob torelease it from its treble and tothe left to decrease treble.POP. button. ignition on. CD anda CD symbol will also appear on the display. C/W you’re not using them. Anytimeyou are playing a CD. or TREB control is rotated. The player will pull it in. press and releasethis button until the AUTO Playing a Compact Disc TONE display goes blank. stored position. When the TREB stored position. Each time you press the between the speakers. you may want to sound to the leftspeakers. ROCK. the AUTOTONE display will go sound to the right speakers and to the left to adjust blank. NEWS. label side up. the AUTO TONE display (Please note thatyou can also turn the systemon when will go blank. Wait a few seconds and thedisc should play. the letters CD will be next to the CD symbol. Push these knobsback into their stored positions when FADE: Press lightly on this knob to releaseit from its you’re not using them. The middle position balances decrease the treble. Use PUSHBUTTONSto program you insert a compact disc into the player with the AUTO TONE. If a station is weak or noisy. the sound between thespeakers. To return to the manual mode. the selection will switch to one of the preset Push these knobs backinto their stored positions when settings of CLASSIC.TREB: Press lightly on this knob to release it from its Adjusting the Speakers stored position.) Insert a disc partway into the slot.

0 The disc player is veryhot. If you hold this button or press it more than once. Press RDM againto return to displayed in minutes and tenths of a second. This allows search for the previous selection. RANDOM CD has been playing that track.) you to listen and find out when the disc is atthe desired selection. scratched or wet. Release REVto resume playing. FWD (6): Press and holdthis button to advance rapidly Press RECALL to make ERR go off the display. While in the RDM mode. within a track. Press RECALL againto return to the time display. it could be that: search for the next selection. RDM (2): Press this buttonto play the tracks on the disc Press it again within five seconds to see how long the in random order. If you hold this button you to listen and find out when the disc is atthe desired or press it more than once.You will hear the disc selection play at PREV (1): Press PREV or the SEEK left arrow to high speed while you pressthe FWD button. This allows try again. number will also appear when a new track begins to play. thedisc will advance further. Sound should play when the roadgets smoother. Elapsed time is appears on the display.If the disc comes back out and ERR appears on the NEXT (3): Press NEXT or the SEEK right arrow to display. wait about an hour and high speed while you pressthe REV button. 0 You are driving on a very rough road. Sound is muted in this mode. 3-23 .The track normal play. selection. RECALL: Press this button to see what track is playing. REV (4): Press and hold REVto return rapidly to a 0 It is dirty. the disc will advance further. (The disc The next track number will appearon the display. 0 The disc is upside down. You will hear the disc selection play at 0 It is very humid. favorite passage. Release FWD to resume playing. (Ifso.) is muted in this mode.

the player will pull the CD back in. BAL.To return to the player. 3-24 . The To load a cassette tape with the ignitionoff.) floor console. the disc stays in the player and will resume playing at the point where it stopped. When a disc is playing. compact disc is left sitting in the opening for more than a few seconds. (Ifthe radio is turned off.AM-FM: While in theCD mode. A lighted arrow will also appear and showthe direction of play when a tape is active. the disc stays Automatic Tone Control System that includesa remote in the player and will resume playing at the point where cassette player. EJECT: Press this buttonto eject the disc from the Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are player and play the radio. EJECT on the remote player. Then. If a that are so thin they may not work well in this player. thecassette player is located in the it stopped. A lighted tape symbol shows when a cassette tape is in the player. the lettersCD and the CD symbol will appear If you have an AM-FM Stereo Audio Compact Disc on the display. FMl or FM2. Tapes longer than is inserted. The tape will play if the ignition on is but the radio is off.use the control knobsfor VOL. first press radio will continue playing. When the same or a new disc 30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Once the tape is playing. press the AM-FM button. BASS and TREBjust as you do for the radio. AUTO TONE. press this button to Remote CassetteTape Player (If Equipped) stop playing the CD and play the radio. insert the cassette tape. pressCD AUX.The CD symbol will still display but the word CD will be replaced with either AM. press this button to load a CD.) CD AUX: To switch between the player and the radio when a disc is playing. the disc will start playing on track one. When the ignition is off. (If the radio is turned off. FADE.

The tape direction arrow TAPE: Press the AM-FM button to switch from the will blink during SEEK operationand the sound is is playing. last selected station during FWD.The player automatically senses if the cassettetape is metal (5): Press this pushbutton to turn Dolby on andoff. A minimum three-second blank gap is neededfor the player to stop FWD (6): Press this button to rapidly advance the tape. pressCD AUX. is active when a tape is inserted in the remote Dolby the double-D symbol will appear on the display. the top side is selected for play first. Dolby Noise Reduction is manufactured under a license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. Also. you must press EJECT before loading a cassette with the radio off to allow loading. The double-D symbol will appear on the display. points) to search for the previous selection. Dolby PREV (1): Press PREV or the SEEK left arrow (in the and the double-D symbolare trademarks of Dolby opposite direction that the lighted tape direction arrow Laboratories Licensing Corporation. EJECT can be used witheither the ignition or radio off. 3-25 . the tape player. remove the tape. To return to player and the radio when a tape muted in this mode. cassette reel or until you press REVagain. The radio plays the sound is muted in this mode. appear next to the symbol and show the direction of play The tape will rapidly reverseto the beginning of the when a tape isactive. cassette. NEXT (3): Press NEXT or the SEEK right arrow (in the PROG: Press this button on the remote player to go direction that the lighted tapedirection arrow points) to from one side of the tape to the other. The radio EJECT Press this button on the remote playerto plays the last selected station during REV. Anytime a cassette tape is inserted. For metal tapes. search for the next selection. The lighted arrow will REV (4): Press this buttonto rapidly reverse thetape. at the beginning ofthe selection. or CrO2 and adjusts for best playback sound. The tape direction The tape will rapidly advance to the end of the cassette arrow will blink duringthe SEEK operation and the reel or until you press FWDagain.

power has been interrupted. The NOTE: If you allow more than 15 seconds to elapse indicator by the volume control will begin flashing between any steps. radio. THEFTLOCK is displayedon the front of the radio. the system plays normally and the secret code number whichyou have written down. Nextyou will use the ignored. It works by using secret a code to disable all radio functions whenever battery power is removed. the radio automatically revertsto when the ignition is turnedoff. Turn the radiooff. Press MN and000 will appear on the display. 8. Press the 1 and4 buttons together.shows on the display. The display will showREP to let you know that you The instructions which follow explain howto enter your need to repeat Steps 5 through 7 to confirm your secret codeto activate the THEFTLOCK system. 5. Press HR to make the first oneor twodigits agree for any reason. If THEFTLOCK is activated. Hold them down The THEFTLOCKfeature for the radio may be usedor until --. 9. radio is not protected by the feature. the radio will display 6 . If ignored. It is secret code. If your battery loses power 7. code before it willoperate.Theft-Deterrent Feature(If Equipped) 1. 4. Press AM-FM andthis time the display will show SEC to let you know that your radiois secure. recommended that you read through all nine steps before starting the procedure. your radio will not operateif stolen. Write down anythree or four-digit number from 000 to 1999 and keepit in a safe place separate from THEFTLOCK@ is designedto discourage theft of your the vehicle. you must unlock the radio withthe secret with your code. 3-26 . Press MN again to make the lasttwo digits agree LOC to indicate a locked condition anytime battery with your code. Your 2. audio system is equipped with THEFTLOCK if 3. time and you muststart the procedure over atStep 4. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the Activating the Theft-Deterrent Feature code matches thesecret code you have written down. Turn the ignitionto ACCESSORY or RUN. When THEFTLOCK isactivated.

The radio will remain secureduntil the correct code is entered. Press HR to make the first oneor two digits agree 5 . 2.indicating that theradio is appear on the display. 4. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the code matches the secret code you have written down. 5 . Press MN and 000 will appear on the display. pause no more than 15 seconds between steps: 15 seconds between steps: 1. 2. You will have to wait an hour no longer secured. When you try again.Unlocking the Theft-Deterrent Feature After a Disabling the Theft-Deterrent Feature Power Loss Enter your secret code as follows. display. 1. pause no more than Enter your secret code as follows. with your code. When battery poweris removed andlater applied to a secured radio. Press MN againto make the last two digits agree until SEC shows on the display. Turn the ignition to ACCESSORY or RUN. Press the 1 and 4 buttons together. 3-27 . Press HR to make the first one or two digits agree code matches the secret code you have writtendown. Press AM-FM after you have confirmed that the 6. with the ignition on before you can try again. with your code. 4. Press MN again to makethe last two digits agree with yourcode. 3. 7. Press MN and 000 will appear on the display. INOP will The display will show ---. indicating the radio is now operable and secure. If you lose or forget your code. If you enter the wrong code eight times. Turn the radio off. with your code. the radio won’t turn on andLOC will appear on the display. you will only have three chances to enter the If the code entered is incorrect. The display will showSEC. Hold them down 3. SEC will appear onthe correct code before INOP appears. LOC appears when the ignition is on. contact your dealer.

see “Unlocking the To help avoid hearingloss or damage: Theft-Deterrent Feature After a Power Loss” earlier 0 Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting. causing other systems. Thelonger range. it Added sound FM stereo will give you the best sound. in this section. Sound that seems normal can be loud your dealer andbe sure to check Federal rules and harmfulto your hearing. vehicle’s systems mayinterfere with the Tips About Your Audio System operation of sound equipment that has been added improperly. Try -- vehicle like a tape player. can I NOTICE: I cause stations to interfere with each other. before adding sound equipment.To unlock a secured radio. but FM signals equipment may interfere with the operation of will reach only about 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). however. and even damage them. Take precautionsby covering mobileradio and telephoneunits. 3-28 . Delco Electronics radioor buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals. mobile reducing the treble to reduce this noise if you ever get it. Your hearing can adaptto higher So. If you can. adjusting the volume controlon your radio to a safe sound level before your hearingadapts to it. check with volumes of sound. CB radio. Hearing damage from loud noise is almost undetectable until it is too late. Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably Understanding Radio Reception and clearly. Your the soundto come andgo. especially at night. Tall your vehicle’s engine. -- telephone or two-way radio be sureyou can add whatyou want. it’s very FM Stereo important to do properly. AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM. AM can pick I Before you add any sound equipment to your up noise from thingslike storms and power lines.

Your radio may display CLN to indicate 1. extreme heat. 3-29 . press and hold the REV and soon as possible to preventdamage to your tapes and FWD buttons at the same timefor three seconds. Turn the ignition to RUN or ACCESSORY. it is normal for the cassetteto eject because A tape player that is not cleaned regularly can cause your unit is equipped with a cut tape detection feature reduced sound quality. butyou should clean it as 4. ruined cassettesor a damaged and a cleaning cassette may appear as a broken tape. Cassette tapes should be stored in their prevent the cleaning cassettefrom being ejected. If they aren’t.Care of Your Cassette Tape Player When using a scrubbing action. To mechanism. 1. 5. The player. If this message appears on the display. Eject the cleaning cassette after the manufacturer’s recommended cleaning time. use the cases away from contaminants. resetting the tape clean timer. player at fault. clean the tape player. The recommended cleaning cassetteis available through your dealership (GM Part No. showing that known good cassetteto see if it is the tapeor the tape the cut tape detection feature is no longer active. they may not operate properly or may cause failure of the tape player. your cassettetape player needs to be 3. trya tape symbol on the display will flash. Turn the radio off. 12344789). that you have used your tape playerfor 50 hours without 2. Turn the radioon. If your vehicle is equipped with the AM-FM Stereo wit non-abrasive cleaning cassette with pads which scrub Cassette Tape Player and Automatic Tone Control: the tape headas the hubs of the cleaner cassette turn. If you notice a reduction in sound quality. If this other cassette has no improvement in sound quality. Turn the ignitionto RUN or ACCESSORY. non-abrasive cleaning cassette. Insert the scrubbing action cleaning cassette. cleaned. 2. It willstill play tapes. The recommended cleaning methodfor your cassette tape player is the use of a scrubbing action. direct sunlight and following steps. If your vehicle is equipped with the AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player: Your tape player should be cleaned regularly after every 50 hours of use. Within five seconds.

If the display --. The use of a non-scrubbingaction. dry-type cleaning Fixed Mast Antenna cassette is not recommended. The radio will slightly bent. The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes After you clean the player. the cut tape discs.If the surfaceof a disc is soiled. 3-30 . edge of the hole and the outer edge. soft cloth ina mild. you should Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may replace it. neutral detergent solution and 5. Pick up discs by grasping the outer edges or the detection feature is active again. wet-type Care of Your Compact Disc Player cleaner which uses acassette with a fabric beltto clean The use of CD lens cleanerdiscs is not advised. Always make sure the cassette tape is Check every once in a whileto be sure the mastis still in good condition beforeyou have your tape tightened to the fender.due to the tape head. not clean as thoroughly as the scrubbing type cleaner. The tape symbolon the display willflash for two seconds. Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling When the cleaningcassette has been ejected. Store them in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight 4. press and holdEJECT for without being damaged. dampen a the tape symbolis flashing. degrade over time. Handle discs carefully. mast is badly bent.3. Thistype of cleaning cassette will not the risk of contaminating thelens of the CD optics with eject on its own. Insert the scrubbing action cleaningcassette while and dust. You may also choose a non-scrubbing action. player serviced. A non-scrubbing action cleaner may lubricants internal to the CD mechanism. as it might be by vandals.If the mast should ever become five seconds to reset the CLN indicator. Eject the cleaningcassette after the manufacturer’s clean it. clean. you can straighten it out by hand. wiping from the center to the edge. recommended cleaning time. Press and hold the TAPE AUX button for five Care of Your Compact Discs seconds.to show the indicator was reset.

Section 4 Your Driving an” the Roa” Here you’ll find information about driving on different kinds of roads and in varying weather conditions.14 Driving Guidelines 4-39 Recreational Vehicle Towing 4-14 Off-Road Driving with Your GM 4-40 Loading Your Vehicle Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle 4-42 Towing a Trailer . We’ve also included many other useful tips on driving. 4-2 Defensive Driving 4-27 Driving at Night 4-3 Drunken Driving 4-28 Driving in Rain and onWet Roads 4-5 Control of a Vehicle 4-3 1 City Driving 4-6 Braking 4-32 Freeway Driving 4-9 Steering 4-33 Before Leaving on a Long Trip 4-1 1 Off-Road Recovery 4-34 Highway Hypnosis 4-1 1 Passing 4-34 Hill and Mountain Roads 4-13 Loss of Control 4-36 Winter Driving 4.

Defensive driving really means “be readyfor anything. rural roads or freeways. ~ Rear-end collisions are aboutthemostpreventableof accidents. it means “always expect the unexpected. Aska passenger to help do things like this. or Drive defensively. Yet they are common. pull off the roadin a safe place to do them yourself. Anticipate what they might do. It’sthebestdefensivedriving 1 maneuver. 4-2 . or reachingfor something on Defensive Driving the floor -. with resulting The best advice anyone can give about driving is: injury.” Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are goingto be careless and make mistakes.makes proper defensive driving more difficult and can even causea collision. You never know when the vehicle infront of you is going to brake or turn suddenly. Please start with a very important safety devicein your These simple defensive driving techniques couldsave vehicle: Buckle up. Be ready for their mistakes. Allow enough ~ following distance. Defensive driving requires that adriver concentrate on the driving task.’’ On city streets. in bothcityandrural driving.such as concentrating on a cellular telephone call.) your life. reading. Anything thatdistracts from the driving task -. (See “Safety Belts”in the Index.

Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive The Blood AlcoholConcentration (BAC) of someone a vehicle: who is drinking depends upon four things: 0 Judgment 0 The amount of alcohol consumed 0 Muscular Coordination 0 The drinker’s body weight 0 Vision e The amount of food that is consumed before and 0 Attentiveness. with more than 300. But what Death and injury associated with drinlung and driving is if people do? How much is “too much”if the driver plans a national tragedy. during drinking Police records show that almost half of all motor 0 The length of time it has taken the drinker to vehicle-related deaths involve alcohol. gin or vodka.000 people injured.06 percent. The person would reachthe Many adults -. law in every U. In most cases.so they never of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1-1/2 ounces drive after drinking. here is some general every year. There are good medical.000 annual motor 180-lb.Drunken Driving The obvious way to solveh s highway safety problemis for people never todrink alcohol and then drive. psychological and developmental reasons for these laws. Although it highway death toll. (82 kg) person whodrinks three 12-ounce vehicle-related deaths have been associated with the use (355 ml) bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a of alcohol. nearly half the adult same BACby drinking three 4-ounce (120 ml) glasses population -. BAC of about 0.For persons under 21. over 17. 4-3 .S. these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking According to the American Medical Association. claiming thousands of victims depends on each person and situation.by some estimates. information on the problem. consume the alcohol. In recent years. a and driving.choose never to drink alcohol. state to drink alcohol. it’s against the (45 ml) of a liquor like whiskey. It’s the numberone contributor to the to dnve? It’s a lot less than many mightthink.

the chanceof There is a gender difference. But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of 0. The law in manyU. and that theeffects are worse at night. level of 0. the person’s Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision BAC would be closeto 0.05 percent. it depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks.10 percent. Since alcohol is carried in body water.05 percent or above.12 percent. states sets the legal limit ata BAC of 0.too. For example. The BAC will be over0. Women generally have this driver having a collision is 12 times greater. the chanceis 25 timesgreater! 4-4 . Research shows that the drivingskills of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching It’s the amount of alcoholthat counts. At a BAC levelof 0. A person who increases sharplyfor drivers who have a BACof consumes foodjust before or during drinking will havea 0.S. as we’ve seen. In some other countries.S.10 percent. All the same person drank three double martinis(3 ounces drivers are impaired at BAClevels above 0.06 percent has doubledhis or her chanceof having a collision. In a growing number ofU. or 90 ml of liquor each) within an hour. The BAC limitfor all commercial drivers in the UnitedStates is 0.05 percent.if 0. and throughout Canada.10 percent. it’s even lower. and how quickly the person drinks them.08 percent.04 percent. A driver with a BAC level of somewhat lower BAC level.15 percent. 0. ata a lower relative percentageof body water than men.Of course.10 percent after three to six drinks (in one hour). states. the limit is 0.this means that a woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a man of hersame body weight when each has thesame number of drinks.

as when a child darts into the street? Drinking and then driving is very dangerous. that not drink. Ride homein a cab. a need to take sudden action. 4-5 . person’s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking. judgment can beaffected by even a smallamount -- of alcohol. This means that when anyone who has been you’re with a group. All threesystems have to do their work at the places where thetires meet the road. especially injuries to the brain. spinal cord or who has been drinking.No amount of coffee or number of cold showers will speed that up. alcohol in a person’s system can make crashinjuries Please don’t drink and drive or ride with a driver worse. perceptions. Control of a Vehicle You have three systems that make your vehiclego where you want it to go.is in a crash. Medical research shows that -- fatal collision if you drive after drinking. the steering and the accelerator. They are the brakes. A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able Your reflexes.or if heart. attentiveness and to react quickly enough to avoid the collision.The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol in one drink. designate driver a who will drinking -. You can have a serious or even There’s something else about drinking and driving that many people don’t know.driver or passenger -. Whatif there’s an emergency. “I’ll be careful” isn’t the right answer.

Braking Braking action involvesperception time and reaction time. coordination and eyesight all playa part. the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied. Then you have to bring up your foot anddo it. so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important. the conditionof the road (wet. you haveto decide to pushon the brake pedal. But even in3/4 of a second. First. drugs and frustration. That’s perception time. the conditionof your brakes. Sometimes. a vehicle moving at 60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m). alertness. gravel). dry. Age. 4-6 . So do alcohol. That means you can lose control with the surface of the road (whether it’s pavement or of your vehicle. That could be a lotof distance in an emergency. of course. actual stopping distances vary greatly and road can provide. tire tread. physical condition. But that’s only an average. icy). as when you’re driving on snow or ice. Average reaction time is about 3/4 of a second. That’s reaction time. it’s easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires And. It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three secondsor more with another.

ABS is an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a brakingskid. Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS) Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes (ABS). traffic and allow realistic followingdistances. you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking.heavy acceleration followed by heavy anti-lock brake system. But you will use it when you brake. it may take longerto stop and the brake pedal will be harderto push. You’re driving safely. Your brakes may not have timeto cool between See “Anti-Lock Brake hard stops. Here’s how anti-lock works.rather than keeping pace with traffic. you will still havesome power brake assist. Some people drive in If there’s a problem with the spurts -. You may hear a momentary motoror clicking noise whilethis test is going on.this braking -. Once the power assist is used up. mistake. If your engine stops.This is a warning light will stay on. the pedal may get harder to push down.If you do. When you start yourengine and begin to drive away. If you keep pace with the the Index. 4-7 . Your brakes will wearout much faster if you System Warning Light” in do a lot of heavy braking. That means better braking and longer brake life. This is normal. your anti-lock brake system will checkitself. Let’s say the roadis wet.Avoid needless heavy braking. Suddenly an animaljumps out in front of you. brake normally but don’t pump your brakes. If your engine ever stops while you’redriving.

You may feel the brakes vibrate. to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease The anti-lock system can change the brake pressure stopping distance. Here’s what happens with ABS. or you may notice some noise.Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let anti-lock work for you. Always leave road conditions.If you get too closeto the vehicle in faster than anydriver could. In many emergencies.You slam on the brakes.whether you are in two-wheel drive or four-wheel drive. even though you have anti-lock brakes. You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard. The computer is front of you. steering can help you more than even the very best braking. you won’t have timeto apply your brakes programmed to make the mostof available tire and if that vehicle suddenly slowsor stops. the computer will wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly. enough room up aheadto stop. your computer keeps receiving updateson of the wheels is aboutto stop rolling. Using Anti-Lock Don’t pump the brakes. separately work the brakesat each front wheel and at Remember: Anti-lock doesn’t change the time you need both rear wheels. Braking in Emergencies With anti-lock. On vehicles with four-wheel drive. 4-8 . you can steer and brake at the same time. but this is normal. your anti-lock brakes work at all times-. A computer senses that wheels are slowing down. If one As you brake.

inertia will keep curve. Under less the news happenon curves.have to do their work where the tires meet the road. it will take much moreeffort. Both control Power Steering systems -. youcan steer but can lose control. and then tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice. accelerate gently into the straightaway. the posted speedsare on A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents mentioned based on good weather and roadconditions. do it before you enter the curve. 4-9 . Then you suddenly accelerate. speed isthe one factor you can control. each of usis subject to If you need to reduce your speedas you approach a the same laws of physics when drivingon curves. Here’s why: favorable conditions you’ll wantto go slower. If you’ve ever accelerate until youare out of the curve. you’ll understand this. The traction you can get ina curve depends on the condition of your tires and the road surface. adjust your speed. Maintain a reasonable. and slow down. possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn Try to adjust your speed so you can “drive” through the the front wheels. Wait to the vehicle going in thesame direction.Steering Suppose you’re steering througha sharp curve.You stops or the system is not functioning. the angle at which the curve is banked. The curve.steering and acceleration -. while yourfront traction of the tires against the road surface makes it wheels are straight ahead. If there’s no traction. While you’re in a curve. steady speed. steer the vehicle theway you want it to go. What should you do if this ever happens? Ease up onthe Steering Tips accelerator pedal. Driving onCurves Speed limit signs near curves warn thatyou should It’s important to take curves at a reasonable speed. and your speed. Experienced driver or beginner. Adding the sudden If you lose power steering assist because the engine acceleration can demandtoo much of those places. Of course.

or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you. You can avoid these problemsby braking -.Steering in Emergencies There are times when steeringcan be more effective than braking.if you can stop in time. First apply your brakes. to the left or An emergency like this requires close attention and a right depending on the space available. steer quickly. Ifyou are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o’clock positions. quick decision. there isn’t room. and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object. you can turn it a full180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand. (See “Braking in Emergencies” earlier in this section.) It is betterto remove as much speedas you can from a possible collision. 4-10 . For example. But sometimesyou can’t. The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reasonto practice defensive drivingat all times and wear safety belts properly.steering around the problem. you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane. Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these. Then steer around the problem. or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere. That’s the time for evasive action -. But you haveto act fast.

accelerates. pavement. wait for a better time. Never cross a until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge. A simple maneuver? OFF .Off-Road Recovery Passing You may find that your right wheels have dropped off the The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a edge of a road onto the shoulder while you’re driving. an error in LEFT APPROX. then goes back into the right lane again. since the passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming traffic for several seconds. or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the passingdriver face to face with the SLOW DOWN worst of all traffic accidents -. pavement markings and lines.the head-on collision. steer turn or an intersection. to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect your passing patterns. If you have any doubt whatsoever about making a successful pass.” Look down the road. two-lane highway waitsfor just the right moment. approaching traffic. evenif the road seems empty of the roadway. center line usually indicates it’s all right to pass You can turn thesteering wheel up to one-quarter turn (providing the road ahead is clear). 4-11 .A broken so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement. So here are some tips for passing: edge of paved surface 0 “Drive ahead. solid line on your side of the lane or a double Then turn yoursteering wheel to go straight down solid line. if there is nothing in the way. Ease off the If you can see asign up ahead that mightindicate a accelerator and then. moves around the vehicle ahead. recovery should be fairly easy. A miscalculation. If the level of the shoulder is only slightly belowthe 0 Watch for traffic signs. QUARTER TURN judgment.ROAD RECOVE Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle on a two-lane highway is a potentially dangerous move. delay your pass.

distance you would lose by dropping back. Keep back a and move backinto the right lane. And if Even though the brake lampsare not flashing. The vehicle you When it looks like a chanceto pass is coming up. If you’re being passed. Perhaps you 0 If other cars are lined up to pass a slow vehicle. Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass Check your mirrors. But take care that someone isn’t trying to pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle. Also. your turn. glance over your shoulder and while you’re awaiting an opportunity. just passed may seem to be farther away from you start to accelerate but stayin the right lane and don’t than it really is. Reconsider before passing the other lane.) get too close. Remember to glance over your shoulder and check the blind spot. wait can ease a little to the right. Whenyou are far enough especially if you’re followinga larger vehicle. “running start” that more than makes upfor the Don’t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly. it may something happensto cause you to cancel your pass. make it easy for the following driverto get ahead ofyou. start your left lane change signal before moving out following too closely reduces your area of vision. If the way is clear to pass. of the right laneto pass. ahead of the passed vehicleto see its front in your you won’t have adequate space if the vehicle inside mirror. 4-12 . you need only slow down anddrop back again and wait for another opportunity. your right outside mirroris convex. Time your move so you will be Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a timeon increasing speed as the time comes to move into the two-lane roads. you will have a next vehicle. Forone thing. be slowing downor starting to turn. activate your right lane change signal ahead suddenly slows or stops. (Remember that reasonable distance.

your wheels You may not realize the surface is slippery until your aren’t rolling. too the road to make a “mirrored surface” -. ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quicklysteer the way you want the Let’s review what driving experts say about what vehicle to go. acceleration or braking (including engine brakingby shifting to a lower The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’s gear). It is important to slow down on slippery Skidding surfaces because stopping distance willbe longer and In a slud. want to slow down andadjust your driving to these conditions. If you start steering quickly enough. tires meet the road to dowhat the driver has asked. too vehicle is skidding. In any emergency. For safety. try those conditions. ice. your best to avoid sudden steering. Keep trying to steer and gravel or other material is on the road. snow. Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions. Of course. and by not “overdriving” While driving on a surface with reduced traction. vehicle control more limited. Learn to recognize warning much speed or steering in a curve causes tiresto slip and clues -.and slow down much throttle causes the driving wheelsto spin. traction is reduced when water. In the steering or cornering skid. Always be ready for a and acceleration) don’t have enoughfriction where the second skid if it occurs. a driver can lose controlof the vehicle. steering vehicle may straighten out. when you have any doubt.ice or packed snow on lose cornering force. 4-13 . Any sudden changes could cause the tiresto slide. Remember: Any anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps avoid onlythe braking skid. But skids are always possible. your happens when thethree control systems (brakes. three control systems.Loss of Control If your vehicle starts to slide. In the brakingskid.such as enough water. And in the acceleration skid. A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best handled by easing yourfoot off the accelerator pedal. don’t give up. you’ll constantly seekan escape route or area of less danger.

definite hazards. satisfactorily under off-road conditions.An advantage of the higher groundclearance is a better Off-road driving can be greatfun. Curves aren’t banked. you’ve gone right back to nature. applications. But it does have some view of the road allowing youto anticipate problems. Administration (NHTSA)of the United States Department of Transportation. As with short. avoid sharp turnsor abrupt maneuvers. Specific designcharacteristics give them a solid surface. They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds “Off-roading” means you’ve leftthe great North as conventional two-wheel-drive vehiclesany more than American road system behind. higher groundclearance and a narrower track to make If your vehicle doesn’t have four-wheel drive. You’ll find many driving tips andsuggestions. failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss ofcontrol or Off-road driving involves some new skills. you them capable of performing ina wide variety of off-road shouldn’t drive off-road unlessyou’re on a level. 4-14 . uphillor downhill. If at all Surfaces can be slippery. why it’s very important that you read this guide. Traffic lanes aren’t low-slung sports cars are designed to perform marked. And that’s vehicle rollover. These will help make your off-road drivingsafer and more enjoyable. rough.There are no road signs. see “Anti-Lock Brakes’’in the Index.Driving Guidelines Off-Road Driving withYour GM This multipurpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle utility vehicle in Consumer InformationRegulations This off-road guide isfor vehicles that have issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety four-wheel drive. other vehicles of this type. The greatest of these is the terrain itself. In possible. Utility vehicles have Also. higher center of gravity than ordinary cars.

” “Luggage Carrier” and “Tires” in the Index. Put heavier items as far loads inside the cargo area. apply to off-roading where you’ll be driving? If you 0 Unsecured cargo on the load floor can be don’t know. so driving on the off-road terrain doesn’t toss things around. you shouldcheck with law enforcement tossed about when driving over rough people in the area. be sure to have all necessary maintenance and service work done. You’ll find other importantinformation in this manual. You can be seriously or fatally 0 The heaviest things should be on the load floor and injured if the vehicle rolls over. Put heavy forward of your rear axle. Keep cargo in the cargo areafar asforward and low as possible. 4-15 . For CAUTION: example. Is there enough passengers could be injured. Be sure the load is secured properly. making it more likely to how to load your vehicle.Secure the cargo properly. be sure to get the necessary permission. You or your four-wheel-drive vehicle in this manual. Will you be on someone’sprivate terrain.Befi: . the forward as you can. See “Vehicle Loading. Check to make sure all underbody 0 Cargo on the load floor piled higher than shields (if so equipped) are properly attached. roll over. 1 1 ~ u Go Off-Roading There are some things to do before you go out. Be sure the seatbacks canbe thrown forward you read all the information about your during a sudden stop. You or your passengers can be land? If so. Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving 0 Heavy loads on the roof raise thevehicle’s There are some important things to remember about center of gravity. Keep cargo fuel? Is the spare tire fully inflated? Are the fluid levels up where they shouldbe? What are the local laws that below the topof the seatbacks. struck by flying objects. not on roof.

roads and areas that It’s also a good ideato travel with atleast one other have been specially set aside for public off-road vehicle. .or the winch instructions. a winch canbe disturb wildlife (this includes wheel-spinning. Know the terrain and plan your route. trees. make sure all refuse is removed from any campsite before leaving. Get every off-roader to follow these basic rules for accurate maps of trails and terrain. flowers. obey all posted regulations. concerns. 0 Always use established trails. Off-road driving does require some new and different camp stoves and lanterns. feet and body. 0 Avoid any drivingpractice that could damage the Does your vehicle have a winch?If so. In a remote area. Yourears need to listen for unusual tire or engine sounds. for example. With your arms. grasses-. 0 Never park your vehicle over dry grass or other Tune your sensesto different kinds of signals. to know how to handy if you get stuck. Here’s what we mean. If something happens toone of them. 4-16 . hands. . GM recognizes these concerns and urges You are much less likelyto get bad surprises. Getting Familiar with Off-Road Driving 0 Always carry a litter bag .Your combustible materials that could catchfire from the eyes. be sure to read environment -.Environmental Concerns Traveling to Remote Areas Off-road driving can provide wholesome and satisfying It makes senseto plan your trip. driving skills. But you’ll want breaking down treesor unnecessary driving through use it properly. It’s a good idea to practice in an area that’ssafe and close to home before yougo into the wilderness. 0 Take extreme care with open fires (where permitted). need to constantly sweep the terrain heat of the vehicle’s exhaust system. you’ll need to respond to vibrations and vehicle bounce. streams or over soft ground).it also raises environmental to a remote area. can help quickly. especially when going recreation. for unexpected obstacles. the other recreational driving.shrubs. However. Try to learn of any protecting the environment: blocked or closed roads.

grass.?d surface.rocks. mud. 0 you'll need more distance for braking. hard-packed dirt. Off-roading can take you over 0 you have less time to react. sand. At higher speeds: of terrain.) 0 Will you have to stop suddenly or change direction quickly? 4-17 . Unseen or hidden obstacles can be hazardous. poor traction andlonger braking distances. sliding. delayed acceleration. So. One of the best ways to control your vehicle is to control your speed. whether you're driving on or off the road. wear 0 Does the travel take you uphill or downhill? (There's more discussion of these subjects later. Here are some things to consider: out of position. Sugace Conditions. Often these obstacles are When you're driving off-road. over obstacles.Controlling your vehicle is the key to successful Scanning the Terrain off-road driving. acceleration and braking of your vehicle in different ways. rut or bump can startle youif you're not prepared for them. scan the terrain for obstacles. since you're on an unpc"=. Here are some things to Off-road driving can take you over manydifferent kinds keep in mind. Here are some things you approach things faster and you have less time to to consider. wheel spinning. bushes. you and your passengers should 0 Will the surface texture change abruptly up ahead? safety belts. Depending upon the kind of surface you are on. You need to be familiar with the terrain and its many different features. snow or even therise and fall of quick changes in direction can easily throw you the terrain itself. gravel. snow 0 you have more vehicle bounce when you drive or ice. Each of these surfaces affects the steering. hole. bouncing and hidden by grass. A rock. especially you may experience slipping. log. I Sugace Obstacles . This could cause you to lose 0 Is the path ahead clear? control andcrash.

Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle. If you have any doubt what is safe and what isn’t. sudden turns or sudden braking. You could be lights. If you drive alertness from drivingon paved roads and highways. don’t drive the hill. Ruts. hill. troughs or other surface features can jerk the wheel out of your handsif Off-road driving often takesyou up. If this happens. with one ortwo wheels. Drinking and driving canbe very dangerous on any road. Because you will be onan unpaved surface. keep a Driving on Off-Road Hills firm grip on the steering wheel.When you drive overobstacles or rough terrain. down them. you can’t control your speed. At the very time you need specialalertness and driving skills. You could have a serious -. Driving safely on hills requires goodjudgment and an understanding of what your vehicle can and can’t do. about the steepness. And this is certainly true for off-road driving. down or across a you’re not prepared. you will roll over. even matter how well built the vehicle. posted speed limitsor signal drive across them. If you There are no road signs. See “Drunken Driving” in the Index. perceptions andjudgment can be affected by even a small amountof alcohol. your reflexes. it’s especially important to avoid sudden acceleration.you will stall. You have to use your own goodjudgment about seriously injured or killed. If In a way. 4-18 .or other obstacles. rocks.or even fatal -. off-road driving requires a different kind of you drive up them. There are some hills that simplycan’t be driven. no your wheels canleave the ground. When you drive over bumps.accident if you drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking. youcan’t control the vehicleas well or at all.

0 Use a low gear and get a firm grip on the Is there a constant incline. the are more susceptible to the effects of erosion. incline may get steeper as you near the top. Is there a straight path up or down the hill so you won’t have to make turning maneuvers? Try to drive straight up the hill if at all possible. On a large hill. or will the your speed. but you may not see this because the crest of the hill is hidden by Driving Uphill bushes.If the path twists and turns. there may be a smooth. or does the hill get sharply steering wheel. It’s the smart way to of those hills that’s just too steepto climb. a drop-off. Steepness can be hard to judge. an embankment. a fence? Get out and walk When you approach a hill. steeper in places? Get a smooth start up the hill and try to maintain 0 Is there good traction on the hillside.Approaching a Hill 0 What’s beyond the hill? Is there a cliff. surface cause tire slipping? because you don’t want your wheelsto start spinning or sliding. gullies. constant Is the hill simply too rough? Steep hills often have incline with only a small change in elevation where you ruts. path (boulders. cross. you need to decide if it’s one the hill if you don’t know. grass or shrubs. Don’t use more power than you need. a hill. you Here are some other things to consider as you approach need to take some special steps. trees. you might wantto find Are there obstructions on the hill that can block your another route. for example. logs or ruts)? 4-19 . descend or find out. Once you decide you can safely drive up the hill. troughs and exposed rocks because they can easily see all the way to the top. On a very small hill.

Also. When drivingup hills. sideways. Push the brake pedal to stop the vehicle and keep it Use your headlamps even during the day. You seriously injured orkilled. apply the parking brake. 0 If your engine is still running. the topof a hill. You could be embankment. ’ /1\ I CAUTIs-N: 1 ~ Tu.Ang ordriving across steep hills can be Driving to the top (crest)of a hill at full speedcan 1 dangerous. here’s whatyou should do: let opposing trafficknow you’re there. you more visibleto oncoming traffic. You could lose traction. and possibly roll over. do. 4-20 . 0 Sound the horn as you approach the top of the hill to First. shift the transmission to REVERSE (R). slow down and stay alert. there are some things you should to approaching traffic on trailsor hills. andI can’t make it up the hill? 0 Attach a flag to the vehicle to make you more visible A: If this happens. and there are some things you must not do. or even another vehicle. slide cause an accident. As you near always try togo straight up. cliff. to stall. could be seriouslyinjured or killed. They make from rolling backwards. and slowly back down the hill in REVERSE (R). oris about the hill. Ease up on your speed as you approach the top of @ What should I do if my vehicle stalls. release the parking brake. There could be a drop-off.

Shift to REVERSE (R). Never attempt to prevent a stall by shifting into NEUTRAL (N) (or depressing the clutch. Then. if you have a manual transmission)to “rev-up” the engine and regain forward momentum. shift the transmission to the parking brake. it’s steep enough to cause you to straight as possible in REVERSE (R). shift to REVERSE (R). This &= Suppose. Then restart it. when going up a hill. It’s best thatyou I do? back down the hill with your wheelsstraight rather than in theleft or right direction. shift to NEUTRAL (N) if your vehicle has a manual transmission) and restart the Never attempt to turn around if you are about to stall engine. This won’t work. Exiton the uphill or are about to stall. PARK (P) (or. As you are backing down the hill. release the when going up a hill. roll over if you turn around. If you can’t make it up the hill. With the brake pedal depressed and the apply the parking brake. after stalling. What should and maneuver as you back down. release parking brake still applied. and slowly back down the hill as stall your vehicle. side and stay clear of the path the vehicle would take if it rolled downhill.Leave the Here are some things youmust not do if you stall. you’ll be able to tell if your wheelsare straight hill and decideI just can’t doit. you must backstraight down the hill. and slowly back straight down. If the hill is steep enough to parking brake. apply the regular brake to stop the vehicle. 4-21 . FIRST (1)) and turn off the engine.0 If your engine has stopped running. Turning the wheel A: Set the parking brake. put yourleft hand on the steering wheel at the 12 o’clock position. put your transmission too far tothe left or right will increase the possibility in PARK (P) (or the manual transmission in of a rollover. Your vehicle will roll backwards very quickly and you could go out of control.I try to back down the way. you’ll need to Instead. vehicle and go get some help.

Driving Downhill When off-roading takesyou downhill. 0 When driving downhill. This could cause loss of control and aserious accident. keeping your vehicle under control at all times. they won’t have to do all the work. This iscalled “free-wheeling. avoid turns that take you across the incline of the hill. Apply the What’s the surface like? Smooth? Rough? Slippery? Hard-packed dirt? Gravel? brakes lightly when descendinga hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle speed under control. or with the clutch pedal depressed in a manual shift.” Your brakes will haveto do all the work and could overheat and fade. 4-22 . You could roll over ifyou don’t drive straight down. A hill that’s nottoo steep to drive down may be too steep to drive across. and use a low ignore them you couldlose control and have a gear. 0 Never go downhill with the transmission in NEUTRAL (N). Descend slowly. engine dragcan help your brakes and serious accident. then tryto A: Yes! These are important because if you keep your vehicle headedstraight down. Are there hidden surface obstacles? Ruts? Logs? - Boulders? 0 What’s at the bottom of the hill? Is there a hidden @ Are there some things I should not dowhen creek bankor even a river bottom with large rocks? driving downa hill? If you decide you cango down a hill safely. This way. you’ll wantto consider a number of things: 0 How steep is the downhill? WillI be able to maintain Heavy braking when goingdown a hill can cause vehicle control? your brakes to overheat and fade.

Also. Hidden obstacles can make the steepness of the Driving Across an Incline incline even worse.release the parking brake. that will trip it (arock. the lengthof the wheel base (the distance rolled over. driving acrossan incline puts more weight on thed o w h l l wheels. the much more it happens going downhill. your vehicle cantilt even more. an off-road trail will probablygo across the uphill wheels.or if the downhill wheelsdrop into the incline of a hill. If this happens. But A: It’s much more likelyto happen going uphill.Here are some For reasons like these.@ Am I likely to stall when going downhill? from the front wheels to the rear wheels) reduces the likelihood thevehicle will tumble end over end. Loosegravel. downhill. while still braking. narrow track width (the distance between the left and 0 Stop your vehicle by applying the regular brakes. Just because 0 A hill that can be driven straight up or down may be the trail goes across theincline doesn’t mean you have too steepto drive across. whether to try to drive across the incline.)and roll over. restart the engine. But if when you drive across an incline. it can hit something 0 If the engine won’tstart. This could cause a Shift to PARK (P) (or to NEUTRAL (N) with the a downhill slide or a rollover. etc. 4-23 . get out and get help. manual transmission) and. here’s whatto do. or even wet a Shift back to a low gear. The last vehicle to try it might have down a hill. right wheels) may not prevent the vehicle from tilting Apply the parking brake. and rolling over. grass can cause your tires to slip sideways. a rut. muddy spots. and drive straight down. you have to decide a rut or depression. 0 Surface conditions can be a problem when you drive across a hill. you need to decide carefully things to consider: whether to try to drive across anincline. If you drive across a rock with Sooner or later. When yougo straight up or to drive it. If the vehicle slips sideways.

turn downhill. a much better way to prevent this is to get out and “walk the course” so you know what thesurhce is like before you drive it. What shouldI do? A: If you feel your vehicle starting to slide sideways. This should help straighten out the vehicle and prevent theside slipping. butI hit some loose gravel and start to slide downhill. If you have any doubt over. the vehicle will takeif it does roll over. be sure you (and your passengers) get out on the uphill Driving across an incline that’s too steep will side. even if the door there is harderto open. However. Stalling on an Incline If your vehicle stalls when you’re crossing an incline. you’ll be rightin its path. If you get make yourvehicle roll over. don’tdrive If you have to walk down theslope. 4-24 . You could be out on the downhill side and the vehicle starts to roll seriously injured orkilled. Find another route instead. What if I’m driving acrossan incline that’s not too steep. about thesteepness of the incline. stay out of the path across it.

turning is more difficult. the ice. currents under get stuck. Your vehicle could fall through theice and you and your passengers could drown. Underwater springs. Driving in d. vehicle and staywell clear of the rollover path. and you’ll need longer braking distances. On wet ice. your wheels out of control. This will improve traction. You can’t accelerate as quickly. Snow or Ice poor steering and difficult braking can causeyou to slide When you drive in mud. or sudden thaws can weaken the ice. when driving on sand. Always get out on the uphill (high) sideof the Hard packed snow and ice offer the worsttire traction.the deeper the mud. On these surfaces. the tractionis so poor that you will have difficulty accelerating. it’s very easy to lose control. accelerating and braking. ponds or rivers canbe the idea is to keep your vehicle moving so you don’t dangerous. the lower the gear. snow or sand. This has Getting out on the downhill(low) side of an effect on steering. In reallydeep mud. But itwill depend upon how loosely packed the sand is. won’t get good traction. for example. When you drive on sand. 4-25 . md.You may stopped across an incline is dangerous. Drive your vehicle on safe surfacesonly. you’ll sense a changein wheel A CAUTION: traction. you could be crushedor killed. Driving on frozen lakes. It’s best to use a low gear when you’re in mud -. If the want to reduce the air pressure in your tires slightly vehicle rollsover. On loosely packed sand(as on beaches or sand dunes) your tires will tend to sink into the sand. And if you do get moving.

and flood ’A CAUTION: waters demand extremecaution. Also. These substances can cause glazing and uneven braking. Find out how deep the water is beforeyou drive through Deep water can sweep your vehicle downstream it. as long as your See “Driving Through Water” inthe Index for more tailpipe is under water. watersplashes on your ignition system ~ and your vehicle canstall. suspension. Driving through rushing water canbe dangerous. check the fuel lines and cooling system for any leakage. water thatdeep can damage your axle ground from under your tires. chassis or under the hood. When you go through water. 4-26 . then drive throughit slowly. Also. don’t try it-. tires and exhaust system for damage.lperation in mud or sand. engine. Stalling can also occur if you get your tailpipe under water. have the brakelinings ~ cleaned andchecked. Remove any brushor debris that has collected on the underbody. steering. and you could lose and other vehicle parts. wheels. traction and roll the vehicle over. But heavy raincan mean flash flooding. it can still wash away the through.axles or and you and your passengers could drown. Check the bodystructure. If it’s deep enough to cover your wheel hubs. remember that when your brakes get wet. These accumulations canbe a fire hazard.Driving in Water Light rain causes no special off-road driving problems. At fast speeds. Aftc. you’ll never be able tostart your information on driving through water. Don’t drive If the water isn’t too deep. through rushing water. And. If it’s exhaust pipe.it may take you longer After Off-Road Driving to stop.you probably won’t get only shallow water.

But as we get older these differences increase. additional information. Your eyes will Night driving is more dangerous than day driving. 0 Don’t drink and drive. 4-27 . have less trouble adjusting to night. They may cut impaired -.Your vehicle will require more frequent service due to Rere are some tips on night driving. 0 Since you can’t see as well. For example. you may need to slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles. pull off the road in a safe place and rest. A 50-year-old driver may require at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20-year-old. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule for 0 Drivedefensively. 0 If you’re tired. don’t wear sunglasses at night.by alcohol or drugs. but theyalso make a lot problems. if you spend the day in bright sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses. Night Vision No one can see as well at night as in the daytime. But if you’re One reason is that some drivers are likely to be driving. or by fatigue. What you do in the daytime can also affect your night vision. Driving at Night 0 Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce the glare from headlamps behind you. of things invisible. Slow down. 0 In remote areas. with night vision down on glare from headlamps. especially on higher speed roads. off-road use. watch for animals. Your headlamps can light up onlyso much road ahead.

or a vehicle with misaimed headlamps). you can’t stop. Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more than cleanglass would.you’ll get even less traction. if your tires don’t have much tread left. Somedrivers suffer from night blindness -. Remember that your headlamps light upfar less of a roadway when you are in a turn or curve. slow down a little. Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicle clean -. It’s always wiseto go slower and be cautious if rain starts to fall whileyou are driving. Keep your eyes moving. Glare at night is made much worse by dirt on the glass. When you are faced with severe glare (as from a driver who doesn’t lower the high beams. It can take a secondor two.the inability to see in dim light -. making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly. that way. for your eyes to readjust to the dark.You can be temporarily blinded by approaching 1 -I and on Wet Roads headlamps.it’s easier to pick out dimly lighted objects. The surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexesare tuned for driving on dry pavement. road. so should your eyes be examined regularly. Eventhe inside of the glass can build upa film caused by dust. On a wet even aware of it. 4-28 . Avoid staring directly into the approaching headlamps. accelerateor turn as well because your tire-to-road traction isn’tas good as on dry roads.inside and out. or even several seconds.and aren’t Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble. Just as your headlamps should be checked regularly for proper aim. And.

Evenif your Driving too fast through large water puddles or even windshield wiper blades arein good shape. theedge of the road and even But if you can't. one side. try to slow down before you hit them. apply your brake pedal lightly until your brakes worknormally. The water may affect your brakes. can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals. It's wise to keep your wiping equipmentin good shape and keep your windshield washer tank filled with washer fluid. the harderit is to see. After driving through a large puddle of water or a car wash. pavement markings. They won't work the windshield.The heavier the rain. You could lose control of the vehicle. Try to avoid puddles. . or when strips of rubber start to separate as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to from the inserts. Replace your windshield wiper inserts when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on Wet brakes can causeaccidents. too. a heavy rain going through somecar washes can cause problems. people walking.

This can happen if the road is wet enough and you’re NOTICE: going fast enough. Never drive through water that more is low. drive water’s surface. (See “Tires” in the Index.So much water can build up I I under your tires that they can actually ridethe onwater. If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water. 0 Have good tires with proper tread depth.Hydroplaning Driving Through Deep Standing Water Hydroplaning is dangerous. telephone lower than the underbodyof your vehicle. allow some extra following distance. through them very slowly. There just isn’t a hard and fastrule about hydroplaning. And be especially careful whenyou pass another vehicle. When your vehicle is hydroplaning. If you can see reflections from trees. I I Hydroplaning usually happensat higher speeds. It can happen if a lot of wateris standing on the road. water can come in through your Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often.) 4-30 .If you poles or other vehicles. But it can if your engine’s air intake and badly damage your tires do not have much treador if the pressurein one or is slightly engine. there couldbe hydroplaning. and be preparedto have your view restricted by road spray. and raindrops “dimple” the can’t avoid deep puddles or standing water. it has little or no contact with the road.The Some Other Rainy Weather Tips best advice isto slow down whenit is raining. Besides slowing down. Allow yourself moreclear room ahead.

(See the next part. “Freeway Driving. A traffic light is there because the corner is busy enoughto need it. You’ll wantto watch out for what the other drivers are doing and payattention to traffic signals. a Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities.”) a Treat a green light as a warning signal. Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving: a Know the best way to getto where you are going. and just before you start to move. check both waysfor vehicles that have not cleared the intersection or may be running the red light. When a light turns green.City Driving One of the biggest problems with citystreets is the amount of traffic on them. Get a city map and planyour trip into an unknownpart of the cityjust as you would for a cross-country trip. You’ll save time and energy. 4-31 .

Drive on to up with traffic and keepto the right. check your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as necessary. you should begin to check traffic. stop and back up.Freeway Driving At the entrance. Treat the The exit ramp can be curved. Once you are moving on the freeway.move to theproper lane well in advance. Just before you leave the lane. Expect to move Mile for mile. Then use your turn signal. slightly slower at night. sometimes quite sharply. Too-fastor too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. Switchon your turn signal. turnpikesor superhighways) are the safest of allroads. Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow. expressways. If you have aclear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp.do not.Buttheyhavetheirownspecialrules. check your mirrors. speed most of the other driversare driving. make certain you allow a reasonable following distance. Stay in theright lane unless you wantto pass.Whenyouwant to leavethefreeway. Drive at the same the nextexit.adjust your speed to the posted limit or to the prevailingrate if it’s slower. thereis usually aramp that leadsto the freeway. Tryto determine where you expectto blend with the flow. Before changing lanes. parkways. Once you are on the freeway. The most adviceOn driving is: under any circumstances. freeways (also called thruways. left lane on a freeway as a passinglane. If you miss your exit. 4-32 . glance quickly over your shoulder to make sure there isn’t another vehicle in your “blind” spot. Try to merge into the gap at closeto the prevailing speed.

Of course. recommended pressure? Is your vehicle readyfor a long trip? If you keep it 0 Weather Forecasts: What’s the weather outlook serviced and maintained.you may tend to think you are going 0 Wiper Blades: Are they in good shape? slower than you actually are. Tryto be well rested. have it done before starting out. work -. Engine Oil. Other Fluids: Have you checked Before Leaving on a Long Trip all levels? Make sure you’re ready. not 0 Windshield Washer Fluid: Is the reservoirfull? Are to your sense of motion. 4-33 . 0 Fuel. If it needs along your route? Shouldyou delay your trip a short service. Wear comfortable clothing and shoesyou long-distance driving? Are the tires all inflated to the can easily drive in.such as after a day’s 0 Tires: They are vitally important to a safe. it’s readyto go. If you 0 Lamps: Are they all working? Are the lenses clean? must start when you’re notfresh -. time to avoid a major storm system? you’ll find experienced and able service experts in GM dealerships all across North America.The exit speed is usually posted. They’llbe ready 0 Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps? and willing to help if you need it. After driving for any distance all windows clean inside and outside? at higher speeds. Is the tread good enoughfor of the journey.don’t plan to make too many miles thatfirst part trouble-free trip. Here are some things you can check beforea trip: Reduce your speed accordingto your speedometer.

There is something about aneasy stretch of road with the same scenery. be aware thatit can happen. Keep your eyes moving. instruments frequently. and the rush of the wind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy. Forsafety.here are sometipsthatcanmake Or parking area and take a nap. Then here are some tips: Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated. Don’t let it happen to you! If it does. off-road. with a comfortably cool interior. or if you’re If You get Pull Off the road into a service planningtovisitthere. What can youdo about highway hypnosis?First.Highway Hypnosis Hill and Mountain Roads Is’there actually sucha condition as “highway hypnosis”? Call it Or is itjust plain falling asleep at the wheel? highway hypnosis. Check your mirrors and your driving inflat or rolling terrain. your vehicle can leave the road in less than a second. or whatever. and you could crash and be injured. lackof awareness.) . If you drive regularly insteep country. Scan the road ahead and Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from to the sides. along withthe hum of the tires on the road. the drone of the engine.7 in the Index for about driving an emergency. get Someexercise. (See “Off-Road both. treat drowsiness on the highway as Driving. Or your trips safer and more enjoyable.

Shift to a lower gear whenyou go down a steep or long hill. e As you go over the top of a hill. There could be something in yourlane. so hot thatthey wouldn’t workwell. Check all fluid levels and also the brakes. . Don’t swing wideor cut across the centerof the road. 4-35 . You would then 0 Know how to go uphill. like a stalled car or an accident. You could crash. You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill.The lower gears help cool your hill. downhill slope. The most important ignition off is dangerous. If you don’t shift down. tires. Your brakes will have to thing to know is this: let your engine do some of the do all the workof slowing down. bealert.0 Keep your vehicle in good shape. You could crash. Always have your engine running and yourvehicle in gear when you go downhill. cooling system and transmission. These parts can work hard on A CAUTION: mountain roads. You may want to shift down have poor braking oreven none going down a to a lower gear. Shift down to let your engine and transmission. 0 Stay in your ownlane when driving on two-lane roads in hillsor mountains. Coasting downhill inNEUTRAL (N) or with the Know how to go down hills. Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane. andyou can climb the engine assist your brakes on a steep hill better. They couldget slowing down. your brakes could soget hot that theywouldn’t work well.

a rag. your vehicle. a small shovel. 4-36 . Winter Driving Include an ice scraper. Besure you properly secure these items in your vehicle. you can have a very slippery situation. include a small bagof sand. Be alert to these and take You may want to put winter emergency supplies in appropriate action. a supply of windshield washer fluid. a small brush or broom. You may see highway signs on mountains that warn Here are sometips for winterdriving: of special problems. Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time. a red cloth and reflective warning triangles. passing or no-passing zones. a falling rocks area or winding roads. Examples are long grades. And. Have your vehicle in good shape for winter. those places where your tires meet the road probably have good traction. if there is snow or ice between your tires and the road. aflashlight.if you will be driving under severeconditions. a piece of old carpetor a coupleof burlap bagsto help provide traction. some winter outer clothing. However. You’ll to be have a lot less traction or “grip” and will need very careful.

. Allow greater following distance on any slippery road.. See “Anti-Lock” in the Index.... snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on. Whatever the condition-. If least traction of all... On an otherwise clear road... brake beforeyou freezing (32”F. and avoid suddensteering maneuvers. OOC) and freezing rain beginsto fall.. If you accelerate too fast.. packed. Trynot to break the fragile traction.” Very cold clumps of trees... --===l though you have an anti-lock braking system.. Accelerate gently... are on it... the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more. The road might be fine until you hit a spotthat’s covered with ice........smooth ice... 4-37 .. Watch for slippery spots.. Even [: .... you’ll m want to begin stopping sooner thanyou would on dry pavement... behind buildings or under bridges. ice patches may appear in shaded areas where thesun can’t reach: around What’s the worst timefor this? “Wet ice.. can get there. Your anti-lock brakes improve your vehicle’s stability when you make a hard stopon a slippery road.drive with caution. But wet Sometimes the surfaceof a curve or an overpassmay ice can be even more trouble becauseit may offer the remain icy when the surrounding roadsare clear... Try not to brake while you’re actually on Try to avoid driving on wetice until salt and sand crews the ice. blowing or loose snow -... You can get wet ice when it’s about you see a patch ofice ahead of you...

you could be ina serious situation. but be careful. Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe: Turn on your hazard flashers. You should probably stay with your vehicle unlessyou know for sure that you are nearhelp and you can hike throughthe snow. You can run the engine to keep warm. 4-38 .If You’re Caught in a Blizzard If you are stoppedby heavy snow.

so you might not Then.This saves P -1AUTION: Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle. Let the heater run for a while. Clear away snow from all the way to preserve the heat. vehicle that’s awayfrom the wind. Vehicles with two-wheel drive or the electronic shift transfer case require special modificationsbefore they can be towed in this manner. Please contact your dealer for the towing information that is appropriate for your particular vehicle. This will help Recreational Vehicle Towing keep CO out. You will need a well-charged battery to This can cause deadly CO (carbon monoxide) gas restart the vehicle. You can’t seeit or smell it. Run your engine only as long as you must. 4-39 . To help keep warm. you can get doesn’t collect there. That is. and possiblyfor signaling later on to get inside. out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises Open a window just a little on the side of the every half houror so until help comes. Start the engine again around the base of your vehicle.CO could overcome youand kill with your headlamps. push the accelerator slightly. make it go a little faster than just idle. fuel. shut the engine off and close the window almost know it is inyour vehicle. This uses less fuel for theheat that you get and itkeeps the battery charged. When you run the engine. Preserve the around again from time to time to be sure snow fuel as long as youcan. But do it as little as possible. you. especiallyany and repeat this only whenyou feel really uncomfortable that is blockingyour exhaust pipe. And check from the cold.

fuel. o n Similar appearing vehicles may have different GVWRs 0 0 and payloads. Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle. cargo and trailer tongue weight. If you do. 4-40 . Be sure to spread out your load equallyon I . or it can change the way your vehicle handles. GAWR. above the door latch. . Please note your vehicle’s \SEE \ FNER’S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. all occupants. called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). The GVWR. Your dealer can help you with this. TI I CertificationjTire label or consult your dealer for additional details. or the GAWR for either the frontor rear axle. To find out the actual loadson your front andrear axles. overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle.The label shows thesize of /A CAULON: your original tires and the inflation pressures needed to obtain the gross weight capacityof your vehicle.you should spread it out. u - u COLD TIRE PRESSURE If you do have a heavy load. you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle. These could cause you to lose control. 1 both sides of thecenterline. The Certification/Tire label is found on the driver’s door edge. or either the maximum front or rear GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle.Loading Your Vehicle The Certificatioflire label also tells you the maximum weights for the front and rear axles. parts on your vehicle canbreak. This is Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating).if pulling a trailer.Also.

secure it whenever you can. or anythingelse -. 0 Never stack heavier things.they will go as fast above the topsof the seats. components that failbecause of overloading. like suitcases. 0 Don’t leave an unsecured child restraintin or if there is a crash. inside thevehicle so that someof them are tools. See “Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving” in the Index. If you put things inside your vehicle -.Ask your dealer to help you load your vehicle theright way. When you carry something inside the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly. Don’t leave a seat folded down unless you need to. or in a crash. 4-41 . Things you put inside yourvehicle can strike and NOTICE: injure people in asudden stop or turn. Your warranty does not cover parts or 0 Put things in the cargo area of your vehicle.Using heavier suspension componentsto get added durability might not change your weight ratings. Try to spread theweight evenly. your vehicle. packages. There’s also important loading informationfor off-road driving in this manual. they’ll keep going.like suitcases. as the vehicle goes.

To pull a trailercorrectly. 4-42 . You and your passengers couldbe seriously injured. and information abouttowing atrailer with ~ your vehicle. andsee your dealer for important information abouttowing atrailer with your vehicle. follow the advice in thispart. components that fail Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by your warranty. rememberto subtract the weight of these things properly. Ask your dealerfor advice Be sure to weigh your vehicle beforeyou buy and install ~ the new equipment. NOTICE: NOTICE: Your warranty doesn’t coverparts or because of overloading. This is the maximum load capacity that your vehicle can carry. steps in thissection.Your dealer can help you withthis. if the trailer is too heavy. the Add-on Equipment -- brakes may not work well or even at all. you may need to put a Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the limit on how many people you carry inside your vehicle. trailer. Forexample. When you carry removable items. you can lose control when you pull a from the payload.Payload Towing a Trailer The payload capacity is shown on theCertificatiodTire label. If you added any accessories or equipment after your vehicle left the If you don’t use the correct equipment and drive factory. Besure to include the weight of the CAUTION: occupants as partof your load.

000 lbs. time-tested. you can Many of these are important for your safety and that of use THIRD (3) (or. driving your vehicle by itself. In it are many heavier loads. as you need to. A good source for this information can bestate or provincial police. Successful. engine and other parts of your vehicle wearin at the That’s the reason for this part. having to do with trailering. THIRD (3) when towing a trailer will minimize heat If You Do DecideTo Pull A Trailer buildup and extend the life of your transmission. If you have a manual transmission and you are towing If you do. 4-43 .000 lbs. So please read this section carefully when towing a trailer. as many are. (900 kg). Just 0 There are many different laws. 0 Consider using a sway control if your trailer will 0 the weight of the trailer tongue weigh 2. here are some important points: a trailer. You should always 0 and the weight on your vehicle’s tires. But trailering is different than just axle or other parts could be damaged. asyou need to. including speed limit drive in FOURTH (4) gear (or. for heavier trailers. 0 the weight of the trailer. during the first 500 miles (800 km) that you in handling. use a sway control if your trailer will weigh more than 2. Make sure lower gear). Trailering means changes 0 Then. tow a trailer. You can ask a hitch dealer about sway controls. important trailering tips and safety rules. don’t drive over 50 mph (80 k m h ) and safe trailering takes correct equipment. (900 kg) or less.a lower gear) your passengers. Operating your vehicle in before you pull a trailer. your rig will be legal. 0 If you have an automatic transmission. This helps your used properly. it’s ready (800 km) your new vehicle is driven.Every Vehicle is ready for some trailer towing. If yours 0 Don’t tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles was built with trailering options. and it has tobe don’t make starts at full throttle. durability and fuel economy. Your engine. it’s better not to use FIFTH (5) gear. a restrictions. not only where youlive but Three important considerations have to do with weight: also where you’ll bedriving.

you Manual Trans.08 4.08 4. outside the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a trailer weight.it can also depend on any You can ask your dealerfor our trailering information or special equipment that you haveon your vehicle. must add the tongue loadto the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying that weight.500 lbs. For additional optional equipment. passengers andcargo in example. weigh. See “Loading Your Vehicle” in the Indexfor more information about your vehicle’s maximumload capacity. trailer are all important.42 4.500 lbs. based upon your vehicle model and options. Trans. In Canada. (2 268kg) (GVW) includes thecurb weight of the vehicle. And if you will towa trailer. 3. (2 495 kg) Oshawa.42 5. Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load (A)of any trailer is an important 4-Wheel Drive & 3.425.424.Weight of the Trailer Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming the driver andone passenger are in the tow vehicle and it How heavy cana trailer safely be? has allthe required trailering equipment.too.Wheel Drive.000 lbs. speed. any 4-Wheel Drive & 3. altitude. The weight of It depends on howyou plan to use your rig. Ontario L1H 8P7 2-Wheel Drive. Trans. (2 041 kg) Manual Trans. or you can write us atthe address listed in your The following chart shows how much your trailer can Warranty and Owner Assistance Information Booklet. 3. (1 814 kg) weight to measure becauseit affects the total or gross All.000 lbs. advice.000 lbs. 3.500Ibs. (1 8 14kg) cargo you may carry in it.73 5. riding in the vehicle. 4-44 . (2 268 kg) weight of your vehicle.000 Ibs.The Gross Vehicle Weight Auto. (2 041 kg) 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Auto. 3. General Motorsof Canada Limited Customer CommunicationCentre 2-Wheel Drive. and the people who willbe All-Wheel Drive. write to: Vehicle Axle Ratio Trailer Wt. And. road grades. 3.

You’ll find these numbers on the Certificatioflire label on the driver’s door edge. (1 589 kg). you may be able to get them right simply by moving some items around in the trailer.500 lbs.to see if the weights are vehicle when youinstall a trailer hitch? proper. Here are some rules to follow: If you’ll be pulling a trailer that. After you’ve loaded yourtrailer. including the weight of the trailer tongue. or see “Tire Loading” in the Index. weigh the trailer and 0 Will you have to make any holes inthe body of your then the tongue. This equipment is hitch. when loaded. deadly carbon monoxide(CO) from yourexhaust can get into your vehicle (see “Carbon Monoxide” in the Index). too. will If you’re usinga weight-carrying hitch. the trailer tongue (A) should weigh 12 percent of very important for proper vehicleloading and good the total loaded trailer weight (B). the trailer weigh more than 3. above the door latch. Hitches A B It’s important to have the correct hitch equipment. If you don’t seal them. then be sure to seal theholes later when you remove thehitch. large trucks going by and rough roadsare a few reasons why you’ll need the right hitch. If you do. be sure to use tongue (A) should weigh 10 percent of the total loaded a properly mounted. 4-45 . handling when you’re driving. Then be sure you don’t goover the GVW limit for your vehicle. Dirt and watercan. If you’re using a weight-distributing sway control of the proper size. Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires Be sure your vehicle’s tires are inflated to theupper limit for cold tires. weight-distributing hitch and trailer weight (B). Crosswinds. If they aren’t. separately.

and they must be adequate. 4-46 . But don’t use copper tubing for Trailer Brakes this. Use steel brake tubing. Instructions The trailer’s brake system will useless than about safety chains maybe provided by the hitch 0. (450 kg) loaded. if it becomes separated from the hitch. Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig. Otherwise.02 cubic inch (0. If everything checksout this far. If your trailer weighs more than1. never allow safety chainsto drag on the ground. it will bend and finally break off.Safety Chains Your trailer’s brake systemcan tap into the vehicle’s hydraulic brake systemonly if You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer. then make the brake And. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you’ll be able to install. then it needs its own brakes -. If you do. fluid tap at the port on the master cylinder that sends fluid to the rear brakes.You could evenlose your brakes.000 lbs.3 cc) of fluid from your vehicle’s manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. both braking systems manufacturer’s recommendation for attaching safety won’t work well. chains and do not attach themto the bumper.000 psi of the trailerso that the tongue will notdrop to the road (20 650 kPa) of pressure.Cross the safety chains under the tongue The trailer parts can withstand 3. Follow the master cylinder. adjust and maintain them properly.

main Following Distance heating orcooling systemon and with the Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle aheadas you fan on any speed.) To electric brakes. Do not use can help you avoidsituations that require heavy braking MAX AfC because it only recirculates the and sudden turns. through a window in the rear or another opening. check the trailer hitch and platform (and attachments). starting on your trip. Before setting out for the open road. During your trip.) 4-47 . (See “Engine Exhaust” in the Index. tires and mirror adjustment. carbon monoxide (CO) could come into yourvehicle. You can’t see Before you start. safetychains. This outside air into yourvehicle. start your vehicle and trailer moving an maximize your safety when towing a trailer: then apply the trailer brakecontroller by hand to be sure 0 Have your exhaust system inspected for the brakes are working. you’ll want to get I to know your rig. or smell CO. would when driving your vehicle without a trailer.If the trailer has death. Acquaint yourself with thefeel of A GA ‘TION: handling and braking with the added weightof the trailer. check occasionallyto be sure that the Keep the rear-most windows closed. electrical connector. and make necessary repairs before electrical connection at the same time. (See “Comfort Controls” in theIndex. and that the lamps andany trailer brakes 0 If exhaust does come into your vehicle are still working. pull a trailerwith your vehicle.Driving with a Trailer Towing atrailer requires a certain amountof experience. drivewith your front. This will bring fresh. air inside yourvehicle. This lets you check your leaks. load is secure. And alwayskeep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearlyas If you have a rear-mostwindow open andyou responsive as your vehicle is by itself. It can causeunconsciousness or lamps.

because you’rea good wiring anda heavy-duty turn signal flasher (included in deal longer. The arrows on your instrument panel will flash Backing Up whenever you signal aturn or lane change. It’s important to check occasionallyto be sure the trailer bulbsare still working. Avoid down. you might have to use your brakesso much that making very sharp turns while trailering. 4-48 . to move the trailerto the left. Signal wellin advance. to the left. curbs. Ifyou don’t shift vehicle. make wider turns than speed to around 45 mph (70 k m h ) to reduce the normal. And. Properly Hold the bottomof the steering wheel with one hand. they would get hot and no longer work well.just move that hand drivers you’re aboutto turn. telling other Then. Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. NOTICE: Driving On Grades Making very sharp turns while trailering could before you start Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear cause the trailerto come in contact with the down a longor steep downgrade. possibility of engine and transmission overheating. hooked up. On a long uphill grade. are burned out. Do this so your trailer won’t strike soft shoulders. you’ll needto go much farther beyond the the optional trailering package). change lanesor stop. have someone guide you. treesor other objects. To move thetrailer to the right. road signs. passed vehicle beforeyou can return to your lane.Passing Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer You’ll need more passing distance up ahead when When you tow a trailer. Your vehicle could be damaged. Thus. the arrows on your instrument hand to the right. shift down and reduce your When you’re turning with a trailer. the trailer lamps willalso flash. your vehicle hasto have extra you’re towing a trailer. if panel will flashfor turns evenif the bulbs on the trailer possible. move your When towing a trailer. you may think drivers behind you Making Turns are seeing your signal when theyare not. Always back up slowly and.

4-49 . People canbe injured. Reapply the regular brakes. here’s DRIVE (D) when towing a trailer. on a hill. with a trailer attached. as you need to. engine run while parked (preferably on level ground) 5 . 6. 0 Shift into a gear. If you turn your engine off immediatelyafter towing at high altitude 4. Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down You really should not park yourvehicle. or into gear for a manual transmission. Apply your regular brakes. Then turn your wheelsinto the curb if it’s better not to use FIFTH ( 5 ) gear.not in NEUTRAL (N). lower temperature than at normalaltitudes. see “Engine Overheating” in the Index. and 0 R. Operating your how to do it: vehicle in DRIVE (D) when towing a trailer will 1 . 2. or similar to engine overheating. applied) for a few minutes before turning the engine off. FOURTH (4) gear (or.If you have an automatic transmission. release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels. consider the following: Engine coolant will boil at a 3. and both 0 Startyourengine. If you do get the overheat warning. transmission. Release the regular brakes. To avoid this. your vehicle may show signs parking brake. When towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades. When the wheel chocksare in place. If something goes wrong. Or. be sure the transfer manual transmission outof gear and the parking brake case is in a drive gear-. but don’tshift into minimize heat buildup and extend the life of your PARK (P) yet. a lower gear). if you have a manual transmission.you should use But if you ever haveto park your rig on a hill. Then apply your on steep uphill grades. When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on Hills Parking ona Hill 1. If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle with a with the automatic transmission in PARK(P) (or the manual transfer case shift lever. your vehicle andthe trailer can be damaged. just drive in facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill. and then shiftinto PARK (P). let the REVERSE (R) for a manual transmission.elease the parking brake. your rig while you: could start to move.

See the Maintenance Schedulefor more on this. it’s agood idea to review these 0 Brown: Taillamps and parking lamps. the following color codechart when connecting the wiring harnessto your trailer. Things thatare especially important in trailer 0 Red: Use for battery charging. If you’re trailering. The light duty trailer wir is a six-wire harness assembly. Maintenance When Trailer Towing 0 Dark Blue: Usefor electric trailer brakes or Your vehicle will need service more often when you’re auxiliary wiring. harnesses haveno connector and shouldbe wired by a qualified electrical technician. are tight. then tape or eight-wire harness assembly. Store the corner frame rear crossmember on four-door vehicles. See “Fuses and Circuit Breakers”in the Index. 0 White (Heavy Gage): Ground wire. belt. overfill). crossmember on two-door vehicles or on the driver’s side but not so loose that it drags on the ground. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks. inline fuse locatedby the junction block. sections before you start your trip. Eachof these is covered in this harness only).2. Both 3. engine oil. The optional heavy-duty trailer wiringis an Securely attach the harnessto the trailer. axle lubricant. 0 Yellow: Left stoplamp and turn signal. along the passenger-side frame it loose enoughso the wiring doesn’t bend or break. and the Index will helpyou find them quickly. cooling system 0 Light Green: Back-up lamps (eight-wire and brake adjustment. Wrap the harness together heavy-duty trailer wiring has a 30-amp feed wire with an and tie it neatlyso it won’t be damaged. Trailer WiringH-T--- ess 0 White (Light Gage): Auxiliary stoplamp. Check periodicallyto see that all hitch nuts andbolts 0 Dark Green: Right stoplamp and turn signal. The harnesses are stored strap it to your vehicle’s frame rail.it connects to the operation are automatic transmission fluid (don’t starter solenoid (eight-wire harness only). manual. Let up on the brake pedal. pulling a trailer.The technician can use 4. The harness in its original place. . Stop and have someone pickup and store the chocks. Be sure you leave under the vehicle.

Mud. Section 5 Problems on the Road Here you’ll find what to do about some problems that can occur on the road.12 Engine Overheating 5-35 If You’re Stuck: In Sand. Ice or Snow 5-1 . 5-2 Hazard Warning Flashers 5-20 Engine FanNoise 5-3 Other Warning Devices 5-2 1 If a Tire Goes Flat 5-3 Jump Starting 5-2 1 Changing a Flat Tire 5-7 Towing Your Vehicle 5-34 Compact Spare Tire (If Equipped) 5.

To turn off the flashers. Your front and rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off.. press the button until the first click and release. When the hazard warning flashersare on.Hazard Warning Flashers Press the button on top of the steering column all the way down t o make your front and rear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. They also let police know you have a problem.. and evenif the key isn’tin. Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what position your keyis in. Your hazard warning flasherslet you warn others..q . 5-2 . your turn signals won’t work.. ..

5-3 . negative ground. Check the other vehicle. you can set one up at NOTICE: the side of the road about 300 feet (100 m) behind your vehicle. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite. vehicle. IJTTT’Jr . I 0 They contain enough electricity to burn you. some or all of these things can hurt you. bothvehicles can be damaged. It must have a 12-volt battery with a negative ground system. I . If your battery has rundown. NOTICE: Batteries can nurryou. But please use the following steps to do it safely. you may want to use Trying tostart your vehicle by pushing or pulling another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your it won’t work.Other WarningDevices I If you carry reflective triangles. Ignoring these steps could result incostly damage to yourvehicle that wouldn’t be covered by Jump Starting your warranty. They can De dangerous because: If the othersystem isn’ta 12-volt systemwith a They contain acid that can burnyou. If you don’t follow these stepsexactly. andit could damage yourvehicle.

it couldbe badly your eyes or on your skin. Turn off the ignition on bothvehicles. Don’t get it on you. but be sure the vehicles aren’t touching the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on each other. you need more light. connection you don’t want. it could cause a ground each battery. it could save your radio! of fluid is there. set the parlung brake firmly on both vehicles involved in Using a match near a battery can cause battery the procedure. You wouldn’t be able to start your vehicle.If they are. This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries. Find can reach.2. People have beenhurt doing this. 5-4 . NOTICE: Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you. Turn off all lamps thataren’t needed as well a battery has fillercaps. 3. You don’t unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette need to add water to the ACDelco Freedom@ lighter. But if option. your warranty. Unplug Be sure the battery has enough water. Get the vehiclesclose enough so the jumper cables 4. or accessory poweroutlets. If it islow. andthe bad grounding could damage the electrical systems. flush the place with damaged. The repairwouldn’t be coveredby water and get medical help immediately. Put an automatic transmission vehicle gas toexplode. besure the right amount as radios. add water to take care of that first. in PARK (P) and a manual transmission vehiclein and some havebeen blinded. AUTION: I To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling. If you accidentally get it in If you leave your radio on.If you don’t. Open both hoods and locate the batteries. if you have this battery installed in everynew GM vehicle. Use a flashlightif NEUTRAL (N). In addition. explosive gas could be present.

Now connect the black dead battery. Don’t connect positive (+) to negative (-) or you’ll get a short that would damage the battery and maybe otherparts too. Don’t let the other end missing insulation. you could get a shock.5. to the positive (+) Before you connect the cables. here are some basic terminal of the things you should know. negative (-) cable to the good battery’s negative (-) terminal. positive (+) and negative (-) will go to a metal engine part. Connect it The vehicles could be damagedtoo. Positive(+) will go to good battery. 5-5 . It goesto a heavy unpainted metal part on theengine of the vehicle with the dead battery. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the vehicle with the 8. Check that thejumper cables don’t have looseor 7. Don’t let the other end touch anything until the next step. The other end of the negative cable doesn’t go to the dead battery. If they do. touch metal. 6.

Keep your hands away from moving parts once theengiv is running.If it still won’t start. Attach the cable at least 12. Take care that they don’t touch from the dead battery. 9. each other or any other metal. 10. The electrical connection isjust as good there. Heavy Metal Engine Part B. Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery. it probably needs service. Now start the vehicle with the good battery andrun the engine for awhile. Remove the cables in reverse orderto prevent 18 inches (45 cm) away electrical shorting.If it won’t start aftera few tries. Good Battery C. make sure all connections are good. A. 5-6 . 11. Dead Battery Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly. but not nearengine parts that move. but the chance of sparks getting back to the battery is much less.

turn on the hazard warning flashers. what was damaged. service tow your vehicle. let the tow operator factory-new by adding things like fog lamps. aero know that this manual contains these towing skirting. these instructions instructions. The operator may want to see them. The make. tell the towing service: Whether your vehicle has rear-wheel drive. 5-7 . model and year of your vehicle. If your vehicle has been changed since it was When the towing service arrives. may not be correct. Before you do anything. if you Try to have a GM dealer or aprofessional towing have one. If there was an accident. four-wheel drive or all-wheel drive. or special tires and wheels.Towing Your Vehicle Whether you can move the shift lever for the transmission and shift the transfer case. See “Roadside Assistance” in the Index. When you call.

Always use side when towinga vehicle. steel cables beforeit is transported. Use T-hooks instead. leather straps. The Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds. 0 Never get under your vehicle after it has Don’t usesubstitutes (ropes. been liftedby the tow truck. They will damagedrivetrain and suspension components.)that can be cut by sharp Always use separate safety chains on each edges underneath the towed vehicle. being towed. Never use 0 Never use J-hooks. canvas webbing. T-hooks inserted in the T-hook slots. etc. J-hooks. serious personal injury and vehicle damage. This can cause a collision. vehicle should be tightly secured with chains or Never tow with damagedparts not f d y secured.’ A CAUTION: 1 I To help avoidinjury to you or others: A vehicle can fall from acar carrierif it isn’t 0 Never let passengersride ina vehicle that is adequately secured. 5-8 .

Move the solenoid lever turned to the OFF position. the electrical solenoid lock mustbe overridden to shift from PARK (P) to NEUTRAL (N). If the vehicle mustbe towed on the drive wheels. Release the solenoid lever and snap the boot back into place. Push the base of the shift lever boot forward with 4. If these limitations must be exceeded. Follow these steps: 1. The transmission should be inNEUTRAL (N) and the transfer case. 5-9 . 5. Don’t have your vehicle towed on the drive wheels unless you must. have the ignition key 3. device designed for towing service. then the drive wheels have to be supported ona dolly.When your vehicle is being towed. NEUTRAL (N). If your vehicle hasa floor-mounted shifter and no electrical power. The steering wheel should toward the driver’s side be clamped in a straight-ahead position with a clamping to unlock it. While holding the solenoid lever in the unlock your thumb. if you have one. should be in 2HI. Do not use the vehicle’s steering column lock for this. press the shift lever button and shift into 2. Lift the boot and find the white solenoid lever. position. The parking brake should be released. be sure to follow the speed anddistance restrictions later in this section or your transmission will be damaged.

Use safety chains andwheel straps.Front Towing Tow Limits -. Damage can occur fromvehicle to ground orvehicle to wheel-lift equipment. 50 miles (80 km) NOTICE: Vehicles with the all-wheel drive or four-wheel drive Do not tow with sling-type equipment or with the electronic transfer case option must use a fascidfog lamp damagewill occur. Additional ramping the front.35 mph (55 k d ) . 5-10 . Do not attachwinch cables or J-hooks to suspension componentswhen using car-carrier equipment. Always use T-hooks inserted in the T-hook slots. may be required for car-carrier equipment. Towing a vehicle over rough surfacescould damage avehicle. Usewheel-lift towing dolly under the rearwheels when towing from or car-carrier equipment. To help avoid damage. installa towing dolly and raise thevehicle until adequate clearanceis obtained between the ground and/or wheel-lift equipment.

Use safety chains and wheel straps.35 mph (56 k h ) . to help avoid damage. Do not attach winch cablesor J-hooks to suspension componentswhen usingcar-carrier equipment. Unless you have all-wheeldrive. Always use T-hooksinserted in the T-hook slots. Additional ramping the reaE may be required for car-carrierequipment.Rear Towing Tow Limits -. Use wheel-lift towing dolly under the front wheels when towing from or car-carrier equipment. Damagecan occur from vehicle k3? to ground or vehicle to wheel-lift equipment. Towing a vehicle over roughsurfaces could damage avehicle. 50 miles (80 km) NOTICE: Vehicles with the all-wheel drive or four-wheeldrive Do not tow with sling-typeequipment or rear with the electronic transfer case option must use a bumper valance damage will occur. 5-11 . install a towing dollyand raise the vehicle until adequate clearance is obtained between the ground and/or wheel-lift equipment.

Steam from an overheated engine canburn you If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine badly. The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty. I NOTICE: I If your engine catchesfire because you keep driving with no coolant. the liquids init can catch fire.Engine Overheating You will find a coolant temperature gageon your vehicle’s instrument panel. 5-12 . and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool. Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it. Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down.You or others could be badlyburned.See “Gages” in the Index. Stop your engineif it overheats. If you keepdriving when your engine is overheated. Waituntil there is no signof steam or coolant beforeyou open the hood. even if youjust open the hood.your vehicle can be badly damaged.

2. otherwise. 3. and park your Climb a long hill on a hot day. Sometimes drive normally.If No Steam Is Coming FromYour Engine If you no longer have the overheat warning. 5-13 . Stop after high-speed driving. Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service speed and open the windowas necessary. shift to NEUTRAL (N). help right away.DRIVE (D) or THIRD (3) for automatic transmissions. Bring the engine speed backto normal idle speed after two or three minutes.turn ofSthe try this for aminute or so: engine and get everyoneout of the vehicle until it 1. shift to the highest gear while driving -. Just to be safe. cools down. you can drive. If you get the overheat warning with no signof steam. you can steam. Now see if the warning stops. speed. vehicle right away. the problem may not betoo serious. drive slower for about 10 minutes. if you still have the warning. If you get the overheat warning but see or hear no If the warning doesn’t come back on. But then. the enginecan get a littletoo hot when you: If the warning continues. the engine speed is about twice as fast as normal idle 0 Tow a trailer. If you’re in a traffic jam. If there’s still no signof steam. push the accelerator until Idle for long periods in traffic. Turn off your air conditioner. See “Driving on Grades” in the Index. pull over. stop.

C. Coolant Recovery Tank If it isn’t.When you decide it’s safe to lift the hood. 5-14 . radiator. don’t do anything else until it cools down. Radiator Pressure Cap the cooling system. here’s what you’ll see: i The coolant level should be at least up to the ADD mark. waterpump or somewhere else in B. heater hoses. you may have a leak in the radiator hoses. Engine Fan If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling. A.

Turn off the engine. coolant at the coolant recovery tank. If it doesn’t. If you water (preferably distilled) and DEX-COOL@engine do. (See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for more information. See catch fire and you or others could beburned. without coolant isn’t coveredby your warranty.If you run the engine. can be very hot. Plain water. Adding onlyplain water to your cooling system can be dangerous. Withplain water or the wrong mixture. Your vehicle’s coolant warning system isset for the proper coolant Engine damage from running your engine mixture. How to Add Coolant to the Coolant A CAUTION: Recovery Tank If you haven’t founda problem yet. or some other liquid like alcohol.) Don’t run the engine if there is a leak. Don’ttouch them. That could cause an engine fire. and you could beburned. Get any leak fixed beforeyou drive the vehicle. your vehicle needs service. 5-15 . if the engine cooling fan speed increases when idle Use a 50EO mixture of clean water and speed is doubled by pushing the accelerator pedal down. it could loseall coolant. can boil before the proper NOTICE: coolant mixture will. butthe coolant level Heater and radiator hoses. Your engine could If there seems to be no leak. start the engine again. and other engine isn’t at the ADD mark. youcan be burned. add a 50/50 mixture of clean parts. DEX-COOL@coolant. your engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat warning.

start your vehicle. heater core and other parts. radiator. there’sone more thing you can try. If the overheat warning continues. Coolant contains ethylene glycol Use the recommended coolant and the proper and itwill burn if the engine parts are hot coolant mixture. 5-16 . enough. water can freeze and crack the You can be burnedif you spill coolanton hot engine. Don’t spill coolanton a hot engine. but besure the cooling system is cool before youdo it. You can add the proper coolant mixture directlyto the radiator. When the coolant in the coolant recovery tank is atthe ADD mark. engine parts. ~~ NOTICE: In cold weather.

Never turn the capwhen the cooling system. IW to Add Coolant to the Radiator Steam and scalding liquids from a coolinghot system canblow out and burnyou badly. 1. They are under pressure. including the radiator pressure cap. Wait for thecooling system and radiator pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressurecap. A hiss means there is still some pressure left. J. -- pressure cap even a little they cancome out at high speed. including the pressurecap and upper radiator hose. is no longer hot. You can remove the pressure cap when the cooling system. is hot. (Don’t press down while turning the pressurecap. waitfor that to stop. Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise until it first stops. 5-17 . and if you turn the radiator -.) If you hear a hiss.

but now push 3. Remove the pressurecap.2. Then keep turning the pressurecap. Fill the radiator with the proper DEX-COOL@ down as you turn it. (See “Engine Coolant” in the Indexfor more information about the proper coolant mixture. upto the base of the filler neck. coolant mixture.) 5-18 .

7 . Start the engine and let it run untilyou can feel the upper radiator hosegetting hot. By this time. leave the pressurecap off. Then fill the coolant recovery tankto ADD mark. Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank. but engine cooling fan. 6.4. the coolant levelinside the radiator filler neck may be lower. Watch outfor the 5. add more of the properDEX-COOL@coolant mixture through the filler neck until the level reaches the base of the filler neck. 5-19 .If the level is lower.

So you may hear an increasein fan noise. When the clutch is engaged. This is normal and should not be mistaken as the transmission slippingor making extra shifts. Then replace the pressure cap. the fanspins faster to provide more air to cool the engine. reinstall the pressurecap. Engine Fan Noise This vehicle has a clutched engine coolingfan. The fan will slow down when additional cooling isnot required and the clutch disengages. the fan speed increases when the clutch engages. It is merely the cooling system functioning properly. It willgo away as the fan clutch disengages.In most everyday driving conditions. the clutch is not engaged. This improves fuel economy and reduces fan noise. Be sure the arrows on the pressurecap line up like this. Under heavy vehicle loading. filler neck. trailer towing and/or high outside temperatures. 8. At any time during You may also hear this fan noise when you start the this procedure if coolant begins to flow out of the engine. 5-20 .

the next part shows how to use your 3. and then gently brake to can slipoff the jack and roll overyou or other a stopwell out of the traffic lane. Changing a tire can cause an injury.” here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do: If a fronttire fails. transmission to FIRST (1) or REVERSE (R). at the opposite end. It may be lever inPARK (P)or shift a manual very bumpy and noisy. But if you should ever have a “blowout. H rear blowout. 5-21 . the flat tire will create adrag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. it’s much more likely to leak out slowly. warning flashers. Put thewheel blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed. particularly on a curve. 4. If a tire goes flat. In any rear blowout. Set the parking brakefirmly. remove your foot from the 1. acts much like a Find a level place to change your tire. Turn on your hazard out of a tire. Put an automatic transmission shift steering the way you want the vehicle to go. Thrn off the engine. but you canstill steer.That would be the tire on the other sideof the vehicle. Gently brake to a stop-. If a tire goes flat. avoid further tire and wheeldamage especially if you maintain yourtires properly. You and they could be badlyinjured. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. The vehicle Steer to maintain lane position. accelerator pedal.To help skid and mayrequire the same correction you’d use in a prevent thevehicle from moving: skid. jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely. people. Get the vehicle under control by 2.If a Tire Goes Flat Changing a Flat Tire It’s unusualfor a tire to “blow out” while you’re driving.well off the road if possible. If air goes by driving slowly to a level place.

change a tire. depending on whereit is mounted on The following steps will tellyou how to use thejack and your vehicle.In some cases. and Tools Removing the Spare Tire The jacking equipment you’ll needis stored along the I NOTICE: driver’s side inner rear quarter panels. The following instructions explain howto remove the spare tire. Your vehicle is also equipped with work gloves supported by a jack. when restowing. Never remove or restowa tire frondtoa stowage you may have to remove the sparetire in order to reach position under the vehicle while the vehicle is the jack. Always tighten the tire and a plastic ground mat to assist in the changingof a fully against the undersideof the vehicle flat tire. 5-22 .

insert the chisel end of the I NOTICE: . Pull the tire out from under the vehicle. that the carrier arm is fully-latched to the endgate. ~~ wheel wrench. bumper. 5-23 . Turn the wheel wrench to the left to lower the spare tire. tilt the retainer at the end of the cable and pull it through the wheel opening. 10 remove an inside-mounted spare tire. Then remove the sparetire cover. first make sure be pulled out from under the vehicle. Keep turning the wheel wrench until the spare tire can To remove a rear-mounted spare tire. Unhook the tire from the mounting bracket and remove the cover. Remove it and the retainer. reachinto your of the tire’s cover and unscrew the wing nut at the center wheel.do not drive the into the hole in the rear vehicle before the cableis properly stored. Be sure the chisel end of the wheel wrench connects into the hoist shaft. on an angle. If you have an inside-mounted spare tire. To help avoid vehicle damage. To remove the underbody-mounted spare. When the tirehas been completely lowered. the tire must be removed in order to have access to the jack storage.

The locking wheel nut can be removed by snapping the rubber weathercover off the ' face of the lock case. cap removal tool. It is The tools you'll be using includethe jack (A) and wheel not necessary to turn wrench (B). Insert the key and pull the lock case straight off. Put the spare tire near the flat tire. Your vehicle may also have an optional hub the key. 5-24 .

wheel nuts molded into them. nut. Use the socket end Some of the moldedplastic hub capshave imitation the wheel nutcaps. wheel. Remove these wheel nut caps before you take the hub cap. they mustbe removed in order to get to the wheel of the wheel wrenchto remove nuts. The wheel wrench won’t fit these imitation nuts.so don’t try to remove them with Your wheel nut caps may attach your hubcap to the the socket endof the wheel wrench. 5-25 .Position the chisel end of your wheel wrench in the If you have individual wheel nut capsthat cover each notch of the hub cap and pry off the hubcap.

3. 2. Don’t remove them yet. 5-26 . Using the wheel wrench. Rear Frame Hole (2-Door) or Spring Hanger Hole (4-Door) 1. Fit the jack into the appropriate hole nearest the flat tire.Removing theFlat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire A. loosen all the wheel nuts. Front Frame Hole B. Turn the jack handle to the right to raise the jack lift head.

If the vehicle slips off the jack. Getting undera vehicle when it is jacked upis dangerous. r-Raising yourvehicle with the jack improperly 4. Never getunder a vehicle when it issupported only by a jack. To help avoid personalinjury and there is enough room for the spare tireto fit. Raise the vehiclefar enough off the ground so the vehicle fall. be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising 5.you could be badlyinjured or killed. vehicle damage. Raise the vehicleby turning the jack handle to the positioned can damage thevehicle and even make right. l the vehicle. Remove all the wheel nuts and take off the flat tire. 5-27 .

or on the parts to hand until the wheelis which it is fastened. to do this. If you do. 5-28 . When you change a hand. Put the nutson by hand.If a become loose after a time. Never use oil or grease onstuds ornuts. but be sure touse a scraper orwire brush later. can make the wheel nuts held against the hub. to get allthe rust or dirt off. causing a serious accident. you can use a clothor a paper towel as possible. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts. use the wheel wheel. mounting surfaces and I spare wheel. the nuts mightcome loose. Make sure the cone-shaped end is toward the wheel. Place the spare on the wheel mounting surface. 7. In an dealer as soon emergency.if you need to. Your wheelcould fall off.el. Tighten each nut by 1st or dirton the w . 6. The wheel could come nut can’t be turned by off and cause anaccident. remove any rust or dirt from the places wrench and see your where thewheel attaches to thevehicle.

5-29 . . 10. 9. . Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle to the left. Use the wrench to tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown. Lower the jack completely.

5-30 . If you have passenger compartmentof the vehicle could to replace them. I NOTICE: I Improperly tightened wheel nuts canlead to brake pulsation and rotor damage. a tire or other equipment in the Be sure touse the correct wheel nuts. equipment could strikesomeone. In a sudden stop or collision. Stop somewhereas soon asyou can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrenchto 100 Ib-ft (140 N-m). Storing a jack.be sure toget new GM original cause injury. I Storing a Flat or Spare Tire andTools I A CAUTION: Incorrect wheel nuts or Improperly tightened &!. loose equipment wheel nuts. Store all these in the proper place. This could lead to an accident. evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification.To avoid expensive brake repairs. CAUTION: wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose and even come off.

Follow this diagram to store the underbody-mounted 1. Put the chisel end of the wheel wrench. with the valve stem pointed down andto the rear. B. D. F. Put the tire on the ground at therear of the vehicle. Lower G. spare. on an angle. Hoist Arm 5-31 . but pull on the tire to make sure.Retainer 3. 2. A. Pull the retainer through the wheel. Spare or Flat Tire shaft. Spring E. Turn the wheel wrench to the right until the tire is raised against the undersideof the vehicle. Valve Stem (Pointeci Down) through the hole in therear bumper and into the hoist C. Raise H. Wheel Wrench You will hear two “clicks” when thetire is secure.

C7 A. Wheel Nut and Locking Nut Cylinder D. Wheel Carrier E. Follow this diagram for the rear-mounted spare. Hook 5-32 . Spare or Flat Tire C.Follow this diagram for the inside-mounted spare. Nut C. Retainer B. Wheel Carrier B. Spare or Flat Tire A.

Reinstall the locking wheel nut using the wheel wrench. Hub Cap Removal Tool (Some Models) H. Jack J. Wheel Wrench I. Tightenthe nuts on the wheelcarrier to 22 to 32 lb-ft (30 to 40 Nem). Mat E. Then push the lockcase onto the lug nut untilit stops. A. Rubber Band (Some Models) C. /-A The key does not have to be inserted into the lock. wheel wrench and wheel blocksto the proper location in your vehicle’srear area. Jack Storage Cover E WheelBlocks G. Push the lock case to be sure it issecured. Return thejack. Retainer B. only on the spare wheel carrier. JackingInstructions 5-33 . The special lug nut and lock case is not intended to be used on any road wheel. Work Gloves D. Secure the items and replace thejack cover.

it’sbesf the chains too.000 miles (5 000 km). Driving with thetire or carrierunlatched could your vehicle through an automatic car wash with injure pedestrians or damage the vehicle. Of course.Using so you can finish your trip and have your full-sizetire them can damage your vehicle and can damage repaired or replaced where you want. tire and its wheel together. Your spare will last longer and be in good shape in case you needit again. and maybe other parts of your vehicle. Tire chains won’t fit your compact spare. Compact Spare Tire(If Equipped) Although the compactspare tire was fully inflated when Don’t use your compact spare on other vehicles. After installing the compact spare on your vehicle. guide rails. it canlose air after a time.The compact spare can get caught on the rails. Check And don’tmix your compact sparetire or wheel with the inflation pressure regularly. Don’t use tire chains on your to replace your spare with full-size a tire as soon as you compact spare. The compact NOTICE: spare is made to perform well at speeds upto 65 mph (105 W h ) for distances up to 3. you should stop as soon as possible and makesure your spare tire is correctly inflated. your vehicle was new. Keep your spare (420 kPa). 5-34 . can. It should be60 psi other wheels or tires. don’ttake Make sure the tire and carrier aresecure. That can damage the tire and wheel.’ CAUTION: NOTICE: When the compact spare is installed. They won’t fit.

And the transmission or other parts of the vehicle can overheat. That could causean engine compartment fire or other damage. but too fast while shifting your transmission back you must use caution. and you or others could beinjured. theycan explode. For information about usingtire chains on your vehicle. Ice Snow or 1 NOTICE: I What you don’t wantto dowhen your vehicle is stuck is Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your to spin your wheelstoo fast. Don’t spin the wheels above 35 mph (55 km/h) as show] on the speedometer. and forth.If You’re Stuck: In Sand. When you’re stuck. If you let your tires s p ~ n high a t speed. see “Tire Chains” in the Index. spin the wheels as little as possible. you can destroy your transmission. 5-35 . Themethod known as vehicle as well as the tires. If you spin the wheels “rocking” can help you get out when you’restuck. Mud.

If you have a four-wheel drive vehicle. Then shift back and forth between REVERSE (R) and a forward gear(or with a manual transmission. 5-36 . If you do need to be towed out. If that doesn’t get you out after a few tries. you may needto be towed out.shift into 4HI. Or. Release the accelerator pedal while you shift.The recovery hooks are provided at thefront of your vehicle. Your vehicle may be equipped with recovery hooks. spinning the wheels as little as possible. You may need to use themif you’re stuck off-road and need to be pulledto some place where youcan continue driving. That will clear the area around yourfront wheels.Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out Using the Kecovery Hooks First. see “Towing Your Vehicle” inthe Index. you can use your recovery hooks if your vehicle has them. and presslightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear. between FIRST (1) or SECOND (2) and REVERSE (R)). turn your steering wheelleft and right.

Never pull on the hooksat a sideways angle. when used. Your vehicle could be damaged and itwould not be covered by warranty. I NOTICE: Never use the recovery hooks to tow the vehicle. are undera lot of force. 5-37 .The recovery hooks. Always pull thevehicle straight out. The hooks could break off and you or otherscould be injured from the chain or cable snapping back.

fi NOTES 5-38 .

Section 6 Service and Appnara--~2 Care

Here you will find information about the care of your vehicle. This section begins withservice and fuel information,
and then itshows how to check important fluid and lubricant levels. There is also technical information about your
vehicle, and a part devoted to its appearance care.

6-2 Service 6-28 Windshield Washer Fluid
6-3 Fuel 6-29 Brakes
6-5 Fuels in Foreign Countries 6-32 Battery
6-5 Filling Your Tank 6-33 Bulb Replacement
6-7 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 6-38 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
6-8 Checking Things Under the Hood 6-40 Tires
6-10 Engine Oil 6-49 Appearance Care
6- 14 Air Cleaner 6-50 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle
6-15 Automatic Transmission Fluid 6-52 Care of Safety Belts
6-1 9 Manual Transmission Fluid 6-54 Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle
6-20 Hydraulic Clutch 6-57 Appearance Care Materials Chart
6-2 1 Rear Axle 6-58 Vehicle Identification Number (VTN)
6-22 Four-wheel Drive 6-58 Service Parts Identification Label
6-23 Engine Coolant 6-58 Electrical System
6-26 Radiator Pressure Cap 6-64 Replacement Bulbs
6-27 Thermostat 6-64 Capacities and Specifications
6-27 Power Steering Fluid 6-65 Air Conditioning Refrigerants

Service Doing Your Own Service Work
Your dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to If you want to do some of your own service work, you’ll
be happy withit. We hope you’ll go to your dealer for want to use the proper GMService Manual. Ittells you
all your service needs. You’ll get genuine GM parts and much more about howto service your vehicle than this
GM-trained and supportedservice people. manual can. To order the proper service manual,see
“Service and Owner Publications” in the Index.
We hope you’ll want tokeep your GM vehicle allGM.
Genuine GM parts haveone of these marks: Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attemptingto
do your own service work,see “Servicing Your Air
Bag-Equipped Vehicle” in the Index.
You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list
the mileage and the dateof any service work you
Genuine perform. See “Maintenance Record”in the Index.

6-2

/!\ CAUTION: Use regular unleadedgasoline rated at 87 octane or
higher. At a minimum, it should meetspecifications
You can be injured and your vehicle could be ASTM D48 14 inthe United States and CGSB 3.5-M93
damaged if you try to do service work on a in Canada. Improved gasoline specifications have
vehicle without knowing enoughabout it. been developed by the American Automobile
Manufacturers Association (AAMA) for better
Be sure you have sufficient knowledge, vehicle performance and engine protection. Gasolines
experience, the proper replacement parts meeting the AAMAspecification could provide
and tools before youattempt any vehicle improved driveability and emission control system
maintenance task. protection compared to other gasolines.
Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts and
Be sure the posted octane is at least 87. If the octane is
other fasteners. “English” and “metric” less than 87, you may geta heavy knocking noise when
fasteners can be easily confused.If you use you drive. If it’s bad enough, it can damage yourengine.
the wrong fasteners, parts can later break
or fall off. You could be hurt. If you’re using fuel rated at 87 octane or higher and you
hear heavy knocking, your engine needs service. But
don’t worry if you hear a little pinging noise when
Adding Equipmentto the Outside of you’re accelerating or driving up a hill. That’s normal,
and you don’t haveto buy a higher octane fuel to get rid
Your Vehicle of pinging. It’s the heavy, constant knock that means
Things you might add tothe outside of your vehicle can you have a problem.
affect the airflow around it. This may cause wind noise
and affect windshield washer performance. Check with
your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of
your vehicle.

6-3

If your vehicleis certified to meet California Emission To provide cleaner air, all gasolines in the United States
Standards (indicated onthe underhood emission control are now required to containadditives that will help
label), it is designedto operate on fuels that meet prevent deposits from forming in yourengine and fuel
California specifications. If such fuels are not available system, allowing your emission control system to
in states adopting California emissions standards, your function properly.Therefore, you should not haveto
vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting add anythingto the fuel. In addition, gasolines
federal specifications, but emission control system containing oxygenates, such as ethers and ethanol, and
performance may be affected.The malfunction indicator reformulated gasolines may be available in your areato
lamp on your instrument panel may turn on and/or your help clean the air. General Motors recommends that you
vehicle may faila smog-check test. If this occurs, return use these gasolinesif they comply with the
to your authorizedGM dealer for diagnosis to determine specifications described earlier.
the cause of failure. In the event it is determined that the
cause of the condition is the type of fuels used, repairs
may notbe covered by your warranty. NOTICE:
Some gasolines thatare not reformulatedfor low
emissions contain an octane-enhancing additive called Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl(MMT); contains methanol. Don’tuse it. It can corrode
ask yourservice station operator whether or not hisfuel metal parts in your fuel system and also damage
contains MMT. General Motors does not recommend the plastic and rubber parts. That damage wouldn’t
use of such gasolines.If fuels containing MMT are used, be covered under your warranty.
spark plug life may be reduced and your emission
control system performancemay be affected. The
malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel
may turn on.If this occurs, return to your authorized
GM dealer for service.

6-4

Fuels in Foreign Countries Filling Your Tank
If you plan ondriving in another country outside the
United States or Canada, the proper fuel may be hard to
find. Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not
recommended in theprevious text on fuel. Costly repairs
caused by use of improperfuel wouldn’t becovered by
your warranty.
To check on fuel availability, ask anauto club, or
contact a major oil company that does business in the
country where you’llbe driving.
You can also write us at the following address for
advice. Just tell us where you’re going and give your
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
General Motors Overseas Distribution Corporation
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 The fuel cap is behind a hinged door on the driver’s side
of your vehicle.

6-5

To remove thecap, turn it slowly to the left
A CAUTION: (counterclockwise). The cap has a spring in it; if you let
go of the cap too soon, it will spring back to the right.
Gasoline vapor is highly flammable. It burns
violently, and that can causevery bad injuries.
Don’t smoke if you’re near gasoline or refueling I
your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames and smoking
If you get gasoline on yourselfand then
materials away from gasoline.
something ignites it, you could be badly burned.
Gasoline can spray out on you if you open the
fuel fillercap too quickly. This spraycan happen
if your tankis nearly full, andis more likely in
hot weather. Open the fuel filler cap slowly and
wait for any“hiss” noise to stop. Then unscrew
the capall the way.

Be careful notto spill gasoline. Clean gasoline from
painted surfaces as soon as possible.See “Cleaning the
Outside of Your Vehicle” in the Index.

While refueling, hang the
cap by the tether from the
hook on thefiller door.

6-6

When you put the cap back on, turn it tothe right Filling a Portable Fuel Container
(clockwise) until you hear a clicking sound. Make
sure you fully install the cap. The diagnostic system
can determine if the fuel caphas been left off or
improperly installed. This would allow fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere. See “Malfunction
Indicator Lamp” in theIndex. Never filla portable fuel container while it is in
your vehicle. Static electricity discharge from the
container can ignite the gasoline vapor.You can
NOTICE: be badlyburned and your vehicle damaged if this
occurs. To help avoidinjury to you and others:
If you need a new cap, be sure toget the right Dispense gasoline only into approved
type. Yourdealer can get onefor you. If you get containers.
the wrong type,it may not fit properly. This may Do not fill acontainer while it is inside a
cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light vehicle, in a vehicle’s trunk, pickup bed or
and your fuel tank andemissions system may be on any surface other than the ground.
damaged. See “MalfunctionIndicator Lamp” in Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the
the Index. inside of the fill opening beforeoperating
the nozzle. Contact should bemaintained
until the filling is complete.
Don’t smoke while pumping gasoline.

6-7

Checking ThingsUnder the Hood Then go to the front of the vehicle and release the
secondary hood release.

'A
I
CAUTION:
Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and
start a fire. These include liquids like
gasoline,
oil, coolant, brake fluid,windshield washer and
other fluids, and plasticor rubber. You or others
could be burned. Be careful not to dropor spill
things thatwill burn ontoa hot engine.

To open the hood,first pull
the handleinside the vehicle
on the lower driver's side of
the instrument panel. Lift the hood, release the hood prop from its retainer and
You may
put the hood prop into the slot in the hood.
have a lamp that comes on when you lift the hood.

Engine Oil Dipstick H. Transmission Dipstick J. you’ll see these items: A. Fuse Block E. Battery E Power Steering Reservoir 8.When you lift the hood. Air Cleaner D. Engine Oil Fill I. Windshield Washer Fluid 6-9 . Coolant Recovery Tank G. Brake Master Cylinder C.

It will The oil dipstick is a latch when dropped from10 to12 inches (25 to 30 cm) yellow ring. 6-10 . the oil dipstick might not show the actual level. Turn off the engine and give the oila few minutes to drain backinto the oil pan. In order to get an accurate reading. Then just pull the hood down firmly to close.Before closing the hood. theoil must Remove the hood prop from the slot in the hood and be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground. return the prop toits retainer. Then lift the hoodto relieve pressure on the hood prop. It’s a good ideato check your engine oil every time you get fuel.be sure all thefiller caps are on Engine Oil properly. If you don’t. without pressingon the hood.

right kind. Be sure to fill it enough to put the level somewhere in the proper operatingrange. This part explains what kind of oil to use. NOTICE: Don’t add too much oil.your engine could be damaged. see “Capacities and Specifications” in the Index. and check the level. But you must usethe keeping the tip down. Remove it again. then push it back in all the way.Checking EngineOil When to Add Engine Oil Pull out thedipstick and clean it with a paper towel or If the oil is at or below the ADD line. to add at leastone quart of oil. Push the dipstick all the way back in whenyou’re through. If your engine hasso much oil that the’oillevel gets above the cross-hatched area thatshows the proper operating range. 6-11 . then you’ll need cloth. For crankcase capacity.

Frl/) the Starburst symbol on the front of the oil container. be surethe oil put into your engine is American Petroleum Institute SAE 5W-30 certified for gasoline engines. be sure you use oil that has /. i PREFERRED You should also use the proper viscosity oil for your COLD vehicle.What Kind of Engine Oil to Use RECOMMENDED SAE VlSCOSlN GRADE ENGINE OILS Oils recommendedfor your vehicle canbe identified FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING. LOOK HOT FOR THIS WEATHER SYMBOL If you change your ownoil. SAE 1OW-30 If you have your oilchanged for you. This symbol SAL VlSCOSlN GRADE OIL FOR THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE. SELECT THE LOWEST by looking for the “Starburst” symbol. Do not use any oilwhich does not carry this Starburst symbol. as shownin the following chart: WEATHER DO NOT USE SAE 2OW-50 OR ANY OTHER GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED 6-12 . indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute (API). -.

break down sooner. 6-13 .18O C) or above. break down slower.whichever Engine Oil Additives occurs first. However. Your dealer is ready to engine under highway conditions causes engine oil to advise if you think something should be added. Failure to use the 0 You frequently tow a trailer or uSe a carrier on top of recommended oil can result in engine damage not your vehicle. These numbers on anoil If any one of these is true foryou. This is particularly important when outside temperatures are below freezing. 0 Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km). use the long triphighway at extremely lowtemperatures. 0 The vehicle is used for delivery service. use the short tripkity container show its viscosity.If any one of these is true for your If you are in an area where the temperature falls below vehicle. SAE 5W-30 is best for your When to Change EngineOil vehicle.500 miles (12 500 km)or 12 months -. Use only engine oil with the American Petroleum 0 You operate your vehicle in dusty areas or off-road Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines frequently. then you needto change your oil and filter -20°F (-29”C).whichever synthetic oil or an SAE OW-30 oil. GM Goodwrench@oil meets all the requirements for Driving under these conditions causes engine oil to your vehicle. easier cold starting and better protection for your engine If none of them is true. maintenance schedule. Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed Don’t add anything to your oil.As shown in the chart. you can useSAE 1OW-30 if it’s going to be 0”F (. Change the oil and filter every 7. police. Both will provide occurs first. Do not use maintenance schedule: other viscosity oils. such as S A E 20W-50. or thickness. “Starburst” symbol. consider using either an SAE 5W-30 every 3. NOTICE: 0 Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent driving in stop-and-go traffic). covered by your warranty. taxi or other commercial application.000 miles (5 000 km)or 3 months -.

Clean yourskin and nails withsoap and water.a service station or a local recycling center for help. ask your dealer. 6-14 . If you To remove the air cleaner. removethe wing nuts that change your own oil. into Insert a new air filter. then replace the air cleaner cowx. Remove the cover and lift Out the from the filter before disposal. be sure to all free-flowing oil hold the cover on. Don’tever dispose of oil air by putting it in the trash. Instead. (See the manufacturer’s warningsabout the use and disposal of oil products.) Used oil can bea real threat to the environment. make sure it is securely closed when you are finished. If you have a problem properly disposingof your usedoil.-pouring it on the ground. recycle it by taking it to a place thatcollects used oil. sewers. or a good hand cleaner. What to Do with Used Oil Did you know that usedengine oil contains certain elements that may be unhealthyfor your skin and could even cause cancer? Don’tlet used oil stay on your skin for very long. Twist the screwto unlock or lock the door. Washor properly throw away clothing or rags containing used engine oil. or into streams or bodies of water. Tighten the wing nuts to hold the cover in place.Remote Oil Filter(Four-wheel Drive) Air Cleaner The access door for theremote oil filter is in the steering linkage shield assemblylocated under the radiator support. If you openthe door.

If it isn’t there. change the fluidand filter every damaging engine fire. you could beburned. Always See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index. which willdamage it.000 miles (83 000 km). not only cleansthe air. Don’t drive with or more of these conditions: it off.dirt can easily get 50. it stops flameif the engine Change both the fluid and filter every 15. And. 0 When doing frequent trailer towing. police or delivery service. a backfire can cause a conditions. have the air cleaner in place when you’re driving. and be careful working onthe engine with 0 In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature the air cleaner off.and theengine (25 000 km)if the vehicle is mainly driven under one backfires.000 miles backfires. 6-15 . NOTICE: Uses such as found in taxi. into your engine. 0 In hilly or mountainous terrain. Automatic Transmission Fluid When to Check and Change Operating the engine withthe air cleaner off can A good time to check your automatic transmission fluid cause you or others tobe burned. regularly reaches 90°F (32”C) or higher. If you do not use your vehicle under any of these If the air cleaner is off. The air cleaner level is when the engine oil ischanged.

6-16 .especially in hot weather.How to Check Wait at least30 minutes before checkingthe transmission fluid level if you have been driving: Because this operation can be a little difficult. If you do it yourself. the fluid should be at NOTICE: normal operating temperature. Service Department. here. transmission. whichis 180°F to 200°F (82”C to 93 “ C ) . or you could geta false reading on the dipstick. be sureto follow all the instructions In heavy traffic -. At high speed for quite a while. 0 While pulling a trailer. To get the right reading. starting sure to get an accurate reading if you check your transmission fluid. Be parts or exhaust system parts.See “Checking Transmission Fluid ~ Too much or too little fluid can damageyour Hot” in the Index. you may choose to have this done at your GM dealership When outside temperatures are above 90°F (32°C). Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine a fire.

for eight hours or more withthe engine off and is used Let the engine run at idle for three minutes or more. without shuttingoff the engine. moves and thenremains steady for 10 minutes. This will give you a more accurate rag or paper towel. Let the engine run at idle for five minutes if outside temperatures are 50°F (10°C) or Then. If it's colder than 50°F (lO"C). pausing for about Checking Transmission Fluid Cold three seconds in eachrange. 6-17 . drive the 0 With the parking brake applied. follow these steps: more. (10°C). reading of the fluid level. Flip the handle up and idle the engine longer. only as a reference. position the shift A cold check is made after the vehicle has beensitting lever in PARK (P). Then follow the hot check procedures.Checking Transmission FluidHot Checking the Fluid Hot or Cold Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles 0 Park your vehicle on a level place. Then. you may haveto 1. With your foot on the brake pedal. If it's colder than 50°F ( lO"C). place the shift lever vehicle in THIRD (3) until the enginetemperature gage in PARK (P). you must perform a hot check and wipe it with a clean before adding fluid. Keep the engine (24 km)when outside temperatures are above 50°F running. move the shift lever through each gear range. Should the fluid level be low then pull out the dipstick during a cold check.

) If the fluid levelis low. and read the lower level. wait three seconds and How to Add Fluid then pull it back out again. After adding fluid. add only enough of the proper fluidto bring the level upto the HOT area for a hot check. See “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.2. thenflip the handle down to lock the dipstick in place. Check both sides of the dipstick. Add fluid only after checkingthe transmission fluid while it ishot. 6-18 . thenflip the handle is not covered by your new vehicle warranty. generally less than one pint (0. Don’t oveflll. push the dipstick back in allthe way. Damage caused by fluid other than DEXRON-I11 4. recheckthe fluid level as described under “Howto Check. The fluid level must bein the COLD area for a We recommend you use only fluid labeled cold check or in the HOT area or cross-hatched area DEXRON@-111. down to lock the dipstick in place. It doesn’ttake much fluid. because fluid with that label is for a hot check. Refer to the Maintenance Scheduleto determine what kind of transmission fluid to use.” When the correct fluid level is obtained.5 L). If the fluid level is in the acceptable range. push the dipstick back in all the way. NOT. made especiallyfor your automatic transmission. Push it back in all the way. (A cold checkis used only as a reference.ICE: 3.

6-19 . However. startinga fire. If the fluid level is good. install the plug and be sure it is fully seated.'. 3. transmission fluid.you may choose to have this done at your GM dealership Service Department. or you could get a false reading. add more fluid as described in the next steps. Be 2.. transmission. A good time to have it checked is when the engine oil ischanged. NOTICE: . the fluid inyour manual Then. If you do it yourself. be sure to follow all the instructions here. Too much or too little fluid can damage your . parts or exhaust system parts. the vehicle is parked on a level place and the transmissionis When to Check cool enough for you to rest your fingers on the transmission case.'. Remove the filler plug. follow these steps: transmission doesn't require changing. Check that the lubricant level is up to thebottom of sure to get an accurate reading if you check your the fillerplug hole. Too much can mean that some of the fluid couldcome out and fall on hot engine 1. If the fluid level is low.Manual Transmission Fluid Check the fluid level only when your engine is off. How to Check Because this operation can be a little difficult.

1. Install the filler plug. Services” and “RecommendedFluids and Lubricants” in the Index. Remove the filler plug. 6-20 . Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kindof fluid to use. See “Owner Checks and and repaired. Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule.See the instructions on the reservoir cap. Add only enough fluid to bring thefluid level up to the bottomof the filler plug hole. Add fluid at the filler plug hole. 2. Hydraulic Clutch The hydraulic clutch system in your vehicleis self-adjusting. to determine how often you should check fluid won’t correct a leak. See “Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants” in the Index. How to Check The proper fluid should be added if the level does not reach the bottom of the diaphragm when it’s in place in the reservoir. A slight amountof play (1/4 inch to 1/2 inch or 6 rnm to 12 mm) in the pedal is normal. Be sure the plug is fully seated. Havethe system inspected and for the proper fluid. A fluid loss in this system the fluid level in your clutch master cylinder reservoir could indicate a problem. Adding and Services.How to Add Fluid When to Check and What to Use Here’s howto add fluid. 3. Owner Checks It isn’t a good idea to “topoff” your clutchfluid.

What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use. you’ll need to add some lubricant.Rear Axle How to Check Lubricant When to Check and Change Lubricant Refer to theMaintenance Schedule to determine how often to check the lubricant and when to change it. If the level is belowthe bottom of the filler plug hole. Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole. 6-21 . See “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index. See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.

Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole. What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricantto use. they have two additional systems that needlubrication. 6-22 . you’ll need to add somelubricant.Four-wheel Drive How to Check Lubricant Most lubricant checks in this section also apply to four-wheel-drive vehicles. If the levelis below the bottom of thefiller plug hole. See “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index. Transfer Case When to Check Lubricant Refer to theMaintenance Schedule to determine how often to check the lubricant. See “Periodic Maintenance Inspections” in the Index. However.

See (warm). add enoughlubricant to raise the level to the “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in theIndex. If the level is below the bottom of thefiller plug hole. This coolant is designed to remain in your vehiclefor 5 years or 150. Engine Coolant The cooling s stem in your vehicle is filled with DEX-COOL B engine coolant. The following explains your cooling system and how If you have a problem to add coolant when it is low. 6-23 .Front Axle When the differentialis cold. bottom of the filler plug hole. you may needto add some lubricant. How to Check Lubricant What to Use Refer to the Maintenance Scheduleto determine what kind of lubricant to use. See “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index. ifyou add only DEX-COOL’ extended life coolant. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine how When the differentialis at operating temperature often to check the lubricant and when to change it.see “Engine Overheating” in the Index.000miles (240 000 km) whichever occurs first. add enoughlubricant to raise the level to 1/2 inch (12 mm) below the filler When to Check and Change Lubricant plug hole. with engine overheating.

Protect against rust and corrosion.or some other liquid likealcohol. catch fire andyou or otherscould be burned.000 miles (50 000 km) or 24 months. A CAUTION: Adding only plain water to yourcooling system NOTICE: can be dangerous. 0 Let the warning lights and gages work as they should. the get the overheatwarning. 6-24 . Use a 50/50 mixture of clean water and whichever occurs first. distilled) and one-half DEX-COOL@ coolant which won’t damage aluminum parts. it is important thatyou use coolant mixturewill. can boil before the proper When addingcoolant. premature engine. use of coolant other than DEX-COOL@ is not covered by your new vehicle warranty. Your engine could engine coolantwill require change sooner at -.If you use this mixture. With plain wateror thewrong mixture. you don’t need to add anythingelse. Use a mixture of one-half clean water (preferably Give boiling protection upto 265 “F ( 129°C). Your vehicle’s coolant only DEX-COOL@(silicate-free) coolant.A 50/50 mixture of water and DEX-COOL@ coolant will: What to Use Give freezing protection down to -34°F (-37°C). In addition. Help keep the proper engine temperature. Plain water. system. Damage caused by the DEX-COOL@coolant. heater core or your engine couldget too hot butyou wouldn’t radiator corrosionmay result. warning system is set for the proper coolant If coolant other thanDEX-COOL is added to the mixture. 30.

or a littlehigher. add the proper DEX-COOL@ coolant mixture at the coolant recovery tank.you don’t have to ADD. I NOTICE: When your engine is cold. 6-25 . Checking Coolant NOTICE: If you use an improper coolant mixture. your engine could overheat and be badly damaged. or a little higher. heater core and other parts. the coolant level should be at If you use the proper coolant. have your dealer check your cooling system. If you haveto add coolant more than four times a year. radiator. These canbe harmful. The repaircost wouldn’t be coveredby your warranty. Adding Coolant If you need morecoolant. When your engine is warm. the add extra inhibitors or additiveswhich claim to level should be up to FULL HOT. Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine. improve thesystem.

Coolant contains ethylene glycol. Don’t spill coolant ona hot engine. 1 Radiator Pressure Cap lhrning the radiator pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquidsto blow out and burnyou badly. prevent coolantloss and possible enginedamage from overheating. Add coolant mixture atthe recovery tank. v: - You can be burnedif you spill coolanton hot I NOTICE: engine parts.Be sure the arrowson the cap line upwith the overflow tube on the radiator filler neck. -- Never turn the radiator pressure cap even a -- little when the engine and radiator arehot. you will almost never have to add coolant at the radiator. 6-26 . Your radiator capis a 15 psi (105 kPa) and itwill burn if the engine parts are hot pressure-type cap and must be tightly installed to enough. With the coolantrecovery tank. but be careful not to spill it.

The level should be betweenthe ADD and FULL marks. If necessary. 6-27 . Power Steering Fluid How To Check Power Steering Fluid When the engine compartment is cool. A fluid loss in this system reaches a preset temperature. wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean. Always use the proper fluid. What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use. see “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index. then unscrew the capand wipe the dipstick with a clean rag. Replace the cap and completely tighten it. could indicate a problem. add only enoughfluid to bring the level up 1 to the proper range. The thermostat stops the fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or flow of coolant through the radiator until the coolant you hear an unusualnoise. Have the system inspected and repaired. Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses andseals.Thermostat When to Check Power Steering Fluid Engine coolant temperature is controlled by a thermostat It isnot necessary to regularly check power steering in theengine coolant system. Then remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick.

Also. use afluid that has sufficient protection against freezing. be sureto read the manufacturer’s instructions before use. 0 Don’t mix water with ready-to-use washer fluid.Windshield Washer Fluid Open the cap labeled WASHER FLUID ONLY with the washer symbol on it. follow the manufacturer’s instructions for Adding Washer Fluid adding water. It can damage your washer system and paint. which could damage the tank if it is completely full.If you will be NOTICE: operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing. water doesn’t cleanas well as washer fluid. This allows for expansionif freezing occurs. 0 When using concentrated washer fluid. Add washer fluid until the What toUse tank is full. 0 Don’t use engine coolant (antifreeze) in your windshield washer. 0 Fill your washer fluidtank only three-quarters full when it’s very cold. When you need windshield washerfluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze and damageyour washer fluid tank and other partsof the washer system. 6-28 .

the fluid check your brakefluid.Brakes leaking out of the brake system. 6-29 . You or others could be burned.Fluid sooner or later your brakes won’t work well. The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptablelevel during normal Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to brake lining wear. then you’ll have too much fluid when you get new brake linings. as necessary. The fluid will burn is hot enough. isItfilled and your vehicle could be damaged. If you add fluid when your linings are worn. fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system.it can spill if the engine on the engine. See “Periodic Maintenance level goes back up. You should add (or remove) brakefluid. So. only when work ~ is doneonthebrakehydraulicsystem. or won’t work at all. Adding brake fluid won’t correct a leak. If it is.The other reason is thatfluid is Inspections” in the Index. If you havetoo much brake fluid. Your brake master cylinder reservoir is here. Add brake with DOT-3 brake fluid. you should have your brake systemfixed. When newlinings are put in. There are only two reasons why the brakefluid level in the reservoir might go down. since a leak means that Brake . it isn’t a good ideato “top off’ your brake fluid.

This will help keep dirt from entering the reservoir. The fluid level system. 12377967). 6-30 . use only DOT-3 fluid without taking off brake fluid -. Always clean the brakefluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it. or they should be above MIN. your brakes may not work well. If it isn’t. have your brake system may not even work at all. This could cause a checked to see if there is a leak. No. make sure thelevel is above theMIN but not over the MAX mark or the top of the window on the side of the reservoir. A CAUTION: With the wrong kindof fluid in your brake Just look at the brakefluid reservoir. Always use the proper brake fluid.such as Delco Supreme 1l @(GM Part the cap. crash. After work is done on the brake hydraulic system. Use new brakefluid from a sealed container only.Checking Brake Fluid What to Add You can check the brake When you do need brake fluid.

That could lead to immediately. 6-31 . warning sound. replaced.The sound drops of mineral-based oil. Using the wrong fluid can badly damage Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that brake system parts. Brake Wear NOTICE: Your vehicle has four-wheel disc brakes. the paint finish can be damaged. just afew make a high-pitched warning sound whenthe brake pads are worn and new pads are needed. Whenyou hear the brake wear the Index. in your brake system can damage brake is moving (except when youare pushing on the brake system parts so badly thatthey’ll have to be pedal firmly). If you spill brake fluid on yourvehicle’s painted surfaces. See “Appearance Care” in an accident. I NOTICE: Continuing to drivewith worn-out brake pads could result incostly brake repair. If you do. such asengine may come andgo or be heard all the time your vehicle oil. Forexample. Don’t let someone put in the wrong kindof fluid. Be careful not tospill brake fluid The brake wear warning sound means that soon on yourvehicle. wash it off your brakeswon’t work well. have yourvehicle serviced.

for example.be sure Brake linings shouldalways be replaced as complete you get new approved GM replacement parts. we recommend an ACDelco adjust for wear.or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel. your brakes may no longer work properly. 6-32 . your brakes. Properly torqued wheel nutsare necessary to help Your vehicle was designed and tested with top-quality prevent brake pulsation. Battery Every new vehicle has an ACDelcoFreedom@battery. Freedom battery. don’t. normal height.” rear brakes can change-. inspect GM brake parts. The braking performance you’ve cometo expect can change in many Brake Pedal Travel other ways if someone putsin the wrong replacement See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to brake parts.Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake Replacing Brake System Parts squeal when the brakes are firstapplied or lightly applied. if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong See “Brake System Inspection” in Section 7 of this for your vehicle. yourdisc brakes time for a new battery. Brake Adjustment You never have to add water toone of these. When you replace partsof your braking brake padsfor wear and evenlytorque wheel nuts in the system -.If you axle sets. For example. Get onethat has the replacement number shownon the original battery’s label. When it’s Every time you makea brake stop. when your brake linings wear proper sequence to GM specifications. This could be a sign of brake trouble.for the worse. down and you haveto have new ones put in-. Its many parts haveto be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking. Whentires are rotated. This does not mean something is wrong with The braking system on a modem vehicle is complex. the balance between your front and manual under Part C “Periodic Maintenance Inspections.

This will help keep your batteryfrom Bulbs” in the Index. See “Replacement the battery.: I for tips on working around a battery without Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and hu rt. see “Theft-Deterrent Feature” in the Index.Vehicle Storage Bulb Replacement If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days Before you replace any bulbs. You can be badly hurt if you aren’t careful. contact your GM dealer’s service department. 6-33 . remove the black. For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section. CAUTION: Halogen Bulbs Battel s have acid that can burn you 2 B gas that canexplode. besure that all the lamps or more. HISO. Contact your dealer to learn how to prepare your vehicle for longer storage periods. negative (-) cable from are off and theengine isn’t running. You or others could beinjured. See “Jump Starting” in the Index 1 A CAUTIOI. Be sure to read and follow the instructionson the bulbpackage.for your audio system. running down. can burstif you drop or scratch thebulb.

6-34 . Plug in the electrical connector.One-Piece Composite HeadlampSystem 1. Remove the black retainer clips by lifting up. 3. Unplug the electrical connector. Put the headlamp lens assembly back into the 4. Put the new bulb assembly into the headlamp assembly and turn it to the right until itis tight. vehicle. Open the hood. 6. 5. 8. 7 . Pull the headlamp assembly out. Turn the bulb assembly to the left to remove it. 2. Install the two retaining clips.

3 . Unplug the electrical connector. Remove the black retainer clips by lifting up. 7.Two-Piece Composite Headlamp System 1. Put the new bulb assembly into the headlamp assembly and turn it to the right until it is tight. 6-35 . Put the headlamp lens assembly back into the 4. Install the tworetaining clips. Turn the bulb assembly to the left to remove it. Plug in the electrical connector. vehicle. 8. Pull the headlamp lens assembly out. 6. Open the hood. 5 . 2.

Put the headlamp assembly back into the vehicle. Remove the headlamp assembly as shown under “One-Piece Composite Headlamp System” earlier in 4. assembly. 6-36 . Pull the bulb straight out to removeit from the socket. Twist the bulb it tothe right until it is tight. socket to remove it from the 6. headlamp Install the two retaining clips. Put the bulb socket into thelamp assembly and twist 2.One-Piece FrontWrn Signal Lamp Assembly 3. 1. Push the new bulb into the socket until it snaps this section. into place. 5.

6. Push the new bulb into the socket until it snaps into place. snap the outboard end of the lamp assembly backinto the vehicle. The assembly will swing out. 5 . Thenswing the assembly in and snap it into place. Put the new bulbinto the headlamp lens assembly and turn itto the right until it is tight. Locate the locking tabs on the assembly. Squeeze the tabs together and push that end of the assembly out while holding the tabs. 6-37 . Unplug the electrical connector. 4. To replace the assembly.Ttvo-Piece Front Tbrn Signal Lamp Assembly 1. 7. Turn the harness bulb socket to the left to removeit. 2. 3. Remove the headlamp assembly as shown under “Two-Piece Composite Headlamp System” earlier in this section.

4. Pull the assembly away from the vehicle. Turn the socket to the left to remove it. Open the endgate. Holding the base of the bulb. 6-38 . until it locks into a vertical position. Put the socket into the lamp assembly and turn the socket tothe right until it locks into place. 9. To remove the old wiperblades. r. 5. 8. Close the endgate. Push the new bulb straight into the socket until it clicks. pull the bulb straight out of the socket. Remove the two screws from the lamp assembly. 2. Accidental bumping can cause the arm to fall back and strike the windshield. Install the lamp assembly and screws.. 6.OTICE: I Use care when removingor installing a blade assembly. Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement See “Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts” in the Index for the proper typeof replacement blade. Push the tab 1. 3.Taillamps 7. I . lift the wiper arm in while you turn the socketto the left.

6-39 . slide the insert (D). A A. 3. notched end last. Blade Pivot 0 B. 2.The insert has two notches at one end that are locked by the bottom claws of the blade assembly. Locking Tab E ArmHook 4. Remove the insert from the blade assembly. Slide the insert all the way throughthe blade the wiper arm hook. Arm Assembly E. Hook Slot I C. Blade Assembly D. Press down on the blade assembly pivot locking tab. To install the new wiper insert. pull theinsert from the blade assembly. At the notched end. The plastic caps (C) will be forced off as the insertis fully inserted. claws at the opposite end(B). into the end with two blade claws Pull down on the blade assemblyto release it from (A).

the hook slot.5. Correct Installation C. The backglass wiperblade will not lock in a vertical position like the windshield wiper blade. If you ever have questions about yourtire warranty and whereto obtain service. Carefully lower the wiperarm and blade assembly onto the windshield. Backglass Wiper Blade Replacement See “Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement” in this section for instructions on how to change the backglass wiper blade. so care shouldbe used when pullingit away from the vehicle. Put the blade assembly pivot inthe wiper arm claws. A. Incorrect Installation 6-40 . Be sure that the notches are locked by the bottom 6. Pullup until the pivot lockingtab locks in locked on both sides of the insert slots. 7. Claw in Notch B. Make sure thatall other claws are properly hook. B w C lour new vehicle comes with high-quality tires madeby a leading tire manufacturer.see your GM Warranty bookletfor details.

0 Underinflated tires pose the same danger as Don’t let anyonetell you that underinflation or overloaded tires. See NOTICE: “Loading Your Vehicle” in the Index. are dangerous. If your NOTICE: (Continued) tread is badly worn. or if your tires have been damaged. you can frequently to maintain the recommended get the following: pressure. “Cold” means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile (1. Bad fuel economy. Bad handling Keep tires at the recommended pressure. It’s could cause serious injury. Tire pressure should be checked 0 Too much flexing when your tires arecold. 0 Worn. Inflation -. The resulting accident not.6 km). old tires can cause accidents. If your tires overinflation is all right.Tire Pressure The CertificatiodTirelabel. 6-41 . which is on the driver’s I door edge. above the doorlatch.Check all tires don’t have enoughair (underinflation). shows the correct Poorly maintained and improperly used tires inflation pressures for your tires when they’re cold. punctured or broken by a sudden Bad wear -- impact such as when you hit a pothole. 0 Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too much friction. replacethem. 0 Too much heat 0 Overinflated tires are morelikely to be Tireoverloading cut. You could have an airout anda serious accident.

See “When It’s Time for New Tires” Badhandling and “Wheel Replacement” later in this section for Roughride more information. The purposeof regular rotation isto achieve more uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle.See “Scheduled Maintenance Services’’in the Index for scheduled Check yourtires once a month or more.000 miles If your tires have too much air (overinflation). Needless damage from road hazards. the tire pressure of the spare tire. Be sure to put the valve caps back the on valve stems. rotate your tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment. They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture. If you have a compact spare tire. (10 000 to 13 000 km). check rotation intervals. itshould be at 60 psi (420 Wa). 6-42 . Also. Tire Inspection and Rotation I NOTICE: (Continued) I Tires should be rotated every 6.000 to 8. Also check for damaged Unusualwear tires or wheels. Any time you notice you can get the following: unusual wear. The first When to Check rotation is the most important. Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they’re underinflated. You can’t tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them. How to Check Use a good quality pocket-type gageto check tire pressure.

always use one of the correct rotation patterns shown here. Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened. but be sure touse a scraper or wire brush later.) When rotating yourtires. don’t include it in your tire rotation. you can i use a cloth or a papertowel to do this. If your vehicle has a compact spare tire. In anemergency. a or on the parts to which it is fastened.if you or dirt off. 6-43 . can makewheel nuts become loose after atime. (See need to. After the tires have been rotated. See “Wheel Nut Torque” in the Index. Whenyou change a wheel. to get all the rust “Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. UTION: 1Q Rust or dirt on wheel. A C. adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on theCertificatiomire label. remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to thevehicle.

handling. (for mud and snow). bulge or split. The tires installed on your vehicle when itwas new had a Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec) number on each tire’s sidewall. cut or other damage that time for new tires is to can’t be repaired well becauseof the size or location check the treadwear of the damage. You need a new tire if any of the following statements traction. the Certificatioflire label. TPC Spec number. 6-44 . indicators. load range. 0 You can see cord or fabric showing through the If you ever replace yourtires with those not havinga tire’s rubber. cut or snagged deep bias-belted or radial) as youroriginal tires. speed rating and construction type(bias. That way your vehicle will continueto have tires that are designed to give properendurance. speed rating. If your tires havean all-season tread You can see the indicators at three or more places design. which will appear when yourtires have Buying New Tires only 1/16 inch (1. the TPC number willbe followed by an “MS” around the tire.When It’s Timefor New Tires The tire has a bump. One way to tell when it’s The tire has a puncture. ride and other things during normalservice on are true: your vehicle. When you get new tires. makesure they are the samesize. The tread or sidewall is cracked. enough to show cord or fabric. look at less of tread remaining. get ones with that same TPC Spec number.6 mm) or To find out what kind and size of tires you need.

Use only radial-ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle. passenger car tires. Be sure touse the same tires. causinga crash. 6-45 . cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades. (radial and bias-belted tires). The Uniform Tire Quality Grading Using tires of different sizes may also cause system does not applyto deep tread. traction and temperature performance. nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm).) The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most handle properly. A CAUTION: If you use bias-ply tires on yourvehicle. tires with size and type tires on all wheels. It’s all right to drive with your compact spare or to some limited-production tires. the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving. space-saver or temporary use spare tires. If you mix tires of different sizes or types treadwear. It was developed for use on While the tires available on General Motors passenger your vehicle. Uniform Tire Quality Grading The following information relatesto the system developed by the UnitedStates National Highway Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while Traffic Safety Administration. A tire and/orwheel could fail suddenly. winter-type snow damage to your vehicle. the vehicle may not (This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States. which gradestires by driving. they mustalso conform to Federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria (TPC) standards. and you could have a crash. (if you have one).

A.Treadwear Temperature -. underinflation. and they represent the tire’s ability stop to on Warning: The temperature grade forthis tire is wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions established for a tire thatis properly inflated and not on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and overloaded. Excessive speed. Grades B and A represent higher levelsof Traction -. performance. under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. the wear rate of thetire when tested under controlled representing the tire’s resistance to the generationof conditions on a specified governmenttest course. are A.A. 6-46 . and excessive temperature can leadto sudden tire however. either separately or in combination. can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure. and C. A tire marked C may have poor traction excessive loading. heat and its abilityto dissipate heat when tested under For example. The relative performance of tires material of the tireto degenerate and reduce tire life. and C . B. B. depends upon the actual conditions of their use.or concrete. C The treadwear grade isa comparative rating basedon The temperature grades are A (the highest).B.service practices performance which all passengercar tires must meet and differences in road characteristics and climate. minimum requiredby law. Sustained high temperature can cause the as a tire graded100. 109. a tire graded150 would wear one and a controlled conditions on specified a indoor laboratory half (1 1/2) times as wellon the government course test wheel. and may depart significantly from the norm failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of due to variations in driving habits. Warning: The traction grade assignedto this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turning) traction. C performance on the laboratory test wheel than the The traction grades. B. from highestto lowest.

If you need to replace any of your wheels. make your tires lose wheels. If wheel nuts keep coming loose. the your GM model. your wheels may needto be rebalanced. If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road. 6-47 . diameter. wheel bolts or wheel nuts. wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement. which can sometimesbe repaired).if you notice unusual tire wear have the right wheel.Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity. You could havea dealer if any of these conditionsexist. This way. width. wheel bolts and wheel nutsfor or your vehicle pullingone way or the other. alignment may needto be reset. replace them only with newGM Scheduled wheel alignment and wheel balancing are original equipment parts. offset and be mounted the The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced same way as the one it replaces. cracked. or badly rusted Using the wrong replacement wheels. See your air and make you lose control. If the dangerous. carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance. However. collision in which you or others could be injured of wheel you need. bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be wheel bolts and wheel nuts shouldbe replaced. wheel or corroded. Your dealer will know the kind Always use the correct wheel. you willbe sure to not needed. replace it (except some aluminum handling of your vehicle. Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent.the wheel. It could affect the braking and wheel leaks air.

drive slowly. Use another typeof traction device only if its See “Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index for manufacturer recommendsit for use on your more information. and don’t spin yourwheels.It could fail suddenly and cause anaccident. Follow that manufacturer’s instructions. chain clearance to the body and chassis. Putting aused wheel on your vehicle is NOTICE: (Continued) dangerous. vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire 31xlOSOR15LT/C size tires. They can damage your vehicle because there’s not enough clearance. To help avoid damage to your vehicle. use anew GM original equipmentwheel. Tire Chains NOTICE: The wrongwheel can also cause problems with NOTICE: bearing life. vehicle and tiresize combination and road sed Replacement Wheels conditions. bumper If your vehicle has P235/75R15. You can’t knowhow it’s been usedor how far it’s been driven. don’t use tire chains. P235/70R15 or height. readjust orremove the device if it’s contacting yourvehicle. 6-48 . brake cooling. speedometer or odometer calibration. headlamp aim. If you have to replace a wheel.

and they can alldamage your vehicle.Some If you do find tractiondevices that will fit. be sure to follow the manufacturer’s warnings SAE Class“S” type chains that are the proper and instructions. 6-49 . Others can burst intoflame if you strike a them on the rear tires. Paint Thinner 0 Turpentine Lacquer Thinner NailPolishRemover They can all be hazardous -. Andalways open your doors or size for your tires. If you have other size tires. Drive slowly and Gasoline follow the chain manufacturer’s instructions. Use only vehicle. Driving too fastor Carbon Tetrachloride spinning thewheels with chains onwill damage Acetone your vehicle. slow down until itstops. If Benzene you can hear the chains contacting your vehicle. tires (four-wheel-drive vehicles can use chains on Never use these to clean your vehicle: both axles) and tighten them as tightly possible as with the ends securely fastened. Install them on the drive axle windows when you’re cleaningthe inside.some more than others -. Naphtha stop and retightenthem. use tire chainsonly When you use anything from a container to clean your where legal and only when you must. Some are dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space. too. install are toxic. match or get them on a hot part of the vehicle. If the contact continues. cleaning products can be hazardous.NOTICE: (Continued) Appearance Care Remember.

Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose dirt. Laundry Soap If a ring forms after spotcleaning. GM-approved cleaning products from your dealer. You can get saturate the material and don’t rubit roughly. Don’t normal spots and stains very well. clean the entire Bleach area immediately orit will set. Your dealer has two cleaners. and change to a clean area 0 Alcohol often. (See “Appearance Care and Materials” in the Index.Don’t use anyof these unless this manual says you can. damp cloth. surrounding trim along stitchor welt lines. 6-50 .plastic and painted surfaces 2. leather.before they set. 7. Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt. In many uses. 0 Always read the instructions on the cleaner label. damp towel or cloth. Mask with a clean. Multi-Purpose Interior 3. Wipe vinyl. these will damage your vehicle: 0 Use a clean cloth or sponge.) 5. Here are some cleaningtips: 6. Wipe cleaned areawith a clean. use a sponge to remove thesuds. Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge. 0 Carefully scrape off any excess stain. Always clean a whole trim panel or section. 0 ReducingAgents Using Multi-Purpose Interior Cleaner on Fabric Cleaning the Insideof Your Vehicle 1. Clean up stains as soon as you can -. As soon as you’ve cleaned the section. Mix powdered cleaner following the directions on Cleaner and Capture Non-SolventDry Spot and Soil the container label to form thicksuds. Remover for cleaning fabric and carpet. A soft brush may be used if stains are stubborn. They will clean 4. Wipe with a clean cloth and let dry.

3. 1 . clean with cool water and allow to dry completely. follow the multi-purpose interior cleaner instructions described earlier. Stains caused by candy. fruit. protection. 1-800-642-6167). Carefully scrape off excess stain. ice cream. follow instructions for Multi-Purpose Interior Cleaner. fruit juice. You 4. mayonnaise. 2. Your vehicle has upholstery and carpet that has been egg. Even with this soiled area with cool water. It protects fabrics by repelling oil and water.i c Protection Stains caused by such things as catsup. Rub with a clean. of lukewarm water. vomit. If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine. soft drinks. then sponge the which are the carriers of most stains. asphalt and shoe polish will stain sauce and unknown stains can be removed asfollows: if you don’t get them off quickly. If a stain remains. a 3M TM blood can be removed asfollows: product. First. milk. may have todo it more than once. treat the area with a waterhakingsoda solution: Cleaning Vinyl 1 teaspoon (5 ml) of baking soda to 1 cup (250 ml) Use warm water anda clean cloth. Carefully scrape off excess stain.Special Fabric Cleaning Problems 1 . and a vinyvleather cleaner. Usea clean cloth 1. Further information on cleaningis available by calling 1-800-433-3296 (in Minnesota. you still need to clean your upholstery and carpet often to keep it looking new. 3. If a stain remains. See your dealer for this product. coffee (black). 2. damp cloth to remove dirt. Let dry. chili Things like tar. urine and treated with Scotchgard Fabric Protector. 6-51 .

varnishes. it can harm the leather. See your Care of SafetyBelts dealer for this product. furniture polishor shoe polish on leather. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. 0 For stubborn stains. and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions.Do not use heatto dry. Then. Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces Clean safety belts only with mild soap and of the instrument panel. If dirt is allowed to work into the finish. use a leather cleaner. Soiled or stained leather should be cleaned immediately.Cleaning Leather Cleaning Interior Plastic Components Use a soft cloth with lukewarm water and a mild soap Use onlya mild soap and water solutionon a soft or saddle soap and wipe dry with a soft cloth. let cloth or sponge. Sprays containing silicones or waxes may cause annoying reflectionsin the windshield lukewarm water. Keep belts clean and dry. Ina crash. If you do. they might not be able to provide adequate protection. 6-52 . solvent-based or abrasive cleaners. Commercial cleanersmay affect the the leather dry naturally. surface finish. Never use oils. it Cleaning theTop of the Instrument Panel may severely weaken them.

Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades Don’t use abrasive cleaners on glass.) or windshield. as Any temporary license should not beattached across replace blades that look worn. or if the wiper blade chatters when running. because they may and affect their performance. Check the wiper blades and clean them necessary. 6-53 . seal better. 1050011. Avoid placing decals on the inside rear vigorously with a cloth soaked in full-strength windshield window. BonAmi’ Powder (non-scratching Glass should be cleaned often. 1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse will remove normal.Cleaning Glass Surfaces Clean the outside of the windshield with GM Windshield Cleaner. washer solvent. damp weather washer. an electric defogger element may be damaged. Clean the blade by wiping cause scratches. sap or other material may be onthe blade “Recommended Fluids andLubricants” in the Index.Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last Backglass and Wiper Blades longer. the defogger grid. Weatherstrips Cleaning the Outside of the Windshield. (See wax. If abrasive cleaners are used on theinside of the rear window. GM Glass Cleaner (GM glass cleaning powder). The Part No. and notstick or squeak. Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth at least every If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield six months. GM Part No. more frequent application may be required. During very cold. Then rinse the blade with water. interior glass. tobacco smoke and dust films on it with water. since they may have to bescraped off later.

Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle “Washing Your Vehicle. Dry the finish with a soft. All cleaning Always use waxes and polishes that are non-abrasive and agents should be flushed promptly and not allowedto made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish. hand may be necessaryto remove residue from the paint Don’t wash your vehicle in the direct rays of the sun. or they could stain. gloss retention and durability.Cleaning the Outsideof Your Vehicle Cleaning ExteriorLampsLenses The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty. finish. or that contain acid or abrasives. in the Index. (See “AppearanceCare and Materials” in the Your vehicle has a “basecoat/clearcoat” paintfinish. clean chamois or an all-cotton towelto avoid surface scratches and water spotting.) Don’t use cleaning agents that are petroleum clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat based. a soft cloth and a liquid of color. depth Use lukewarm or cold water. a basecoatklearcoat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks. dish or car washing (mild detergent) exterior lamps and lenses. dishor car washing (mild detergent)soaps. 6-54 . NOTICE: High pressure car washes may cause water to enter Machine compoundingor aggressive polishing on your vehicle. soap to clean hand. Use from your dealer. (See “AppearanceCare and Materials” liquid hand. You can get GM-approved cleaning products Don’t use strong soaps or chemical detergents.” The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finishis to Finish Care keep it clean by washingit often with lukewarmor Occasional waxing or mild polishingof your vehicle by cold water. The Index.) You can get GM-approved cleaning products from your dealer. dry on the surface.

Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other Don’t take your vehicle throughan automatic car wash
salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird that has silicon carbide tire cleaning brushes. These
droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., brushes can also damage the surface of these wheels.
can damage your vehicle’s finish if they remain on
painted surfaces. Wash the vehicleas soon as possible. Cleaning Tires
If necessary, usenon-abrasive cleaners that are marked To clean your tires, use a stiff brush witha tire cleaner.
safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.
Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging, weather
and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period NOTICE:
of years. You can help to keep the paint finish looking
new by keeping your vehiclegaraged or covered When applying a tire dressing always take care
whenever possible. to wipeoff any oversprayor splash from all
painted surfaceson the body or wheelsof the
Cleaning Aluminum Wheels vehicle. Petroleum-based products may damage
(If Equipped) the paint finish.
Keep your wheelsclean using a soft cleancloth with
mild soap and water. Rinse with clean water. After Sheet Metal Damage
rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft clean towel. A
wax may then be applied. If your vehicleis damaged andrequires sheet metal
repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop
The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted
applies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired or
surface of your vehicle.Don’t use strong soaps,
replaced to restore corrosion protection.
chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleaners or
abrasive cleaning brushes on thembecause you could
damage the surface.

6-55

Finish Damage Chemical Paint Spotting
Any stone chips, fractures or deep scratches in the finish Some weather and atmospheric conditions cancreate
should be repaired right away. Bare metal will corrode a chemical fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall upon
quickly and may developinto a major repair expense. and attack painted surfaces on your vehicle. This
damage can taketwo forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped
Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-up
discolorations, and small irregular dark spots etched
materials available from your dealer or other service
into the paint surface.
outlets. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected
in your dealer’s body and paint shop. Although no defect inthe paint job causes this,GM
will repair, atno charge to the owner, the surfaces of
Underbody Maintenance new vehicles damaged bythis fallout condition within
Chemicals usedfor ice and snow removal and dust 12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km) of purchase,
control can collect on the underbody. If theseare not whichever occurs first.
removed, accelerated corrosion (rust) can occur on
the underbody parts such as fuel lines, frame, floor
pan and exhaust system even though they have
corrosion protection.
At least every spring, flush these materials
from the
underbody with plain water. Clean any areas where mud
and other debris can collect.Dirt packed in closed areas
of the frame should be loosened before beingflushed.
Your dealer or an underbody car washing system cando
this for you.

6-56

Appearance Care Materials Chart
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION USAGE
Polishing Cloth- Wax Treated Exterior polishing cloth
Tar and Road Oil Remover Removes tar, road oil and asphalt
Chrome Cleaner and Polish Use on chrome, stainless steel, nickel, copper and brass
White Sidewall Tire Cleaner Removes soil and black marks from whitewalls
Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl tops, upholstery and convertible tops
1050427 I 23 oz. (0.680 L) Glass Cleaner Removes dirt, grime, smoke and fingerprints
1052870 I 16 oz. (0.473L) Wash Wax Concentrate Cleans and lightly waxes
1052918** I 8 oz. (0.237 L) Armor All Protectant
TM
Protects leather, wood, acrylics, Plexiglas , plastic,
rubber and vinyl
Cleans carpets, seats, interior trim, door panels
1052925 16 oz. (0.473 L) Multi-Purpose Interior Clean-
er and floor mats
1052929 16 oz. (0.473 L) Spray on and rinse with water Wheel Cleane
1052930 8 oz. (0.237 L) Attracts, absorbs and removes soils Capture D
12345002 16 02. (0.473 L) Armor All Cleaner
TM Cleans and shinesa variety of surface types
1 sq. ft. 1234572 Shines vehicle without scratching Synthetic C
12345725 12 oz. (0.354 L) Silicone Tire Shine Spray on tire shine
12377964 16 oz. (0.473 L) Finish Enhancer Removes dust, fingerprints and surface contaminants
12377966 16 oz. (0.473 L) Cleaner Wax Removes light scratches and oxidation and protects fini
12377984 16 oz. (0.473 L) Surface Cleaner Removes contaminants, blemishes and swirl marks
See your General Motors Parts Department for these products. **Not recommended for use on instrument panel vinyl.
See “Fluids and Lubricants’’ in the Index.

6-57

Vehicle Identification Number(VIN) the model designation,
0 paint information and
0 a list of all productlon options and special
equipment.
Be sure thatthis label is not removed from the vehicle.
Electrical System
Add-on Electrical Equipment
This is the legal identifierfor your vehicle. It appears on
a plate in thefront corner of the instrument panel,on the
driver’s side. You can see it if you look through the
windshield from outside yourvehicle. The VIN also
I NOTICE:
appears on the VehicleCertification and ServiceParts Don’t add anything electricalto your vehicle
labels and the certificatesof title and registration.
unless you check with your dealer first. Some
Engine Identification electrical equipment can damage your vehicle
and the damage wouldn’t be covered by your
The 8th character in your VIN is the enginecode. This
warranty. Some add-on electrical equipment
code will help you identify your engine, specifications
and replacement parts. can keep other components from working as
they should.
Service Parts IdentificationLabel
You’ll find this label on theinside of the glove box. It’s Your vehicle has anair bag system. Before attemptingto
very helpful if you ever need to order parts. On this add anything electricalto your vehicle, see “Servicing
label is: Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle” in the Index.
0 yourVIN,

Headlamps Fuses and Circuit Breakers
The headlamp wiring is protected by aninternal The wiring circuits in your vehicleare protected from
circuit breaker. An electrical overload will cause the short circuits by a combinationof fuses and circuit
lamps to goon and off, or in some cases to remain off. breakers. This greatly reduces the chance of fires
If this happens, have your headlamp wiring checked caused by electrical problems.
right away. Look at the silver-colored bandinside the fuse. If the
Windshield Wipers band is broken or melted, replace the fuse.Be sure you
replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identicalsize
The windshield wiper motor is protected bya circuit and rating.
breaker and afuse. If the motor overheats dueto heavy
snow, etc., the wiper will stop until the motor
cools. If If you ever have a problem on the road and don’t have
the overload is caused by some electrical problem, be a spare fuse, you can borrow one that has the same
sure to get it fixed. amperage. Just pick some feature of your vehicle that
you can get along without-- like the radioor cigarette
Power Windows and Other Power Options lighter -- and use its fuse, if it is the correct amperage.
Replace it as soon as you can.
Circuit breakers protect the power windows and other
power accessories. When the current loadis too heavy,
the circuit breaker opens and closes, protecting the
circuit until the problemis fixed or goes away.

6-59

Instrument Panel Fuse Block

Remove the cover by turning the fastenerto the left.
Extra fuses and the fuse extractorare provided in the
cover. To reinstall the fuse panel cover, push in and turn
the fastenerto the right. Fuse/Circuit
Breaker
Usage
A Not Used
B Not Used
1 Headlamp Switch, Body Control
Module, Headlamp Relay

Fuse/Circuit FuseKircuit
Breaker
Usage Breaker
Usage
2 Cigarette Lighter, Data 13 Auxiliary Power
Link Connector
14 Power Locks Motor
3 Cruise Control Module and Switch,
Body Control Module, Heated Seats 15 4WD Switch, Engine Controls
(VCM, PCM, Transmission)
4 Gages, Body Control Module,
Instrument Panel Cluster 16 Supplemental Inflatable Restraint,
SDM Module
Interior Lights
17 Front Wiper
Not Used
18 Not Used
Power Outside Mirror, Power
Lock Relay 19 Radio Battery

8 Courtesy Lamps, Battery Run-Down 20 Not Used
Protection 21 HVAC (Manual), HVAC I
9 HVAC Control Head (Manual) (Automatic), HVAC Sensors
(Automatic)
10 Turn Signal
22 Anti-Lock Brakes
11 Cluster, Engine Control Module
23 Rear Wiper
12 Parking Lamps, Power Window
Switch, Body Control Module, 24 Radio, Ignition
Ashtray Lamp

6-61

Engine Compartment Fuse Block
J . ,.,:.. I, .

The fuse block is under the hood at thedriver's side of
the engine compartment. Name Usage
Remove the cover by turning the fastener to the left. To TRL TRN Trailer Left Turn
reinstall the fuse panel cover, push in and turn the TRR TRN Trailer RightTurn
fastener to the right. TRL B/U Trailer Back-up Lamps
VEH B/U Vehicle Back-up Lamps
RT TURN Right TurnSignal Front
LT TURN Left Turn Signal Front
LT TRN Left Turn Signal Rear

6-62

PRNDL ENG 1 Engine Sensors/Solenoids. VENT ATC Electronic TransferCase ECM B Engine Control Module. Electric Brake RT HDLP Right Headlamp PARKLP Parking Lamps FR PRK Front Parking Lamps LR PRK Left Rear Parking Lamps INT BAT I/P Fuse Block Feed IGN C Starter Solenoid. RRDFOG Rear Defogger Module.Name Usage Name Usage RT TRN Right Turn SignalRear DRL Daytime Running Lamps RR PRK Right Rear Parking Lamps FOG LP Fog Lamps TRL PRK Trailer Parking Lamps IGN A Starting and Charging IGN 1 LT HDLP Left Headlamp STUD #2 Accessory Feeds.Fuel Pump.4 TBC Truck Body Computer 6-63 . 3. HTDSEAT Heated Seat CAM. PURGE. NSBU Switch B N LP Back-up Lamps HAZLP Hazard Lamps NC Air Conditioning VECHMSL Vehicle Center High-Mount Stop Lamp RAP Retained Accessory Power HTDMIR Heated Mirror 02 Oxygen Sensor STOPLP Stoplamps IGN B Column Feed. Oil Pressure HVAC HVAC System ABS Anti-Lock Brake System TRCHMSL Trailer Center High-MountStop ECM 1 Engine Control ModuleInjectors Lamp HORN Horn RR WIW Rear Window Wiper BTSI Brake-Transmission Shift Interlock CRANK Clutch Switch. IGN2. MAP. Fuel Pump.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195OF (9 1 “C) Spark Plug Gap . . . 1001b-ft (140 N-m) Type .. . . See the CertificatiodTirelabel.. . 190 at 4. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . V6 Tire Pressure . . . .045 inches (0.. .. . .... . . . . ..Composite High Beam 2 9005 HB3 Tail and Stop Lamps 4 3057 Front Sidemarker Lamps 2 194 NA Front Turn Signal Lamps 2 3157 Turn Signal Lamps 2 3157 NA Capacities and Specifications Wheels and Tires Engine Description . .. . . . . .114 cm) 6-64 . . . . . . . . . 1-6-5-4-3-2 Horsepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W See “LoadingYour Vehicle” inthe Index. . .. . . . . . .. .400 rpm Thermostat Specification . . ... . . .. . . . 0.Composite Low Beam 2 9006 HB4 Halogen Headlamps. . . .. VINCode .. . .Replacement Bulbs Lamps Quantity Number Halogen Headlamps. . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . “VORTEC” 4300 Wheel Nut Torque . . . .. Firing Order . .

. . . . . . . . .. . . . .3 L) manual is not the sameas thepart used in your vehicle when it wasbuilt. . . .0 pints (1.. . . . 19 gallons (72 L) Automatic Transmission Filter Kit . . . 4 1-932 A/C Refrigerant . be sure the proper refrigerant is used. . .9 kg) Fuel Filter . . . 6-65 .. A1163C Front . . . . 12551472 Differential Fluid Oil Filter . . . . . . . . If a part listed in this Manual Trans. . . .. .6 pints (1. . . . . . . . . . . .5 quarts (4. . . .9 quarts ( I 1.2 L) PCV Valve .6 cm) Air Conditioning Refrigerants Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same. please Crankcase* .. .. . . . . GF48 1 of R-134a Front Windshield Wiper Blade . . . . . . 1 I .. 2. . . . . . or 2 Ibs.. . .1 L) printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 18 gallons (68 L) Spark Plugs . . . . . . 24200796 Fuel Tank (4-DOOr Models) . . . . or if you have any questions. . 11. . . . . . . . .. If you're not sure. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . 30 oz. . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . the level must be checked. 5. . . . and are subject to change. .7 L) Thermostat .. . .9 L) Air Cleaner Filter . . If the air conditioning system in your vehicle needs refrigerant. . .3 L) contact your GM truck dealer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Transmission (Drain and Refill)" . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . Trico (14 inched35. .. . . . . . . . . .7 quarts (11. . . . CV746C Fuel Tank (2-Door Models) . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trico (20 inched50. . . . . . . . . . 4. ask your dealer.8cm) *After refill. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . (0. . . . . . . . . 4. PF52 Rear .0 quarts (4. . . . Backglass Wiper Blade . . . . . . . . . .Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Capacities (Approximate) Replacement part numbers listed in this section are Cooling System* based on the latest information available at the time of Automatic Trans. .

.0 inches (167.. . 65. . . .. . . . ..0cm) S10506 .5 inches (461. .. . .. . . .. . .3 inches (145. . . .0 cm) T Series ...0 inches (271. . . . . . . . . . . 67. . 66.. ..1 inches (139. .9 inches (170.9 inches (167.9 cm) Height S10516 .. . . . .. . .. .8 cm) SiT10506 . . .. .. . . . .6 cm) *Figures reflect base equipment only.5 cm) S Series .0 inches (139. . . . .4 cm) T10506 .. 55...Vehicle Dimensions* Wheelbase Width . . 66.4 cm) S10516 .3 cm) Front Tread SIT10506 . 55. .. . . .. . .. T10516 . . . . .. . ..2 cm) 6-66 .6 cm) Length T Series .0 inches (170. . . ..2 cm) SiT10516 . . . . . . . 100. . 175..7 inches (138. .. . . .. ... 175. . . . . .4 inches (445. . 57. . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 181. . .8 cm) S Series . . . . 67. . .. . . . ..5 inches (255. 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107. . . . . . . . ...0 inches (444. . .5 cm) Rear Tread T10516 .. . . . . . ..8 inches (1 72. .

7-2 Introduction 7-7 Short Trip/City MaintenanceSchedule 7-4 Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services 7-27 Long Trip/Highway MaintenanceSchedule 7-5 Short Trip/City Definition 7-39 Part B: Owner Checks and Services 7-5 Short Trip/City Intervals 7-43 Part C : Periodic Maintenance Inspections 7-6 Long Tripmighway Definition 7-45 Part D: Recommended Fluids andLubricants 7-6 Long Tripmighway Intervals 7-48 Part E: Maintenance Record 7-1 . dependability and emission control performance. Section 7 MaintenanceSchedule This section covers the maintenance required for your vehicle. Your vehicle needs theseservices to retain its safety.

Introduction IMPORTANT: Your Vehicle and the Environment KEEP ENGINE OIL AT THE PROPER Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your LEVEL AND CHANGE AS RECOMMENDED vehicle ingood working condition. and to keep your vehicle in good condition. 7-2 . Improper fluid . please maintain your vehicle properly. levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle. Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan? The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties. but also helps the environment. or your GM dealer for details.To help protect our protection El environment. All recommended maintenance procedures are important. Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the qualityof the air we breathe. See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet.

They maybe needed to aualify your vehicle for warranty repairs. Performing maintenance work on vehicle a can be dangerous. what to have done and how often. it is a good ideato keep your maintenance technician do the work. Italso explains The remainder of this sectionis divided into five parts: what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in “Part A: Scheduled MaintenanceServices” shows good condition. See “Service and Owner Publications” in the Index. so unless you are technically important inspectionsthat your dealer’s service qualified and have the necessary equipment.This will help you and the propertools and equipment for the job. “Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”lists some recommended productsto help keep your vehicle properly maintained.How This Section is Organized “Part B: Owner Checks andServices” tells you what should be checked and when. service centerdo these jobs. 7-3 . If you have any doubt. be work only if you have the required know-how sure to write it down in this part. receipts. Whenever any maintenanceis performed. If you are skilled enough to dosome work on your vehicle. determine when yournext maintenance should be done.have a qualified In addition. or their equivalents. you will probably wantto get the service information.Do your own maintenance you to record the maintenance performedon your vehicle. you can “Part E: Maintenance Record”provides a place for be seriously injured. should be used whether you do the work yourself or have it done. you should department or another qualified service center let your dealer’s service departmentor another qualified should perform. Some of these “Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections” explains services can be complex. In trying to dosome jobs.These products.

See Because of all the different ways people use their “Off-Road Driving WithYour Four-Wheel-Drive vehicles. You may drive very short limits. If you have any questions on howto keep yourvehicle in good Selecting the Right Schedule condition. e are driven off-road inthe recommended manner. dusty weather. other ways. You may use your vehicle in makingdeliveries. All parts should be replaced and all necessary . Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses Services these. 7-4 . See “Fuel” inthe Index. to do errands or in many driving limits. Here’s how to decide which have done and when you should schedule them. see your dealer.lg Your Mi . section andnote how you drive. But we don’t know e carry passengers and cargo within recommended exactly how you’ll drive it. So please read this 0 use the recommended fuel.Itec3nce Schedule repairs done beforeyou or anyone else drives the vehicle. If you schedule to follow: go to your dealer for your service needs. These schedules are for vehicles that: we at General Motors wantto help you keep your vehicle in good workingcondition.Part A: Scheduled Maintenance The proper fluids and lubricants touse are listed in Part D. you’ll know that GM-trained and supportedservice people will perform the work using genuine GMparts. maintenance needsvary. See “Loading Your Vehicle” long distances all the time in very hot. more frequent checks andreplacements than you’ll find in the schedules in this section. in the Index. Or e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal you may drive it to work. First you’ll need to decide which of the two schedulesis This part tells you the maintenance services you should right for your vehicle. You may even need Vehicle” in the Index. Or you maydrive Certificationire label. You will find these limits on your vehicle’s distances only a few times a week.

temperatures are below freezing. police. Fuel Filter Replacement.000 Miles (10 000 km): Tire Rotation. Every 50. Every 6. One of the reasons you should follow this schedule Every 60. Cap if you operate your vehicle under anyof these conditions and Lines Inspection.000 Miles (25 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter Inspection.000 Miles (5 000 km): Engine Oil and one of these conditions is truefor your vehicle: Filter Change (or 3 months.000 Miles (100 000 km): Engine Accessory Drive Belt Inspection. Automatic 0 You operate your vehicle in dusty areas or Transmission Service (severe conditions only). whichever occurs first). Chassis Lubrication (or 3 months. whichever occurs 0 Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km). Every 15. your vehicle. 0 You frequently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of Every 30. Fuel Tank. if driving in dusty conditions. whichever This is particularly important when outside occurs first).000 Miles (50 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter Replacement. is that these conditions cause engine oil to break down soonel: 795 . taxi Transmission Service (normal conditions).Maintenance Schedule i Short Trip/City Definition Short Trip/City Intervals Follow the Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule if any Every 3. off-road frequently. or other commercial application. first). Drive Axle Service (or 3 months.000 Miles (83 000 km): Automatic 0 If the vehicle is used for delivery service. 0 Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent driving in stop-and-go traffic).

Use the Short Trip/City schedule for Every 150. highway conditions causes engine oil to break Be sure to follow the complete maintenance schedule on down slowez the following pages. Positive Change (or every 12 months. whichever occurs first).500 Miles (12 500 km): Engine Oil and Filter Inspection. whichever Every 150.000 Miles (100000 km): Engine Accessory Drive Belt Inspection. Positive is used for trailer towing. Tire Rotation. Follow this maintenance scheduleonly if none of the Cap and Lines Inspection. Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Inspection.000 Miles (83 000 km): Automatic Transmission Service (normal conditions). Spark Plug Replacement. Spark Plug Replacement.000 Miles (240000 km): Cooling System occurs first).000 Miles (166000 km): Spark Plug Wire Schedule is true. Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed engine under These intervals only summarize maintenance services. the following pages. Chassis Lubrication (or every 12 months.000 Miles (25 000 km): Automatic Transmission Service (severe conditions only). These intervals only summarize maintenance services. FuelTank.Maintenance Schedule I Short Trip/City Intervals I Every 100.000 Miles (240 000 km): Cooling System these conditions. Service (or every 60 months.000 Miles (166000 km): Spark Plug Wire Every 7. off paved roads. 7-6 . Every 60. conditions from the Short Trip/City Maintenance Every 100. whichever occurs first). whichever occurs first).Do not use this schedule if the vehicle Inspection.000 Miles (50 000 km): Fuel Filter Be sure to follow the complete maintenance schedule on Replacement. Every 50. Air Cleaner Filter Replacement. Every 15. Drive Axle Service. Service (or every 60 months. Every 30. driven in a dusty area or used Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Inspection.

Drain fluid and refill at first Maintenance Inspections” following. engine oil change. California Air Resources Board hasdetermined that the 0 Standard Differential -. steering linkage.000 miles rotation.000 miles (25 000 km). check Footnotes fluid level and add fluid as needed.S.Check fluid level and add failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify fluid as needed at everyoil change. at 150. drain fluid and refill completion of the vehicle’s useful life.000 miles (240 000 km).000 miles (240 000 km) should be performed at ** Drive axle service (see “Recommended Fluids and the same interval after 150. We. urge that all recommended maintenance services be 0 More frequent lubrication may be requiredfor performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance heavy-duty or off-road use. drain fluid and refill The U. parking brake cable guides.000 miles (25 000 km). If driving in dusty areas or towing a trailer.I Fzlort TripKity Maintenance Schedule I The services shown in this schedule up to 100. Lubricants” in the Index for proper lubricant to use): See “Owner Checks and Services” and “Periodic 0 Locking Differential -. See “Brake System Inspection” under “Periodic (166 000 km) at the same intervals. Environmental Protection Agency or the every 15. universal joints and brake pedalsprings. The services shown Maintenance Inspections’’ in Part C of this schedule. ball joints. every 15.000 miles + A good time to check your brakes is during tire (166 000 km) should be performed after 100. # Lubricate the front suspension. however. If driving in the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the dusty areas or towing a trailer. be recorded. At subsequent oil changes. propshaft splines. 7-7 .

0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months. 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months. (See footnote **. (See footnote #. (See footnote +. whichever occursfirst).) 7-8 . An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months. whichever occurs first).000 Miles (5 000 km) DATE 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern andadditional information.) 9. whichever occursfirst). An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service. whichever occursfirst).I ShortTkiplCityMaintenanceSchedule 1 3. Checkconstant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote #. whichever occursfirst). Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.000 Miles (10 000 km) DATE 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote #.) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed.) 0 Rotate tires.000 Miles (15000 km) Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.) 6. whichever occursfirst). (See footnote **.

(See footnote #. An Emission Control Sewice.) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed.000 Miles (25 000 km) DATE I 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.) (Continued) 7-9 . whichever occurs first). whichever occurs first). 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months. (See footnote #.) 0 Rotate tires.) 0 Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions. (See footnote?. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.) 15.000 Miles (20 000 km) DATE 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months. Checkconstant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.) 12. (See footnote **. (See footnote **. An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Sewice. (See footnote +. Replace filter if necessary.I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I 0 Check readfront axlefluid level and add fluid as needed. whichever occurs first). whichever occurs first). See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.

. If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions.In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90°F (32°C) or higher. (See footnote **. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. whichever occurs first).000 Miles (25 000 km) (Continued) Cl Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. 18.In hilly or mountainous terrain. Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule 15. change the fluid and filter every 50. . whichever occurs first). police or delivery service. (See footnote +. An Emission Control Service.) 7-10 .000 Miles (30 000 km) 0 Change engine oil andfilter (or every 3 months. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. 0 Lubricate chassis components(or every 3 months.) 0 Rotate tires.) 0 Change automatic transmission fluid andfilter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one ormore of these conditions: .Uses such as found in taxi. (See footnote**. (See footnote#. .When doing frequent trailer towing.000 miles (83 000 km).

whichever occurs first). I ACTUAL MILEAGE I SERVICEDBY: I 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. whichever occurs first). (See footnote #. (See footnote +.) 0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote **. I ACTUAL MILEAGE I SERVICEDBY: I 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months.000 Miles (45 000 km) 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. whichever occurs first).) 27. (See footnote#.) 24.I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I 21.000 Miles (35 000 km) DATE I 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.000 Miles (40 000 km) DATE I 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. MILEAGE (Continued) 7-11 .) 0 Check readfront axlefluid level and add fluid as needed. An Emission Control Service. whichever occurs first).) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service. whichever occurs first). Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote **.

Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule
27,000 Miles (45 000 km) (Continued)
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whicheveroccurs first).
(See footnote #.)
0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. Checkconstant
velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote **.)
30,000 Miles (50000 km) DATE 1
Change engine oil and filter (orevery 3 months, whicheveroccurs first).
An Emission Control Service. I ACTUAL
MILEAGE I SERVICEDBX I
Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote #.)
Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. Checkconstant
velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote **.)
Replace fuel filter.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
0 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven
under one or more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90°F
(32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.

7-12

I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
I f you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions, change thefluid
and filter every50,000 miles (83 000 km).
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
33,000 Miles (55 000 km) DATE
I
0 Change engine oiland filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. I ACTUAL
MILEAGE I SERVICEDBY: I
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. Check constant
velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote **.)
36,000 Miles (60 000 km) DATE I
0 Change engine oiland filter (orevery 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
(Continued)

7-13

I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
36,000 Miles (60 000 km) (Continued)
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern andadditional information. (Seefootnote +.)
Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluidas needed. Check constant
velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (Seefootnote **.)
39,000 Miles (65 000 km) DATE I
0 Change engineoil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote #.)
0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. Check constant
velocity joints and axle sealsfor leaking. (See footnote **.)
42,000 Miles (70 000 km) I DATE I
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
An Emission Control Service.
ACTUAL
MILEAGE I SERVICEDBE
0 Lubricate chassis components(or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote #.)
0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. Check constant
velocity joints and axleseals for leaking. (See footnote **.)
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” inthe Index for proper
rotation pattern andadditional information. (Seefootnote +.)
7-14

I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I
I I
45,000 Miles (75 000 km) DATE
I
Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. I ACTUAL
MILEAGE I SERVICEDBY: I
Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
Check readfront axlefluid level and add fluid as needed. Check constant
velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote **.)
0 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven
under one or more of theseconditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90°F
(32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.

I f you do not use your vehicle under anyof these conditions,change the fluid
andfilter every 50,000 miles (83 000 km).
0 Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions. Replace
filter if necessary.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)

7-15

I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I
48,000 Miles (80 000 km)
Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. Check constant
velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote **.)
+
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE SERVICED BY:
I

0 Rotate tires. See “TireInspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
50,000 Miles (83 000 km) DATE I
If you haven’t used your vehicle under severe service conditions listed
previously and, therefore, haven’t changed your automatic transmission MILEAGE
fluid, change boththe fluid and filter. Manual transmission fluiddoesn’t
require change.
51,000 Miles (85 000 km) DATE
I
Change engine oil and filter (or every 5 months, whicheveroccurs first).
An Emission Control Sewice.
Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote #.)
0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluidas needed. Checkconstant
velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote **.)
7-16

I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
I
54,000 Miles (90 000 km) I DATE 3
I
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. I ACTUAL
MILEAGE I SERVICEDBY: I
Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
0 Check readfront axlefluid level and add fluid as needed. Checkconstant
velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote **.)
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Indexfor proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
57,000 Miles (95000 km) I DATE I
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. Checkconstant
velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote **.)

7-17

1 Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I
60,000 Miles (100 000 km) DATE
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whicheveroccurs first).
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE
Lubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occursfirst).
(See footnote #.)
Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluidas needed. Check constant
velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote **.)
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven
under one or more of these conditions:
- In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches90°F
(32°C) or higher.
- In hilly or mountainous terrain.
- When doing frequent trailer towing.
- Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
I f you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions, change the fluid
andfilter every 50,000 miles (83 000 km).
CI Inspect engine accessory drive belt.
0 Replace fuel filter.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Replace aircleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.

7-18

I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I
0 Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines for damage or leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket
for any damage. Replace parts as needed.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)
0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation’’ inthe Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
63,000 Miles (105 000 km) DATE 1
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occursfirst). ACTUAL
SERVICED BY:
An Emission Control Service. MILEAGE
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
0 Check readfront axlefluid level and addfluid as needed. Checkconstant
velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote **.)
66,000 Miles (110 000 km) DATE I
0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first),
An Emission Control Service. I ACTUAL
MILEAGE I SERVICEDBY: I
0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
0 Check readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Checkconstant
velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote **.)
(Continued)
7-19

See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”in the Index for proper rotation pattern andadditional information.) ~- 72.) 69. whichever occurs first).) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. whichever occursfirst).I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I 66. (Seefootnote +. whichever occurs first). (See footnote +.) 7-20 . Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.000 Miles (110 000 km) (Continued) 0 Rotate tires.000 Miles (120 000 km) DATE I 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. MILEAGE 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months. (See footnote #. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. An Emission Control Sewice. (See footnote #. 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months.) 0 Rotate tires. (See footnote **. whichever occurs first). (Seefootnote **. An Emission Control Service.000 Miles (115 000 km) DATE I 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” inthe Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.) Check readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed.

000 miles (83 000 km). . An Emission Control Service. If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions. Replace filter if necessary. (See footnote #. An Emission Control Service. .) I7 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven 1 ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED BY: under one or more of these conditions: .) 7-21 .In heavy city traffic where the outsidetemperature regularly reaches 90°F (32°C) orhigher. (See footnote **. 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months.I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I 75. whichever occurs first). Checkconstant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.Uses such as found in taxi.) 0 Check readfront axlefluid level and add fluid as needed.000 Miles (125 000 km) I DATE 0 Change engine oil and filter (orevery 3 months. whichever occurs first). change the fluid and filter every 50.In hilly or mountainous terrain. police or delivery service. (See footnote?. . 0 Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions.When doing frequent trailer towing.

An Emission Control Service. (See footnote **. (See footnote #.) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. I ACTUAL MILEAGE I SERVICED BY: 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every3 months. An Emission Control Service. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. 7-22 . (See footnote #. An Emission Control Service.) 84. whichever occurs first). I ACTUAL MILEAGE I SERVICEDBY I 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months.000 Miles (130 000 km) DATE I 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. whichever occursfirst). (See footnote **.) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed.000 Miles (135 000 km) DATE 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I 78. whichever occurs first).) 0 Rotate tires. whichever occursfirst).000 Miles (I40 000 km) DATE 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.) 81. whichever occursfirst). (See footnote +. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”in the Index for proper rotation pattern andadditional information.

) (Continued) 7-23 . (See footnote #. (See footnote #. MILEAGE 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months.) 87. An Emission Control Service. (See footnote +. whichever occurs first).000 Miles (150 000 km) 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. An Emission Control Service. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. whichever occurs first).000 Miles (145 000 km) DATE 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months.I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months. Checkconstant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.) 90. (See footnote **.) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. (See footnote #. whichever occurs first).) 0 Rotate tires. whichever occurs first).) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. whichever occurs first). See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months. (See footnote **.

police or delivery service. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.In hilly or mountainous terrain.000 miles (83 000 km). (See footnote +. . change the fluid and filter every 50.) 7-24 .When doing frequent trailer towing.) 0 Replace air cleaner filter.000 Miles (150 000 km) (Continued) 0 Check readfront axlefluid level and add fluid as needed.Uses such as found intaxi. (Seefootnote **. . Ifyou do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions. An Emission Control Service. 0 Rotate tires. . Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule 90. (See footnote?.) 0 Change automatic transmissionfluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions: . An Emission Control Service. 0 Replace fuel filter. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90°F (32°C) or higher.

) 0 Rotate tires.) 0 Check readfront axlefluid level and add fluid as needed. An Emission Control Service.000 Miles (165 000 km) 0 Change engine oil and filter (orevery 3 months. 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months. whichever occurs first). whichever occurs first). (See footnote+.) 0 Check readfront axle fluidlevel and add fluid as needed. An Emission Control Sewice. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. Checkconstant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.000 Miles (155 000 km) DATE I 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months. whichever occurs first). I ACTUAL MILEAGE I SERVICEDBY: I I7 Lubricate chassis components (or every 3 months. (See footnote #.) 99. whichever occurs first). MILEAGE (Continued) 7-25 . See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information.000 Miles (160 000 km) DATE I 0 Change engine oiland filter (orevery 3 months. (See footnote**.I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I I 1 93.) I 1 96. ACTUAL I SERVICEDBY: I I MILEAGE An Emission Control Service. whichever occurs first). (See footnote **. I 1 (See footnote#.

whichever occursfirst). 7-26 .000 Miles (165 000 km)(Continued) 0 Lubricate chassis co )on ts (or every 3 months.Pressure test cooling system and pressure cap.) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. An Emission Control Service. Manual transmission fluid doesn’t require change.) 100. (See footnote #. condenser. whichever occurs first).I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I 99. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.000 Miles (166 000 km) DATE 0 Inspect spark plug wires. An Emission Control Service. 150. MILEAGE Inspect hoses. pressure cap and neck. See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for what to use. An Emission Control Service. (See footnote **. I ACTUAL MILEAGE I SERVICEDBY: I 0 Replace spark plugs. Clean radiator. An Emission Control Service. flush and refill cooling system (or every60 months since last service. therefore. 0 Inspect Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) valve. change both thefluid and filter.000 Miles (240 000 km) DATE I 0 Drain. 0 If you haven’t used your vehicle under severe service conditions listed previously and. haven’t changed your automatic transmission fluid.

We. Footnotes ** Drive axle service (see “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Indexfor proper lubricant to use): -i. however. Maintenance Inspections” in Part C of this schedule.000miles # Lubricate the front suspension. The services shown cable guides. parking brake (166 000 km)at the same intervals. At subsequent oil changes. + A good time to check your brakes is during tire See “Owner Checks and Services’’ and“Periodic rotation.Check fluid level and add urge that all recommended maintenance services be fluid as needed at every engine oil change. Environmental Protection Agency or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the 0 Locking Differential -. propshaft splines. Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule The services shown in this schedule up to 100. completion of the vehicle’s usefullife. 7-27 . universal joints and at 150.000 miles linkage and transfer case shift linkage.Drain fluid and refill at first failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify engine oil change. check the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the fluid level and add fluid as needed. ball joints.000 miles (240 000 km). performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded.000 miles (240 000 km) should be performed at brake pedal springs. See “Brake System Inspection” under “Periodic Maintenance Inspections” following.The U. Standard Differential -. steering (166 000 km)should be performed after 100.S. the same interval after 150.

whichever occursfirst).) 0 Check readfront axlefluid level and add fluid as needed. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” inthe Index for proper rotation pattern andadditional information. 7-28 . I ACTUAL MILEAGE I SERVICEDBY: I Lubricate chassis components (or every12 months.000 Miles (25 000 km) I DATE I 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. (See footnote **. (See footnote #.) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. whichever occursfirst). (See footnote #.) 15. O . Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote +.) 0 Rotate tires.In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90°F (32 C) or higher.500 Miles ( I 2 500 km) DATE I 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. An Emission Control Service.) Change automatic transmissionfluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one ormore of these conditions: . I ACTUAL MILEAGE I SERVICEDBY: I 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months. An Emission Control Service. whichever occursfirst).In hilly or mountainous terrain.fLong Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule 7. (See footnote **. whicheveroccurs first).

(See footnote +. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. whicheveroccurs first). whichever occursfirst).Uses such as found in taxi. Long TrlpEIighway Maintenance Schedule . whicheveroccurs first).000miles (83 000 km).) 22.) 30. An Emission Control Service.) 0 Check readfront axlefluid level and add fluid as needed. 17 Rotate tires. .) Rotate tires.500 Miles (37 500 km) I DATE I 0 Change engine oil and filter (orevery 12 months. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. An Emission Control Service. (Continued) c 7-29 . police or delivery service. (See footnote **. (See footnote #. When doing frequent trailer towing.change the fluid andfilter every 50. (See footnote +.000 Miles (50 000 km) Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions.

In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90°F (32 O C) or higher. (See footnote +.000 Miles (50 000 km)(Continued) 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months. Checkconstant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. lfyou do not useyour vehicle under any of these conditions.In hilly or mountainous terrain.) 0 Replace fuel filter. 7-30 . (See footnote #. change thefluid andfilter every50.) 0 Change automatic transmissionfluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions: . . 0 Rotate tires. whichever occursfirst).000 miles (83 000 km).Uses such as found in taxi.I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule 30. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” inthe Index for proper rotation pattern andadditional information. An Emission Control Service.When doing frequent trailer towing. police or delivery service. (See footnote **. An Emission Control Service. . .) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluidas needed. (See footnote?.) 0 Replace air cleaner filter.

500 Miles (62 500 km) DATE I 0 Change engine oiland filter (or every 12 months. (See footnote **. An Emission Control Service. An Emission Control Service. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote #.In hilly or mountainous terrain.) 0 Check readfront axlefluid level and addfluid as needed.) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. whichever occurs first). (See footnote **. (See footnote +. . whichever occurs first). Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule I I 1 37. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.) 45. whichever occurs first). MILEAGE 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months. (Continued) 7-31 .) 0 Rotate tires. whichever occurs first). 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months.) 0 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions: .In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90°F (32O C) or higher. (See footnote #.000 Miles (75 000 km) I DATE I 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months.

(See footnote +. whichever occurs first). 0 Rotate tires. police or delivery service.When doing frequent trailer towing.I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule 45. 52. whichever occursfirst).500 Miles (87 500 km) 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months.Uses such as found in taxi. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additionalinformation. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. therefore. An Emission Control Sewice. If you do not useyour vehicle under any of these conditions. Manual transmissionfluid doesn’t requirechange. MILEAGE 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months.000 miles (83 000 km). (See footnote **.) .) 0 Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern andadditional information. changeboththe MILEAGE fluid and filter. (See footnote +.000 Miles (75 000 km)(Continued) . (See footnote #. . change the fluid and filter every 50.000 Miles (83 000 km) 0 If you haven’t used your vehicle under severe conditions listed previously and.) 50.) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. haven’tchangedyour automatic transmission fluid.

ACTUAL SERVICED BY: An Emission Control Service. (See footnote +. whicheveroccurs first). MILEAGE 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months. .000 miles (83 000 km). An Emission Control Service.In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90°F (32°C) or higher.) c] Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under oneor more of these conditions: . 0 Rotate tires. (See footnote #. whichever occurs first). See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern andadditional information. If you donot use your vehicle under any of these conditions. 0 Replace fuel filter.Uses such as found in taxi. Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule 60. police or delivery service. change thefluid andfilter every50. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.In hilly or mountainous terrain.When doing frequent trailer towing. (See footnote **.) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. (See footnote?.000 Miles (100 000 km) DATE I I > 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. . .) 0 Inspect engine accessory drive belt.) (Continued) 7-33 .

cap and lines for damage or leaks. whichever occurs first).Replace parts as needed.000 Miles (125 000 km) DATE 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. whichever occursfirst).) 0 Rotate tires.) 7-34 . (See footnote +.500 Miles (112 500 km) DATE 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months. An Emission Control Service.) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. Inspect fuel tank. An Emission Control Service. ACTUAL MILEAGE I SERVICEDBY I 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. (See footnote #. (See footnote #.) 75.) 67. MILEAGE 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months. Inspect fuel cap gasket for any damage. See "Tire Inspection and Rotation" in the Indexfor proper rotation pattern and additionalinformation. Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule 60. whichever occursfirst). (See footnote?. whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service. (See footnote **.000 Miles (100 000 km) (Continued) 0 Replace air cleaner filter. ACTUAL SERVICED BY: An Emission Control Service.

An Emission Control Service.000 miles (83 000 km). 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months. 0 Rotate tires. Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.When doing frequent trailer towing.) 0 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one ormore of these conditions: .) 82.Uses such as found in taxi. O . .In hilly or mountainous terrain. whichever occurs first). police or delivery service. If you do notuse your vehicle under any of these conditions.) (Continued) 7-35 . (See footnote #.In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90°F (32 C) or higher. Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluid as needed. whichever occurs first). (See footnote **. . See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.change the fluid and filter every 50.500 Miles (137 500 km) DATE 0 Change engine oil and filter (orevery 12 months.

(See footnote **.) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and add fluidas needed.(See footnote +.500 Miles (137 500 km) (Continued) 0 Check readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. (See footnote #. O .000 miles (83 000 km).Uses such as found in taxi.I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule 82. (See footnote **. police or delivery service. whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service.When doing frequent trailer towing. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking. .) 90.000 Miles (150 000 km) DATE I 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months.) 0 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions: . Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.) 0 Rotate tires. 7-36 . 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every12 months.I-.In hilly or mountainous terrain. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation”in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. I f you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions.In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90°F (32 C) or higher. change the fluid andfilter every 50. . whichever occursfirst).

) 97. An Emission Control Service. (See footnote **. (See footnote #. (See footnote +.) 0 Check readfront axle fluidlevel and add fluid as needed. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +. Long Tripmighway MaintenanceSchedule 0 Replace fuel filter.500 Miles (162 500 km) DATE I 0 Change engine oil and filter (or every 12 months.) 0 Rotate tires. Checkconstant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.) 0 Replace air cleaner filter. whichever occurs first). An Emission Control Service. 0 Rotate tires.) 7-37 . (See footnote?. An Emission Control Service. whichever occurs first). See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper rotation pattern and additional information. 0 Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months.

pressure cap and neck. An Emission Control Service. whichever occurs first). therefore. flush and refill cooling system(or every 60 months since last service. Clean radiator. change boththe fluid and filter.000 Miles (240 000 km) DATE I 0 Drain. Pressuretest the cooling system and pressure cap. 0 If you haven’t used your vehicle under severe service conditions listed previously and. 150. condenser. I ACTUAL MILEAGE I SERVICEDBY I Inspect hoses. 0 Inspect Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) valve. See “Engine Coolant” in the Indexfor what to use.I Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule 100. An Emission Contrul Service. An Emission Control Service. haven’t changed your automatic transmission fluid. I MILEAGE ACTUAL I SERVrCEDBy I 0 Replace spark plugs. An Emission Control Service. 7-38 .000 Miles (166 000 km) I DATE I 0 Inspect spark plug wires. Manual transmission fluid doesn’t require change.

It is important for you or a service station attendant to Cassette Deck Service perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill. See “Windshield Washer Fluid” inthe Index performance of your vehicle. Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX-COOL@ coolant mixture if necessary.ationCheck Part D. make sure they are the proper ones. See At Each FuelFill “Tires” in the Indexfor further details. See “Audio Systems” in the Index for further details.Part B: Owner Checks and Services Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Listed below are owner checks and services which Check the windshield washer fluid level in the should be performedat the intervals specified to help windshield washer tank and addthe proper fluid if ensure the safety. Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary. Clean cassette deck. Cleaning should be done every Engine Oil Level Check 50 hours of tape play. See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for further details. asshown in Tin . Make sure tires are inflated to the correa pressures. Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once. 7-39 . At Least Once a Month Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle. for further details. See “Engine Oil” in the Index for further details. dependability and emission control necessary.

If you see anything that might Hydraulic Clutch System Check keep a safety belt system from doing job. Have any tornor frayed safety belts replaced. latch plates.Part D tells you what to use. Cleaning” in the Index. More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment. See repaired. this system could indicate a problem. Checkfor leaks. Body Lubrication Service Manual Transmission Check Lubricate all body door and fuel door hinges. add if needed.At Least Twicea Year Automatic Transmission Check Check the transmission fluid level. does not need regular maintenance. See Restraint System Check “Automatic Transmission” in the Index. pivot and prop rod pivot. A fluid loss Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your may indicate a problem. 7-40 . Replace blade inserts that appear worn or damaged or that streak or Lubricate the keylock cylinders with the lubricant miss areasof the windshield.) At Least Once a Year Wiper Blade Check Key Lock Cylinders Service Inspect wiper blades for wearor cracking. specified in PartD. Check the system and repair belts. latches and locks including the “Manual Transmission’’ in the Index. rear Check the transmission fluid level. Have the system and have them repairedor replaced. “Hydraulic Clutch Fluid” inthe Index. working properly. Lookfor any other looseor damaged safety belt system parts. glove box. See compartment hinges. Have the system moving seat hardware. its have it Check the fluid level in the clutch reservoir. A fluid loss in Also lookfor any openedor broken air bag coverings. console doors and the body hood and any A fluid lossmay indicate a problem. (The air bag system inspected and repaired at once. Lubricate the hood safety lever inspected and repairedif needed. retractors and anchorages are if needed. add if needed. Also see “Wiper Blades. buckles.

Firmly apply the parking brake (see “Parking Brake” ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts. and be 2.It should be parked ona Brake’. 3. but don’t start the engine. 1. turn the key to the RUN any other position. put the shift lever the regular brake. 7-41 . 1. NOTE: Do not use theaccelerator pedal.Starter Switch Check Brake-Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI) Check (Automatic Transmission) A CAUTION: When you are doing this check. the vehicle could injured. move suddenly.If the starter works in 3. The starter should work only in immediately if the vehicle beginsto move. your vehicleneeds service.If it does. Before you start. in the Index if necessary) and the regular brake.If the shift lever and try to start the engine. try to start the NOTE: Be ready to applythe regular brake engine in each gear. the floor. position. Follow the steps below. be sure you have enough room 2. Before you start.If the starter works whenthe clutch isn’t pushed all theway down. level surface. try to move the shift lever outof in NEUTRAL (N). Firmly apply both the parking brake (see “Parking around the vehicle. be sure you have enough room around the vehicle. yourvehicle needs service. Without applying On manual transmission vehicles. With the engine off. push the clutch down halfway PARK (P) with normal effort. Follow the steps below. you or others could be injured. you or others could be When you are doing this check.If it does. PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). in the Index if necessary). On automatic transmission vehicles. your vehicle’s BTSI only when the clutch is pushed down all the way to needs service. The starter should work moves out of PARK (P). the vehicle could move suddenly.

shiftto PARK (P). Then turn to LOCK only whenyou press the key button. slowly remove foot pressure from 0 With a manual transmission. When you are doing this check.Make sure thereis room in frontof your vehicle in case it begins to roll. held by the parking brake only. yourvehicle could beginto move. You or otherscould be injured and propertycould be damaged. Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud anddebris can collect. On all vehicles. use plain water to flush any PARK (P) Mechanism Check corrosive materials from the underbody. parking brake. Be ready to apply the regular brake atonce should thevehicle begin to move. and with the parking brakeset. try to turn the ignition keyto LOCK in each shiftlever position. with the vehicle facing downhill. release all brakes.the key should come out only in LOCK. 7-42 . Underbody FlushingService Parking Brake and Automatic Transmission At least every spring. NEUTRAL (N). The key should With the engine running.Ignition Transmission Lock Check Park on a fairlysteep hill. the key should turn With the engine running and transmission in to LOCK only when the shift lever is in PARK (P). try to turn the key 0 To check thePARK (P) mechanism’s holding ability: to LOCK without pressing thebutton.the key should turn to the regular brake pedal.Do this until the vehicleis LOCK only when the shift leveris in REVERSE (R). Keeping yourfoot on the regular brake. 0 To check the parking brake’s holding ability: 0 With an automatic transmission. set the While parked. On vehicles with a keyrelease button.

damaged. Clean the outside of the Steering. swollen or deteriorated. Inspect the throttle system for interference or binding. Lookfor broken. binding. loose or missing parts. loose connections or other conditions which could spring and fall). be performed at least twice a year(for instance. at once. Proper procedures to perform these services may be Engine Cooling System Inspection found in a service manual. a pressure test of the cooling system a Inspect the front and rear suspension and steering pressure cap is recommended at least once a year. Replace any componentsthat have high effort seals if necessary. Replace needed. tears or leakage. Replace partsas axle boot seals for damage. Inspect the powersteering Throttle System Inspection lines and hoses for proper hook-up. Clean and then inspect the drive and for damaged or missing parts. Make sure any necessary repairs are completed the Index. each holes. etc.Part C: Periodic Maintenance Exhaust System Inspection Inspections Inspect the complete exhaust system. replace as needed. cracks.leaks. 7-43 . Suspension and Front Drive Axle To help ensure radiator and air conditioning condenser. Do not lubricate accelerator and cruise control cables. cracked. signs of wear or lack of lubrication. You should let your dealer’s service cause a heat build-up inthe floor pan or could let department or other qualified service center do these exhaust fumes into the vehicle. system for damaged. See “Engine Exhaust” in jobs. or excessive wear. Inspect all pipes. See “Service and Owner Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they are Publications” in the Index. Inspect the body near the exhaust system. Boot and Seal Inspection proper operation. fittings and clamps. Listed below are inspections and services which should missing or out-of-position partsas well as open seams. chafing.

Inspect other brake parts. parking brake.cracks. Check parking Every 12 months or at oil change intervals. 7-44 . etc. binding. More frequent lubrication may be required on off-road use. leaks. check front brake adjustment.You may need to have your brakes axle and transfercase and add lubricant when necessary. inspected more oftenif your driving habits or conditions Check vent hose at transfer case for kinks and proper result in frequent braking. hoses for proper hook-up. etc. Inspection including calipers. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors Transfer Case (Four-wheel Drive) for surface condition. Inspect the complete system.Inspect brake lines and Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking. installation. chafing.Drive Axle Service Brake System Inspection Check readfront axlefluid level and add as needed.

or equivalent). 7-45 . Gasoline Engines “Starburst” symbol of the proper viscosity. GM Goodwrench@DEX-COOL’ Automatic DEXRON@-I11 Automatic or Havoline@DEX-COOL@ Transmission Transmission Fluid. Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid Cylinders % (GM Part Superlube Hydraulic Brake @ No. See “Engine Coolant” in the Index.Part D: Recommended Fluids USAGE FLUID/LUBRICANT and Lubricants Hydraulic Clutch Hydraulic ClutchFluid (GM Part NOTE: Fluids and lubricants identified below by name. “Engine Oil” in the Index. Key Lock Multi-Pu ose Lubricant. Synchromesh Transmission Fluid Manual Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean water Transmission (GM Part No.To Power Steering GM Power Steering Fluid (GM determine the preferred viscosity System Part No. see 1050017 .1 pint. System No. 12345347 or equivalent part number or specification may be obtained from DOT-3 Brake Fluid). System (GM Part No. 12377967 or equivalent DOT-3 Brake Fluid). 12377985 or equivalent) or lubricant meeting requirementsof Engine Oil Engine Oil with the American NLGI # 2. your dealer. Category LBor Petroleum Institute Certified For GC-LB. 12345349 or (preferably distilled) and use only equivalent). 1052884 . Parking Brake Chassis Lubricant (GM Part USAGE FLUIDLUBRICANT Cable Guides No. 12346241 or equivalent).1 quart. Coolant. for your vehicle’sengine.

7-46 . Joint lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI # 2. Pivots. Spring requirements of NLGI # 2. (GM Part No. GC-LB. No. 12377985 or equivalent) or lubricant meeting requirements of Universal Joint lubricant meeting requirementsof NLGI # 2. 12346293 or Washer Solvent (GM Part No. Category LB or Transfer Case DEXRON@-I11 Automatic GC-LB. ~~ ~ USAGE FLUIDLUBRICANT USAGE FLUIDLUBRICANT Chassis Chassis Lubricant (GM Part Constant Chassis Lubricant (GM Part Lubrication No. Axle Lubricant (GM Part Clutch Pushrod Chassis Lubricant (GM Part Front and Rear No. Hood Latch Lubriplate@Lubricant Aerosol Windshield GM Optikleen@Washer Solvent Assembly. Category LBor NLGI # 2. Category LB or GC-LB. Differential. Rear Driveline Chassis Lubricant (GM Part Anchor and Category LBor GC-LB. Joints NLGI # 2. 12377985 or equivalent) or Axle GL-5 Gear Lubricant. Center Spline No. 12377985 or equivalent) or Release Pawl and Universal lubricant meeting requirements of Hood and Door Multi-Pu ose Lubricant. Category LB or Hinges % (GM Part Superlube GC-LB. 12377985 or equivalent) or Velocity No. equivalent) or lubricant meeting equivalent. 1051515) or Secondary Latch. 12346241 or equivalent). 1052271) or S A E 80W-90 to Clutch Fork No. Transmission Fluid.

Folding Seat Weatherstrip Multi-Pu ose Lubricant. 12346241 or equivalent).USAGE ~ FLUIDLUBRICANT USAGE FLUIDLUBRICANT Fuel Filler Door Multi-Pu ose Lubricant. Hinges. Squeaks % (GM Part Superlube Tailgate Multi-Pu ose Lubricant. Mounted Spare % (GM Part Superlube Tire Carrier (if No. Weatherstrip Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM and Endgate Superlube% (GM Part Conditioning Part No. Outer Tailgate Handle Pivot Points and Hinges 7-47 . ~ No. andRear No. 12345579 or equivalent). equipped). 12346241 or equivalent). 12346241 or equivalent).

you should retain all in theboxesprovided after the maintenance interval.Part E: Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed. maintenancereceipts. odometer reading and who performed the service the following record pages. record the Services” or “Periodic Maintenance” can be added on date. I Maintenance Record 7-48 . Also. Your ownerinformation portfolio Any additional information from “Owner Checks and is a convenientplacetostorethem.

Maintenance Record ODOMETER DATE SERVICED READING BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED 7-49 .

Maintenance Record 7-50 .

10 Warranty Information 8-4 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone 8-10 Reporting Safety Defects to the United (TTY) Users States Government 8-5 Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program 8-1 1 Reporting Safety Defects to the 8-7 Canadian Roadside Assistance Canadian Government 8-8 Courtesy Transportation 8-1 1 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors 8-9 GM Participation in an Alternative Dispute 8-1 1 Ordering Service and Owner Publications Resolution Program in Canada . 8-2 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 8. This section also tells you how to obtain service publications and how to report any safety defects. Section 8 CustomerAssistanceInformation Here you will find out how to contact Chevrolet if you need assistance.

Customer Satisfaction Procedure Chevrolet dealers have thefacilities. take the following steps: STEP ONE -. contact the ownerof the dealership or the general manager. 8-2 .Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management. service or parts manager. concerns can If the matter has be quickly resolved at that level. trained technicians and up-to-date informationto promptly address any m concerns you may have. already been reviewed with thesales. Normally. if a concern has not been resolvedto your complete satisfaction. However.

0 In all other Caribbean countries: (809) 763-1 315 For help outside of the United States and Canada. Barbados.STEP TWO -. call the following numbers as appropriate: 0 In other overseas locations. contact the Chevrolet CustomerAssistance Center by calling 1-800-222.If after contacting a member of 0 In the U. it appearsyour concern 0 In the Dominican Republic: 1-800-751-4135 cannot be resolved by the dealership without further (English) or 1-800-75 1-41 36 (Spanish) help. 0 In the Bahamas: 1-800-389-0009 contact GM of Canada Customer Communication 0 In Bermuda. call GM Overseas Distribution Corporation in Canada at: 0 In Mexico: (525) 625-3256 (905) 644-4 1 1 2.S.In Canada. Antigua and the British Centre in Oshawa by calling 1-800-263-3777 Virgin Islands: 1-800-534-01 22 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French). 0 In Puerto Rico: 1-800-496-9992 (English) or 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) 8-3 .1020. Virgin Islands: 1-800-496-9994 dealership management.

For promptassistance. Box 7047 Troy. through the windshield. equipment and personnel. 0 Vehicle Identification Number(This is available using the dealer’s facilities. We encourage you to call us so we can give your inquiry Chevrolet has TTY equipmentavailable at its Customer prompt attention. or the plateat That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if the top left of the instrument panel and visible you have a concern. 0 Your name. (TTY users in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. address.) Chevrolet Motor Division Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center P.Any TTY user can communicate with Chevrolet.) Customer Assistance forText 0 Dealership name andlocation Telephone (TTY) Users 0 Vehicle delivery date and present mileage To assist customers whoare deaf. However. write to: General Motorsof Canada Limited Customer CommunicationCentre. please have the following Refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance information available to give the Customer Information bookletfor addresses of Assistance Representative: GM Overseas offices. or 0 Nature of concern speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs). Ontario L1H 8P7 8-4 . address your inquiry to: Chevrolet by dialing: 1-800-833-CHEV. from the vehicle registration ortitle. hard of hearing. MI48007-7047 In Canada.please remember that telephone numbers your concern will likely be resolved in the dealership.O. home and business When contacting Chevrolet. 163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa. if you wish to write Assistance Center.

) To enhance Chevrolet's strong commitment to customer satisfaction. wrecker services.Chevrolet Roadside Roadside Assistance is available 24 hours a day. however some services may incur costs. Chevrolet is excited to announce the establishment of the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Center.1-800-CHEV-USA 0 Free towing for warranty repairs 0 Basic over-the-phone technical advice 0 Available dealer services at reasonable costs (Le. 8-5 . 1ocksrnitWkey service. This toll-free number willprovide you over-the-phone roadside assistance with minor mechanical problems. A Basic Care and Courtesy" Care: L Toll-freenumber. membership in Roadside Assistance is free. Roadside membership is free. our advisors have access to a nationwide network of dealer recommended service providers. Roadside offers two levels of service to the customer.. by calling 1-800-CHEV-USA Assistance Program (1 -800-243-8872). etc. glass repair. 365 days a year. As the owner of a 1998 Chevrolet. If your problem cannot be resolved over the phone.

) on the road or lockedinside) Note: Courtesy Care is available to retail and retaillease FREE Flat Tire Service (spare installed on the road) customers operating 1998 and newer Chevrolet vehicles for a periodof 3 years/36. Basic Care and Courtesy Care are not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.ROADSIDE Courtesy TM Care PROVIDES: Chevrolet offers Courtesy Transportationfor customers needing warranty service. All Courtesy Care services must FREE Fuel Delivery ($5 of fuel delivered on be pre-arranged by Chevrolet Roadsideor dealer the road) Service Management. Chevrolet reserves the rightto modify or discontinue Basic Care and Courtesy Care at any time. (Please see your selling dealer FREE LocksmiWKey Service (when keys are lost for details. FREE Jump Start (at home or on the road) whichever occurs first.000 miles(60 000 km). . Courtesy Transportation will Roadside Basic Care services (as outlined previously) Plus: be offered in conjunction with the coverage provided by the Bumperto Bumper New Vehicle Limited Warranty FREE Non-Warranty Towing (to the closest dealer to eligible purchasers of 1998 Chevrolet passenger car from a legal roadway) and light duty trucks.

Roadside Assistance program accessible from anywhere in Canada or the UnitedStates. our advisors will explain any payment obligations that may be incurred for Vehicles purchased inCanada have an extensive utilizing outside services. inside your owner information portfolio for full program details. The Roadside Assistance Center uses companies that will provide you with quality and priority service. When Canadian Roadside Assistance roadside services are required. Please refer to the For prompt assistance when calling.For complete program details. please have the separate brochure provided by the dealer or call following available to give to the advisor: 1-800-268-6800for emergency services. 0 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 0 License plate number 0 Vehicle color 0 Vehicle location 0 Telephone number where youcan be reached 0 Vehicle mileage 0 Description of problem 8-7 . see your Chevrolet dealer Please refer to the Roadside Assistance brochure to obtain a Roadside Assistance Center brochure.

Courtesy Transportation Chevrolet Courtesy Transportation isnot part of the
Chevrolet offers Courtesy Transportation for customers Bumper to BumperNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Chevrolet reservesthe right to make any changesor
needing warranty service. Courtesy Transportation will
discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time
be offered in conjunction with the coverage providedby without notification.
the Bumper to Bumper New Vehicle Limited Warranty
to retail purchasersof 1998 Chevrolet passenger cars For additional program details, contact your
and light duty trucks (please see your selling dealer Chevrolet dealer.
for details). Some state insurance regulations make it impracticalto
Courtesy Transportation includes: rent vehicles to people under 21 years of age. If you are
under 21 and have difficulty rentinga vehicle, Chevrolet
One way shuttle ride for any warranty repair will reimburse upto $30/day for documented
completed duringthe same day. transportation you receive.
Up to $30 maximum daily vehicle rental allowance For warranty repairs duringthe Complete Vehicle
for any overnight warranty repair up to five days,OR Coverage period inthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
Up to $30 maximum daily cab, bus or other interim transportationmay be available under the
transportation allowance in lieu of rental for any Courtesy Transportation Program.Please consult your
overnight warranty repair up to five days, OR dealer for details. The Roadside Assistance program is
Up to $10 daily fuel allowance for rides provided by available only in the United States and Canada.
another person (i.e., friend, neighbor, etc.) in lieu of In Canada, please consult your GM dealer for
rental for any overnight warranty repair up to five days. information on CourtesyTransportation.
Note: All Courtesy Transportation arrangements
will be administered by your Chevrolet dealer
service management. Claim amounts should
reflect all actual costs.

8-8

GM Participation in an Alternative BBB AUTO LINE is an out-of-court program
administered by the Better Business Bureau system to
Dispute Resolution Program settle automotive disputes. This program is available
This program is available in all 50 states and the District free of charge to customers who currently own or lease a
of Columbia. Canadian owners refer to your Warranty GM vehicle.
and Owner Assistance Information booklet for If you are notsatisfied after following the Customer
information on the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Satisfaction Procedure, you may contact the BBB using
Plan (CAMVAP). General Motors reserves the right to the toll-free telephone number, or write them at the
change eligibility limitations and/or to discontinue its following address:
participation in this program.
BBB AUTO LINE
Both Chevrolet and your Chevrolet dealer are committed Council of Better Business Bureaus, Inc.
to making sure youare completely satisfied with your new 4200 Wilson Boulevard
vehicle. Our experience has shown that, ifa situation Suite 800
arises where you feel your concern has not been Arlington, VA 22203- 1804
adequately addressed, the Customer Satisfaction Procedure
described earlier in this section is very successful. Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
There may be instances where an impartial third party To file a claim, you will be askedto provide your name
can assist in arriving at a solution to a disagreement and address, your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
regarding vehicle repairs or interpretation of the New and a statement of the nature of your complaint.
Vehicle Limited Warranty. To assist in resolving these Eligibility is limited by vehicle age and mileage, and
disagreements, Chevrolet voluntarily participates in other factors.
BBB AUTO LINE.

8-9

We prefer you utilize the Customer Satisfaction REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
Procedure before you resort to AUTO LINE,but you
may contact the BBB at any time. The BBB will attempt TO THE UNITEDSTATES
to resolve the complaint serving asan intermediary. If GOVERNMENT
this mediation is unsuccessful, an informal hearing will If you believe that your vehicle has
a defect which could
be scheduled whereeligible customers may presenttheir cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should
case to an impartial third-party arbitrator. immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
The arbitrator will make a decision which you may Safety Administration (NHTSA), in addition to
accept or reject. If you accept the decision, GM will be notifying General Motors.
bound by that decision.The entire dispute resolution If NHTSA receivessimilar complaints, it may open an
procedure shouldordinarily take about 40 days fromthe investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defectexists in
time you file a claim until a decision is made. a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
Some state laws may require you to use this program campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
before filing a claim with a state-run arbitration program in individual problems between you, your dealer or
or in the courts. For further information, contact the General Motors.
BBB at 1-800-955-5 100 or the Chevrolet Customer
To contact NHTSA, you mayeither call the Auto Safety
Assistance Center at 1-800-222- 1020.
Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in the
Warranty Information Washington, D.C. area) or write to:
Your vehicle comes with a separate warranty booklet NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation
that containsdetailed warranty information. Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety fromthe Hotline.

8-10

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO In Canada, please callus at 1-800-263-3777 (English)
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:
THE CANADIAN GOVERNMENT General Motorsof Canada Limited
If you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehicle Customer Communication Centre, 163-005
has a safety defect, you should immediately notify 1908 Colonel SamDrive
Transport Canada, in addition to notifying General Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Motors of Canada Limited. You may write to:
Ordering Service and Owner
Transport Canada
Box 8880
Publications in Canada
Ottawa, Ontario K l G 352 Service manuals, owner’s manuals andother service
literature are available for purchase for all current and
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS past model General Motors vehicles.
TO GENERAL MOTORS The toll-free telephone number for ordering information
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in Canada is 1-800-668-5539.
in a situation like this, we certainly hope you’ll notify
us. Please call us at 1-800-222- 1020 or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047

1998 CHEVROLET SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDERING INFORMATION
The following publications covering the operation and servicing
of your vehicle can be purchased by filling out
the Service Publication Order Form in this book and mailing
it in with your check, money order,
or credit card information to Helm, Incorporated (address below.)

CURRENT PUBLICATIONS FOR1998 CHEVROLET
SERVICE MANUALS OWNER’S INFORMATION
Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information Owner publications are written directly for Owners and
on engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, intended to provide basic operational information about the
electrical, steering,body, etc. vehicle. The owner’s manual will include the Maintenance
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $90.00 Schedule forall models.
TRANSMISSION, TRANSAXLE, TRANSFER CASE In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Owner’s Manual and
UNIT REPAIR MANUAL Warranty Booklet.
This manual provides information on unit repair service RETAIL SELL PRICE:$1 5.00
procedures, adjustments and specifications for the Without Portfolio: Owner’s Manualonly.
1998 GM transmissions, transaxlesand transfer cases. RETAIL SELL PRICE:$10.00
RETAIL SELL PRICE:$40.00
CURRENT & PAST MODEL ORDER FORMS
SERVICE BULLETINS Service Publications are available for current and past
Service Bulletins give technical service information neededmodel GM vehicles.To request an order form, please
to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks. specify year and model name of the vehicle.
Each bulletin contains instructions
to assist in the
diagnosis and serviceof your vehicle.

PLEASE COMPLETE THE ORDER FORM SHOWN ON OR ORDER TOLL FREE: 1-800-782-4356
THE FOLLOWING PAGE AND MAILTO: Monday-Friday 8:OO AM - 6:OO PM Eastern Time
Helm, Incorporated P.O. Box 07130 Detroit, MI 48207 For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover)

ORDER TOLL FREE
(NOTE: For Credit Card HoldersOnly)
1-800-782-4356
Orders will be mailed within 10 days of receipt. Please allow ade uate time for postal
service. If further information is needed, write to the address s own below or call
1-800-782-4356. Material cannot be returned for credit without packing slip w
a
(Monday-Friday 8:OO AM - 6:OO PM EST) information within30 days of delivery. On returns, a re-stocking fee may be applied
FAX Orders
Only 1-313-865-5927 against
the
original
order.
PUBLICATION FORM VEHICLE MODEL TOTAL PRICE
ITEM DESCRIPTION QTYm
NUMBER NAME EACH* YE
1
Manual Service
9 Car & Light Truck
Transmission Unit Repair 1998 $40.00
9
Owner's Manual In Portfolio 1998 $15.00
8.
Owner's Manual Without Podfolio $1 1998 0.00
G
M
- TOTAL MATERIAL
1

NOTE: Dealers and Companies please provide dealer or company name, and also the
name of the person to whose attention the shipment should be sent. Order payable to Michigan Purchasers
S Mail completed order form to:
HELM, INCORPORATED P.O. Box 07130 Detroit, MI 48207
P Helm. Inc. (USA funds
only -
do 'not send cash.)
add 6% sales tax
~ ~~ ~~ ~

$5.00
H
For purchases outside U.S.A. please write to the above address for quotation.
A 0 Mastercard
U.S. Order
Processing
Canadian
Postaee

I
P
(CUSTOMERS NAME) (ATENTION)
Y
M -
0
I I
UDiscover
VISA
I
II '
See Note Beiovij

( GRANDTOTAL I I

E
mml
(STREET ADDRESS-NO P.O. BOX NUMBERS)
Number:
T N Expiration Check herefrom
ifyouryour
billing address
is different shipping
0 (CITY) (STATE) (ZIP CODE)
T
Date mo/yr: address shown.

DAYTIME TELEPHONE NO. 0
AREA CODE
L
CUSTOMER SIGNATURE

GM-CHE-ORD98 '(Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring Note to Canadian Customers: All listed prices are quoted in U.S. funds. Canadian residents
obligation. Allow ample time for delivery.) are to make checks payable in U.S. funds. To cover Canadian postage, add $1 1.50 plus the
US. order processing.

&I NOTES

8-14

Section 9 Index

Accessory Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58 Automatic Transmission
Adding Equipment to the Outsideof Your Vehicle . . . . . . 6-3 Check ...................................... 7-40
Adding Sound Equipment ........................ 3-28 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15
Add-on Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Operation ................................... 2-18
Air Bag Park Mechanism Check ........................ 7-42
Adding Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30 Shifting ..................................... 2-18
How Does it Restrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28 Starting Your Engine .......................... 2-16
How it Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26 Axle
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26 Front ....................................... 6-23
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25.2.69 Rear ....................................... 6-21
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
What Makes it Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
What You See After it Inflates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28 Backglass Wiper. Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
When Should it Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27 Battery ....................................... 6-32
Aircleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 ChargeLight ................................ 2-69
AirConditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Jump Starting ................................. 5-3
Refrigerants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-65 Replacement, Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Alignment and Balance, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47 Warnings ................................ 5-3, 5-4
Aluminum Wheels, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55 Battery Run-Down Protection ..................... 2-44
Antenna, Fixed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 BBB Auto Line ................................. 8-9
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light. . . . . . . . . 2-72, 4-7 Better Business Bureau Mediation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Appearancecare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49 Blizzard, Driving In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57 Brake Fluid .................................... 6-29
Arbitration Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Brake, Parking ................................. 2-22
Armrest,Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53 Brake System Warning Light...................... 2-71
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 Brakes
Audio Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 1,3- 10 Adjustment .................................. 6-32
Automatic Headlamp System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 Anti-Lock ................................... 4-7
Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

9-1

.... 1-46 Trailer ...6-53 Bulb Replacement . 7-41 Cleaner...... . . .. 6-33.. . . . . . 6-32 Where Not to Put . 6-52 Interior Plastic Components ....... .... ...... ... . .. ...... 4-5 Checking Your Restraint Systems ...... ..... .. .. ........ ...... . ...... .. 1-30 Vinyl . .. .6-51 Certificatioflire Label ... . . .. . ...... . .... .. .. .............6-52 Outside of Your Vehicle .. .... . . .. 6-52 Canadian Roadside Assistance ... .. .. 4-40 Weatherstrips ... ... ... .. . ......... .... ...4-46 Climate Control System ..... ..... . . ......... ...... .. .. ..... . 4-8 Aluminum Wheels .. ......64.. . Air . ......... .. ... .. .. .... . . . . .. .. .. .. ..... . . .... .. .27. .. ..... ...... .. . ....................... .... .... .. ........ 6-23 Coolant Heater. ... .... . ....... ..2-77 Compact Disc Care . ...... 4-6 Cleaning Braking in Emergencies .... .... ... .. .. ... ..... . . .. . .... .. 6-55 Break-In.. . .... .. .... ..... .. ... . .... . .... . . ...... 8-8 Securing in the Right Front Seat Position ....... .... . .. ...... .. .. . ... . ..... 1-56 Chemical Paint Spotting.. ......... . . .... . ....... ..... . .. ........ Setting ..... .... .... .......... .6.65 Leather .. New Vehicle ............ . ... . Hydraulic .... ......... ....... . ......... . 2-17 Securing in a Rear Outside Seat Position.. . ..... .. ... ..... ........ .. Engine . .. .. ....... .... .... .... . . . 6-32 Where to Put .. . ... .... ....... .. . . ....... . .. .. .. 6-50 InstrumentPanel . . .. .. .. . .. .4..... ... ..... ..... .. .... . . ........ . 2-69 Comfort Controls . ..... 2-55 Center Front Passenger Position . . .......... ... . .... . .. . ..... .. . .. ... ... ... . .6-53 Wheels .... . .. 2-57 Wear ...... .. ... . . ... ... .... ... .... . ...... . . .. .. . . ......... ... ............ . ....... . ..... . . . . .. . .. ... ..... . .. . .. .. .. .. .38. . . ...... 2-43 Fabric . ... . . . . . . . ... . . . .... .. ... . ...... .. .... . . ....... .. . .. ....... . .4-46 CigaretteLighter ... ... .. . Backglass and Wiper Blades ...... ..... 1-50 Cruise Control .... .. ... ...... . . 6-59 Brake-Transmission Shift Interlock Check ... .. .... .. ... . 6-51 Cargocover ... .... .. 6-55 Cargo Tie Downs .. .... . ... ... .. .... 6-50 BTSICheck .... 6-54 CarbonMonoxide . .... . .... ........ ...... .. ..... .... ..... ... 1-50 Coolant ... 6-31 Circuit Breakers and Fuses . . .4...... .... . ...... ...... . . .... . ... . .. . 6-53 Safety . ..... . . . ........ .... ... . .. . .. .. . .. ... 6-54 Brightness Control . .... .... .. . . .. 6-56 ConvenienceNet ........ .. ... .. .. 6.... ... .9..Brakes (Continued) TopStrap .. . 1-48 Courtesy Transportation .... . ...... . . ... . .. . .... ... .. . . .. 2-37 9-2 ..45 Stains .... .3-10 Changing a Flat Tire. ..... ... .... .. ... ... 3-30 Check Gages Light ..... . .... .1-47 PedalTravel .... . ..... . . ..... .... ... .... . 5 -2 1 Clutch..... . . .... .... .... ..... .... 6-48 Clock... . .. ..... ....... .... ... .. ....... 6-62 Inside of Your Vehicle .2..... .... . . ... . ... . 2-77 Control of a Vehicle ..... . ... . ...... . . .... 2-54 Tires . ..... .... . ....1-50 Replacing System Parts .. ........ . . . ..... ... . . . 6-14 Braking . 2.... .. .. . ... .. ........ .... . ... . 7-41 Glass .13 Exterior Lamps and Lenses . .. .. . ... . 5-14.. .. . ..... .......... ... 6-20 Charging System Light .. .. ... ........ .... . ........ . . ... . .... . .... . .... 3-3 Tire .... ....... .... .... 2-46 ChildRestraints . .... ........ . 3-2... . ..... 2.. ............ .. .......... 8-7 Capacities and Specifications .. .... . .............. . .. .................. . ... ... .. ......... . .. . .. . .. ....... . .. 3-1 Check 4WD Light . .. . .. . ........... .. .... . ... ..6-55 Chains Windshield... . . ... ..... ..... .... . . . ..... . 1-42 Center Seat Positions .. ...... . .... ...... 2-54 Convex Outside Mirror .... ... ......... .... ..... .

. . ... . . . . ... . 4-28 Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . .. . .. .. ... .. . .. 5-12 Foreign Countries . . . . . .. ...... . . . . . .. .. .. . ... . . . .. . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . .. . .. ... . .. . 4-31 Identification .4-3 Overheating .. 6-62 InaBlizzard .. . . . ... . . . . . .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . ... .. .2-52 Remote Release . . .. .. . . . .. . . . . . . . .1-15 Exhaust . . .. Reporting Safety . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... . . . . . . . 8-1 Rainy Conditions . . . . . . . . .. . . .. Sheet Metal . .. . . .. . .. . . . .. .. 4-2 Defogging . .2-16 Hill and Mountain Roads . .. . . ..... . . . . .. . . .. . .. . ... . . . .. . . . . Automatic Transmission ... . .. . . . . .. 4-2 OilLevelCheck . . .... ... ..6-64 Guidelines .. .. . .. .. . . .. .. . .. .. ..... ... . . ... . . . ... .... .. .. .. . . . . . . .. .. ... . . ... 4-14 Adding .. . . . . ..... . ... . 7-39 Drunken .. . . . .. . . . . . . ... .. . . . .... . ... . . . .. 2-4 ManualRelease . .. . . . . . .. .. . ... . 4-27 Engineoil .. . .. . . . .. . ... . . . 6-56 Winter . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 2-28 Freeway .. ... . . . .. .. .. . ... .. . . . . ... . .. ... . . . ... . . . . . . . .... . ... . ... . .. .. . .. . 4. . . . . .... . .. . . . .. . . .... . . . .. .. ... . 2-9 Door EmergencyRelease .. . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . .. ... .. . ... . . . ... . . . . . . . 2-11 Drive .. ... . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . .... . .. . . .. . .. . . . . . .. ... . .. . . .. ..4-47 Daytime Running Lamps ... .. . .. . .. .. .. . . .. 2-42 Driving On Grades While Towing a Trailer . . .. ... . . . . . ... . . ... . . . . . . . . .. . . ... .. .... . . . .. . . .. . . .. ... .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 8-2 Snowy and Icy Conditions .. . .. .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. .. . . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. 6-11 On Curves . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . 6-66 Electrical System . 2-17 Drive Axle Service . . . . .. .. . . . .. . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . .. . . 7-39 Driver Information System . . .. .. . . .... .. . . .. .. . . . .4-38 Engine Coolant ... .. . . . . . .. . .. .. . . . .. . . . . .. . .. . .. .. . . . . . . ... .. . . . . . .6-58 DomeLamps . . . . ... .... . .. . .. . ... . .. . .. . . . ... . .. .Vehicle . .. .. . . . .. . . . .... . .. . . 4-34 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . 2-11 Locks . . ..... . . .. .... . . ... .. . . . .... . . . . .. ... .... . . .. . 2-72 DriverPosition ... . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. . .. . . .. . ... .. . . . .. 2-10 Storage .... .. . . .... . . . ... 7-44 Coolant Level Check .. . . .. . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. .. .. . . . ..... 6-58 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . .. . .. . . . . .. . .... . . . . ..... .. . .. . . . .... . .. .. . . . . ... .. .. . . . .. . 6-55 With a Trailer . . ... . . . . .. .. . . ... . 5-3 DrunkenDriving . . . 3-28. . . . .. . . . ..4-30 WetRoads .... 4-32 Specifications . . .. . . . . . .8-10 DefensiveDriving . .. . 2-50 Coolant Temperature Gage ... . . . ..... . . . .. . . . . ... . . 3-8 Electrical Equipment..... .. . .. . . .. . .. . . . . 2-20 Coolant Heater .. . . . . 6-10 Off-Road . ... . .. .. . . . . Adding . . . .. . . .. . . . .. . . .... . . ... . . . . .. ... . . .... . . ...Customer Assistance Information . .. . ... . ... . . . .. . . .. .. .. . . . . 6-13 9-3 . .... . .. . . . .. . .. 3-8 E a s y Entry Seat . . .. . . .. . . . . ...... . . . . . ... . . . . . . .. . . . . .1-7 Defrosting . .. . 6-58 Dimensions. .. . . . ... ... ...... . . . . .. . 6-9 Drive. .. .. .. ... . .. . ..4-28 Damage. . . . . . . ..... . . . .. . . .. . . . .. . . . 6-23 Night . . . . .. . ... .. . . ... .. .. . . 4-48 DeadBattery . . 2-27 Driving FanNoise . . . . .. .... . . . . . ... ... .. . ... . . . 5-20 City .. . . .. . . . ... ... . . . . .. . . ... . .. . . .. . .. .. . . 2-43 Endgate .... .. . .. . . ... . ... . .... . .. .. ..... . .. . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Engine . .. . . . . . . . . .. .. . . ... ... . .. .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . 4-9 Additives .. . . .. . . Finish . 4-36 Damage. . . . . . . . ... ... .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . .... . . . . . 4-3 Defects. .. .. .... .. . . . . . ... . .. . . .. . . ..... . .. ... ... . . . . .. . . .. ... . . . . . .. . .. ... . . . . .. 6-5 Running While Parked . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . ... .. . . 4-36 Through Deep StandingWater .. .14 Starting .. .. . . ... .. . . .. . . ... .. .

.. . . . .. ...... . .. . . ..... . .. .... Fuel .. . . . . .. .. .. .... ..... Franqais 2-42 Guide en . . .. . . .. .. . ... . .... 6-50 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ... ..Engine Oil (Continued) Front Storage Area ... . 7-45 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating .. 2-47 Headlamps . ... .... . . .. . .. .... .. .... .. .. .60 Finish Damage . ...... ... .... . . . .. .. .. . ....... ... ..... ... . . . .. 2-29. . . .2... .. ... ... . ....... . .. ... .. . . ....... . . ... .. . . . . . .. . .. .. . ... Changing . ... .. . . 2-75 Fuel . .. . . .. . . . 6-12 Front Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement . . ....... .. FrenchLanguage Manual ......... .. ... .. . ..... ... ..... . .. .. . .. ... . . . . .. 6-3 Used .. . ... .. . . . 6-23 Hazard Warning Flashers . ... . .. 6-65.. .. .. . . ........ . .2-40 9-4 . .. .... . . . ... ... .. ... . 2-32 Fuse Block Engine Compartment ... . .. .. . .. . ... .. .... .... . ...... . .... . ... .. . .. .. .. ... ... . ... .... ... . . . . .. .... . . 2. . .. .... ... .. . . . .. .. .. . .. . .. .. ... .. . ... . .... .. 2-21 Four-wheel Drive .... . ..... . .. .. ... . ... . .... . .... . . . .. . ... .. .. . . . . .. ... 6-5 Exhaust. . .. ... .... .. . . .. ....... . . . .... .... .. .. .... . .. . .. . .... .. . ... .. .. .. . . . ......... . . ...... . .. .. . ..... . ... . .... .. ..... 2-2 1 GearPositions . . .. 6-5 First Gear Gate Ajar Light .. ... . . . .. . . .... . . . . . .. .. ... .... . ......... .. . . . . .. ... .. . .4-40 Manual Transmission . . 1-7 Front Reading Lamps . ... . .. .. . . ... ..... . . . . . ... .... . . .. .. . .. . ... 6-60 Fabric Cleaning . .. . .. 2-78 Express-Down Window ... . .. . .. ... .... . 2-77 AutomaticTransmission . . .. ... ..... ..5-2 Front Map Lamps... .. . . ... ...... . . .... . .. 6-5 Gages Filter Engine Coolant Temperature . .. . . . .. .... 6-62 InstrumentPanel .. 6-14 Fuel . .. . . .. . . .... .. .. .. Manual Transmission . ... . .. .. ... .. . .. ...... . .. ...... . .. .. . ... . ... .. .. ....... .. . . .. .... . . .... . ..... ... . . .. .... . .... . .. ...... ... . .. 4-40 Fourth Gear. .. . ...... . . .... . . . ....... . .... .... ..... . .... . . . .. .. ... . . . . . . .. .. . 2-46 Flat Tire. ... ..... . .. 2-72 Air .. . . .. . . . . .. ....... 5-21 Gross Axle Weight Rating . . . . . . ... . . 2-18 Flashers. . .. ... ... . ... . .. .. .. .. . . .. ...2-43 Gage . .. 6-14 Filling a Portable Container.. 6-7 When to Change ... .. ... . ...... .. ... .. ... . .. ... . 6-54 Garage Door Opener ...... . ... .. ... .. ....... . . .. .. Manual Transmission . .. . 2-27 Foreign Countries . ..... . . . ... ... ... . . ... . . .. . . ...... . ... . .2-75 Remote Oil .... ... .. . 6-14 Engine Oil Pressure . ... 2-78 Finishcare . ... Engine . . . . ...... .... .... . .... .. ..47. . . . . 6-36 Pressure Gage ... . .... . 6-5 GVWR . . .. . .. 11 Foreign Countries.. . . . ... .. . .. 6-59 Fifth Gear.. ... . . . ...... ... .. .. . ... . . .. .. . ... ...... 6-56 GasCap ..... ..... . .. 6-1 1 Front Towing . .. .. ..... .... .. . . .. 5-2 GloveBox .. .. ... .......... .... ..... 6-22. 4-40 Fluids and Lubricants .... . . . . .. . .. ......... . . 5-10 KindtoUse . 2-53 Checking .. 6-7 Filling Your Tank . . . . .... ... ..... .. ...... . .. . . ....... 6-5 ExitLighting .. 6-33 FrontAxle . . . .. . .13 Filling Your Tank . 2-43.. . ........ ... ... 2-21 Filling a Portable Fuel Container. .. ..... .. .... ... ... .. . ... . .. .. . . . ... ... . . . .. . .... 2-43 HeadRestraints .. ..... . ... . . ...... . . .. .... .... . . .. . .. . ... . .. . . . .. ... . . 6. ... . ....... . . . .4-40........ . . ..... . ... .. .. . . .. ..... . ... ....... . 11 Halogen Bulbs . .... . .. . . . ... .... . Hazard Warning ... .... ... .. .. . .. .. ... .. FogLampSwitch . 2-20 GAWR ... . ... .. ......... . .... ... ..

. . .. ...... ... . ... ...... . ... .. .. .... ... ... . . ..... . . . . . . . .... .. . . .. .. .. .. 2-43 Inside Daymight Rearview Mirror . .. ........ 7-42 Vehicle Identification Number .. ... . . .. . ... . . .. ... . . 7-43 Leaving Your Vehicle . . ....2... .. . . ..... . ... 6-52 OnReminder .... .. . .. .. . 2-43 Engine Cooling System ..... . .. ... . . ... . .... ... . .... . ...... .. .39 Dome .. ...... .........4.. . ... . 2-6 Hydraulic Clutch ... . .. ... . .... .. ... . 2-33 Keyless Entry System . . .. ....... ... . . . .... ... ...... ... . ... ... . .... .. .. .. . 2.. . . .. . .. ..... . . Seatback . ... ... . .. .. . . . .. .. .. ....... . .. . ... .... 2-5 Steering .... . . . . . .. ... ............ .. . .. . . 5-3 Highway Hypnosis ... . . .... . .. .. ......... . . ... .. .... ...... 2-25 Suspension ... ...... 2-41 ExhaustSystems . . . ..... ..... . ..43. .. 7-44 Air Bag Readiness .. ...... ... ...65.. ...... . ... 2.. ... .... . . .. .. . .. . .. . ..... . . ... ....... Tire .. . 6.. .... .. . ....... . . . ... ... . . .... . . ..... . . 8-4 Interior Lamps .... . ... ..... . .... . . . ... . . .... . 4-34 K e y in the Ignition ..... . . .. . . . . . .... . . . ....... . . .. ... . . . ... .. .66 Wiring .. . . 7-43 Leaving Your Vehicle with the Engine Running .. . 7-43 Latches.. .. ..... .. . ... . . . 1-7 Front Drive Axle Boot Seal . .. .. .. .. . . 2-40 Inflation. .60. . . . . .... . 2-46 Jacking Equipment . ...... .. ... . .... 2.. . .. . . .. .... ... ... . 4-45 Key Lock Cylinders Service . . .. . ... ... . ......... .. ........... .. . .. . ..... .. ..... . . 2-57 Throttle System .. ..... ... .. . . . .. .. ...... ... . . .. .41.. .... .. . . .... . . ...... . . . . . ... . 2....... .... ..... 2-35 Cleaning ... . ....62 Positions . . . . .... ..... .... .. ....... ... ....7. .. .. . .. . ... . . . .... . . .. . ...... . .... . .. ... 1.. .. . .. . ..... ...... ....2. .. . . .. . ... .. . 6-59 Fuse Block . .... ... . . .. .. . . . . .... . . . .. .......... 6-20 Keys . . . .. .. . . . . . . 6-8 Key Release Button .. .. .69 Anti-Lock Brake System Warning ... .. 6-60 Hearing Impaired. . ....... .....7 .... . ... .. 2-14 Safety Belt .. . .72. .. . .. . .... .. .. . 7-43 Lighter . ....... ... .. 1-5 Heated Outside Mirrors . .. ..... ......... ........ . .. .. . 7-40 Hood .. . . . . .... . . ... ... . .. . .. .. . .. . ... .. ... ..... 4-40 Ignition Fuse ... . .. . .... ....6... 2-2 Check . 4-30 Labels Certificatioflire . .. . .. ...... . ... Customer Assistance ... . . .. . .... . ... . . 2-43 Inspections Front Reading ..... .. .. ......... ..... 7-42 Service Parts Identification .... . . ...... . ... ... 7-43 Lights Transfer Case .... . ...... . .. . . .. . .. ...... ... . .... . .... .. ..... . .. . 6-34 InstrumentPanel .. ..... ... ......... . ........ . 2-43 Heated Front Seats ... .. . ... . .... . 2-12 Hitches. . .. .. 1-57 Transmission Lock Check . . . .. ... . .... .. . .. Bulb Replacement . . ......... . . .. . ..... .. ..... . ... .. .. . . .. ... .... ... ... . .. .. ..... . ... 7-43 OnReminder . . .... . . . ... .. ... . .. 7-44 Interior . . . . . . .... . . .. 6-58 Ignition Transmission Lock Check . .. .. . .... . . . .. .. 2-43 Lamps ..... .. ... . ... Trailer .. .. . ... .. .. . .. . 4-34 Hill and Mountain Roads .... . . . . ...... ... . .. . ..25. . . ... . . . . ... . . .. . . . . .. .... .. ..... . . ... . . .. .. ... . . .. . .. . .. ... ...... . . .. . . .. ... . 2-44 FrontMap ... 2-41 Cluster ... ... . .. ... . .. . .. 6.. . 7-40 Hydroplaning . .. . ... . .. .. .. .. ... . . ... .. .. . .... . . .... . . .. .. . .47 Brakesystem . . . . . . ... . .... . 5-22 Heating ... . .. . . .. . .. . . . . . . 2-15 Horn . .. . .. . . . .. . . ..... . .. . ... ... . ... 6-58 Illuminated Entry ...... . .... . . .. .. 2-64 HighLow Beam Changer .. . .. .. ... .. ... ..3-7 Jump Starting ... . .. .. .

. . . . . . . .. . . ... .... .. . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . .2-16 LockoutSwitch .... .. . . . 2-76 Manual Transmission Service Engine Soon . . .. 2-4 Convex Outside . .... .. ...... . .. . .. 7-1 Manual Transmission ... .. . . . . Underbody . . . . . . ..... ... . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ... . . . . . 2-21 Locking Rear Axle . 1-2 Safety Belt Reminder. . . ... . . .. 2-21 LockoutPrevention .. ... .. .. . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . .. . .. . 2-34 Luggagecarrier ... . . . .. . .. . . . .. . . . .. . . 7-40 Shift . ...... . . ... . . .. .. .. . . .. ... . . . ... . . .. . . . .. . . . . ... .. . . . . . . ... . . . .. . . ... 6-65. . . . . ... . . . ... . . .. . . . . .. .... .. .. .. . . . .4-50 GateAjar ..2-77 Maintenance. . . ... ... . . . . . .. . . . .. .. .. . .. . ... . . . . .57.. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . . . .... . .. .. . . . . .. . ... . . . . . . .. .. 4-34 Lubrication Service. . ... ... . . . . . .... . .. . . . .. .. . . . .. .. . . . . .. . ...... . . . 2-78 Manual Front Seat . .. . . . . . . . ..... . . . 2-73 Check . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . .... .. . . .. . . . 2-71 Scheduled Maintenance Services. . ... . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . ..... . ... . . . . . . . . . .. . . .... . . . . .... . ... . .. . .. . .. . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .7 Check4WD . . . . .. Convenience .. . .. . . . .. .. . . . 6-19 Loading YourVehicle . ... ... . 7-43 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . 2-78 ModelReference .. . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . .Lights (Continued) Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . .. . . 7-40 Multifunction Lever .. .. .. . .. . . . . . . ... .. .. . . . . vi Lubricants and Fluids.. .. . .70 Fluid . . . . . . ... . .. . 2-77 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . ...... . .. .. . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . .. .... .. . . . . . . . . . ... .. ... ... . . .. .. . . .. . . ... 7-39 Nightvision . .... . . . .. . . . 7-4 Charging System . .. . . . 1-4 N e t . . .. . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .... ... 2-58 PowerDoor . . . . . . ... . . . . .. .. 7-27 New Vehicle “Break-In” . ... . .... . . . . . .. . .. .. . . . . .. 6-4 Locks Mirrors . . . . .. . . . . . ... . . . .. .. ... . . ... . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . ... . 2-22 Long Tripmighway .. 7-42 Heated Outside .. ... . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . ... 7-48 AutomaticTransmission . . .. .... . ..... . . . . 6-65 9-6 . . . ... . . .. ..68 ... .. 7-45 Brake System Warning . . . . 1-3 Security Warning ..2-69 Short TripKity . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . .. ..... 7. .. ..2-29 Shifting .. .. .. . .. .. . . . 2-73 LowFuel ... . . .. . . . . . 2-22. .. .... . . .. .. .. 6-56 CheckGages . .. . . . . Manual Lumbar Support . ... . .. . . . . ... . 2. . 7-40 Illuminated Visor Vanity . 2-13 Owner Checks and Services. . . . . . .. ... . . .. . .... . . . . 1-3. . .. . 2-46 Key Lock Cylinder Service .. .. .. ... ... . . . . . .. . .. .. . . . ... . . . ... .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. 2-5 Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . .. . .. . . . . . . ... . . . .. 1 10. . .5 Inside Daymight Rearview .. . ..... . . .. . ... .. . ... ... . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. ... . .. . . ..... . . . ... . .. . ... . . . ... . . . . . . ... . . . . . .. .. .2-44 Door . .. Body . 2-54 Neutral Maintenance Record . . . . 2-58 LowFuelLight . .. . ..... . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. ... .... .. . .. 7-6. 2-46 Ignition Transmission Check . . . .. . .. .. . . . . . .. . ... . . . .. . . . . . ... ... .. . . . . . . .. 2-45 Loss of Control .. .... .. . .2-77 Maintenance When Trailer Towing . . .. . . . 2-5 Starting Your Engine . . . ... 2-44 Rear Door Security .. . . .... .. . . . ... . . . .. 4-40 Operation .. . . .. 2-55 LumbarControls . . . . .. 4.. . .. . . . .. . .. .. . . . . . . ... . . .... . . . . .. 2. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . ..... ... . . . .. . . . . . . ... . 2... .. .. . . . . .. . .. . .. .. .. . . . .. . . ... . .. . . . . . 7-45 MountainRoads . .. . .. .. . . . .... . .. . ... . . .. . . . 2-32 Methanol .. . .... .. ... . . . . . . ... . . . .. .. . .... .. .. . .. ... .4-27 Periodic Maintenance Inspections .. . . . .. ... .. . .. .. . . .. .. . . . . . .. ... . . ... ... . .. . .13 Visorvanity . . .. . . . . . . . .. . .... . . . ... . . . . . . . .... . . . ... ... . . . 2-19 Maintenance Schedule .

...... ... . .. .. 2-5 Payload .... .... .... . 2-31 ManualAdjust . . . 2-26 Cassette Tape Player Care . .. 4-28 Over Things That Burn .. .. . .... 15 Shifting Out of .... . . . .. .. . . . . .. .... . 2-12 Compact Disc Player Care .. . . .. . ... . .. . ... ... ........... . . . 2-23 Cassette Tape Player .. .. Manual Transmission . ........ ... .. . ...... 1-8 9-7 .... 2-58 Off-Road Recovery ... .... . . . . .. . . .... .. 2-27 RAP ...... . ... ... ... .. 3-28 Park Radios Automatic Transmission .. . ... ..... . . ........... ........... ..... . . . ...... . . ... 2-12 Door Security Locks . .... .... .. .... .... . .... ... . . . . . ... 3-24 Brake Mechanism Check ... 3.. .. ... . ........ . ....... ... 5-17 Radiator Pressure Cap . ..12 Radiator....... .... . 1-35 Periodic Maintenance Inspections .... .... .. ............. .. ...... .. .. ..... . 1-3 Power Remote Control ... . ... . ... . . ....... ..... . . ....12 Publications... 3-20 AtNight . ... 1-32 Seats . 2-45 Opener....... 8..... 1-4 Convex .18 AM-€34 Stereo .. . 6-27 Outside Mirror Windows .. 3-30 Brake . ..... ..... ...... . . .... .. ..... . .. 3.... . .... . . .. .. 4-49 Rain..... . . .. .... .. . .. 12 Steering Fluid . ....... . .. . ..... ... .... 6-26 P a i n t Spotting. ... . ... . 8.. ... .. . .. .. .. .... ..... . . .. . . ....... .. ........ ... ... 7-42 Setting the Clock .... . . ...... ... . ........ ...... ........... ... .. . . . .. .. .... .. 2. . ..... ....... .. ...... . . .... .. .... ..7. ... . . .. . .... .. .. . ... 4-11 Axle ... .. . . ..12 Owner Checks and Services... ...... ......... ... .... ... . . . . ....7-43 SeatPassengers . . .... ....Odometer . . .. . ... . ... 2-67 Power Off-Road Driving .... ... . .... . ...... ..... ..... .. ... . . .. . .... .. ...... . ... Driving ..... ..... . . . . 2. . . . . . . .. ..... .. ..... 4-9 Ordering Owner and Service Publications. ... .. ... ... . .. . .......... ............... . .. Service and Owner ... ....... .. .. .... 3-26 On Hills with a Trailer .. .... . . .. ..... 2-46 Problems on the Road .. . .... ... 8. ..... .. ... . ... .11. ...... ....... .. . . .. . . . . ... . . . .. ... ... .... . ... . ... ... . . .. ... . . .. .. .. .. .2... . .... ... ... ... . . ...... . .... .. ...... . . . . . . . 2-26 Rear Passing ..... .. .. ............. . ... . ... . .. .. . . ..... 3. .. ... ..... .. . ....... ........ ..... ...... 2-12 Theft-Deterrent Feature . .60 Steering . . . . ... .... . . .. ... ....... ... .....5. .... ........ .. .11 Door Locks . 6-21 Passlock" . 2-46 Pregnancy.... 6-10 Remote Control Mirror ....39 Parking Compact Disc Player ........ .. ..47.. . 7-39 Owner Publications .. ... ..... .... ..... .. . ........... .. ... .. . .... .. .. ... 4. 2-16 Your Vehicle. .......... . Chemical .. . 4. ... ... Engine ... . . .. .. . . .. . .. .. ... ... . ......... ... . . ......... . ... ... .. . ... . . .. .. . . .. Garage Door ... ...... ... . .. .. . . ........ .. .. . 2-45 Power Seat ...... ... ... . ... . . .. .. ..... . ........ 8..... 6-56 Radio Reception ... . . ... 1-22 OverheadConsole ..... .. 2-45 LumbarControls . ....... ..... . . . . .29. ......... ..... . Adding Coolant ...... .. . ... 8. .. 2-22 Remote Cassette Player ... 8..... . .12... . .....11.... . .... .. 3-10 Lots ... 3-10 Shifting Into . ..... . .. ....... Use of Safety Belts . . .... .. 2-5 Oil.. ..... .. . ...... . ..... .. .. . .. .. . ... .... 4-42 Safety Belt Comfort Guides .. .11. . .. . ....... . 5-1 Overheating Engine . .. ....... .. . . ..... .. ........14 AccessoryOutlets . . ........... ... .. ... .. . .... . ... .... .

. . .. .. .. . .. . . ... .. . . . . .. ... .. . 1-22 Reporting Safety Defects . . .. . ..... . . 1-15 Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle . 2... 1-11 Restraints Safety Chains .. .. 1-30 WindowDefogger . ... .. . . . . . ... .. . . . .. . ... . .. .. . 6-42 Service Engine Soon Light . . . .. 8-10 Checking . . . .. .. .. 6-45 Use During Pregnancy . 2-21 Roadside Assistance .. . . . .... . . . . . Reporting .. ... . ... .. .. . . .... . . . . . ... ... . . . . . ... . ... . 6-64 Replacing After a Crash. .. .. .. .... . ...... ... .. . .. . . . . . . ....... .. .. . . .... . . .. . . . ..... 1-23 Wheel . ........ . . . ... . ... .. 7-40 Safety Defects. . . . . . . .. 1-8 DriverPosition .. ..1-42 Scheduled Maintenance Services. ....... .... . . ..... . .. . . ... . ... . ... . ... .. ....... .. . . . . .. ... .... . .. .. . . . . .. ... . . . .... .. . . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .12 Rotation. ..... . 6-58 safety Belts ... ... . . 1-5 Reverse Seats and Restraint Systems . . . . ... .. . ... .. .. . . ..... . . . ... . ..... 5. . .. . .. .. .. . .. . . ... ... ... . . 2-73 Service Parts Identification Label . .. . .. ... 1-14 Recreational Vehicle Towing . .... . . .. .... .. .... 2-20 Right Front Passenger Position ... . . . ..1-38 RecoveryHooks ..... ... ..... .. ..... . . . . ... 1-15. . . . ............. .. .... ..... . . .11. .. 6-1 Rocking YourVehicle .. 1-57 Parts ... . ... ..... . ... . .. . . ... .. .. .... . ... Tires . .. . . . ... .... .. . . . .. 1-28 9-8 .. . .... .14 Questions andAnswers .. ... ... ... . . 1-56 Safety Warnings and Symbols . ... ... . 8.. .. . . . . .... 6-52 Towing .. . . . . . . ... ... . . ... . . .. .... .... . . . . . . . ...6-65 Right Front Passenger Position .. .... . .... ... ...... 1-38 Window Washerwiper ... 1-15 Rearview Mirror ........ .. .... . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. . ... .. . . . . . . . ... . .. .. ..... .. .. . .......... ... ..... . . . . .. ... .. . 6-65. . . . . .. . 1-7 Seatback Replacing Parts After a Crash . . . ..... .. .... ..... . . .. . . 1-1 Automatic Transmission . .. . . . 8-10 WhyTheyWork . . .... . .. ... . . .. .. . ... . .. . . .. . .. . ..... .... . . ... . . . .. .. . .. ... . ... .. .. . . . . .. . ... .. . . . 4-39 Rear Comfort Guides . . .... .. . . .. . .. 2-22 AutomaticTransmission ... . .. . . . ..... .. ... . ..... .. .... 1-56 Reclining Front Seatbacks .... . .. 2-76 Canadian . .. . . 1-32 Bulbs . .. . . . .. ..... .. ....... . . . . . 2-37 Children ... ..... .. .. . ... . . 1-15 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants .... . . iii Child . . . .. .. .. .. . .. ... . .. . . ........ ... .. .. . . . . . . ... ... . . .. ..1-30.. . . .. ... . .. . .. . . . ... . Coolant .. 6-2 Adults . ... ..... .. ... . .. ..... 1-39. 8-5 Security Warning Light .. . .. .. .10 Service Work. .. . . . .. ... .. 2. .. . ... . . . .. ..... . ..3-9 Center Rear Passenger Position . .. ... .... . . . .. . .. . . ... ... . . . ..... . . ... . . . . Doing Your Own . ... . . .. . ... .. ... . . . .. .. ... .4-46 Check . .... ... .. . ... . . . .. . . . . .. ... 8-7 Service and Appearance Care .... . ... . . . .16 RecliningFront . . .. .. . . . . .. . . ... .. ..1-5 How to Wear Properly .... ... . .. . . ... . .. .. 1-23 ManualTransmission ... .. . ... . . . . . . . .. ... . . . .. . ........ . .. . ... ... . .. .. . 7-4 Head . . . ....... .. . . .... ... . . . . .. . .. . 5-36 Service and Owner Publications .... .. .. . ....... . ... . . .. .. ... . ... . .. .19 Second Gear Manual Transmission . 7-45 LapBelt .. . .. . .. ... . . ..... ... . .. .. 5-36 Lap-Shoulder .. . ... ... . . .. .. ... . .. . .Rear (Continued) Care . . . .... . .. . . .. . . . . . . . .. . ... .. . . . . .. . ....2-44 Extender ... .... . .. .. . . . . ... . .. . .... .... . .. ..... .11 Center Front Passenger Position .. ...1-53 Rearseats ......... . .. . ..1-57 Latches . .. . .. .. . ...... . ... . .. .... 1-7 Retained Accessory Power.. .. . . .. . ... . . 1-35 Replacement Rear Seat Passengers ....... .. ... . .. . .... .. . .. 5. .. 8.. . . .1-32 Recovery Tank...... . ...... .... . . .... . . .. . .. .. . 1. . ..... . .. .... ..

... ... . .. . . . . .... ..... 2-34 Tilt Steering Wheel ... ..Setting ...... ...... . ... ... .. ... . .. 6-38 Driving on Grades . 7-39 Speech Impaired. ... ........... 5-30 WearIndicators .... .... .. 6-41 Power .. . . .. .... .... .. ..... 1-47 Sunglasses Storage .... Automatic Transmission .. .. . . . ..... . ....10 Pressure . . .. 5-30. . . ..... . . .. . . .... . Mud. .... ... . .... .. .. ... . . ..... ..... . .. .. ...... 4-9 Temperature . . .. 2.... ... . . . . . . .... ... .. .. .. ..... .. ... . .. ... .. ........ ..... . .. . .. .. . . ........ . . .. . . . . . ... ... . . .. . . . ... ....... . ... . 6-47 Stains. ... 2-67 Brakes . .. 1-23 Time. .... .. .. . . .. ... 2..... . . .... ... 6-46 Steering Wheel. . ... ..... .. 7-41 Changing a Flat ... .... . 2. ... .. .. .. ..... . ... . 2-23 Third... .. .... ..... . .. . 6-41... . . . . . .. ........ .. 4-45 9-9 . ... . . . . . . .... ........ . ... . ..... 2...... .... ..... . ..... . 2-33 Traction ........... . .64. ... . ...... .. ..... .... . . ..... 3-29 Driving with a Trailer. ... . Wheel Nut ........ . . .. ..... . .. . ......... ..... ............ .... . . Cleaning .... .. .. . . .. ... ..... . .... .. ..21 Thermostat . .. ... .. . 3-26 Shifting .. ... . .6.. . .. . 2-46 Treadwear . . . .. ..... 2-26 Third Gear.. ...... .. .. .. . ....... .. .. ... .... ....... .. ... . ... . .. . .... ... . ..... . . Tilt . . . . . . ........ .2.. .... .. .. . .... v Towing.... . ..... . . . . .. 2-12 Shift Light ... . . .. .. . .. . . . ...... .. ..... 2-67 Alignment and Balance .. . .. .... . ..... .. .....18. . 2-33 SIR ...... .. . . ....7-39 Steering Inspection and Rotation . ... ....... 6-27 IntoPark . Vehicle .. ... . ..... . .... 5-7 Trailer Tachometer ...... . . ........ .... .. . . 5-21 Starting Your Engine .. . . .. . . . .... .. .. . ...... . ... . ... .. .. . .. ...... ... . ... .. 6-55 Steam .. . ... .. ...... ... . .. .... 4-39 Towing Your Vehicle . ..... . .. . .. ..... .......... . ... ... . . . 4-13 Tire Chains .. ..... .. . .... . . ... . . ...... 6-46 Storage.. .. ........ .. . ........ . . . . . ... .. ... .. . .... ..... 2-49 Hitches . ... . ..... 6-48 Specifications and Capacities ... . . 3-10 Skidding ..70 THEFTLOCK ... .... . ... ... .... .. ... .. . . .. . .. .. . . .... ... .. .... ..2-59 Torque. .. 4-48 TapePlayerCare .. .... 2-21 SignalingTurns .... . . . .. .. . ..... . .. ... .. .... . 4-47 Temperature and Compass Display . . . .. ... .... . .... .. 6-45 Storing a Flator Spare Tire and Tools... ... .. .65 Tire Inflation Check ... .. . ... .. . .. . . . 6-5 1 Buying New .. . . . . . . 6-55 Theft . . . .. .. ...... .. ... . . ... . . . . ... .. . 6-44 SunVisors . . . 1-23 Towing a Trailer ..... .. ... . . ......... . . . . . 6-64 Supplemental Inflatable Restraint .... .. .. .. .. ... . . .. . .. ... .. ... .. ... . .. . . .. ... ..... .. .. ..... .... ... .. . .. . . .... .... ....... ..... .. .. ..... ......... ... . . 6-44 Stuck: In Sand. . . . . .. ... . ... .. . ... ... ... .. ........ ..... . .. . .. . ......... ... . .. .. .. ....... . 2-52 TorqueLock . . .... . .. .. . 4.. ... .. ..... . 4-42 Symbols.. ... ... ..... . .... .22.. . . . .... ..16 Cleaning .. . 2-26 Sunroof . ...... 6-44 Starter Switch Check . .4-46 Taillamp Bulb Replacement .... ... .. ....... . .. ... ... Ice or Snow . ...... .. .... . .... ..... ... ..... .... .. . .. ....... ..... ... . . 6-46 Storage Compartments ...... .. 5-12 Inflation . 5-35 When It’s Time for New .... . ... ..... .. .. .... . . ... .. .... .. .Sheet Metal Damage . .. ...... . ..... . .. ... .......... ..... . .. . .. . . . ... . ... . . .. Manual Transmission . .. ... . 2-57 TopStrap . .... .. .... . . .. Customer Assistance .. .. . . 6-42 In Emergencies . .. . 2-20 Out of Park . . . . . . ..... .. . ...RecreationalVehicle . ...... .. ........ . ....... .. ... . . .... . .. . . ..... 8-4 Tires Speedometer .... .. . ...... . . ... ... .. .. Vehicle .. . . 6-33 Uniform Quality Grading ....... ... ... . ... . ... 6.... ..... . . .... .. ...... .. ... ... .. . ... .. ... .. . ... . ...... .. . .. .

.. . 2-31 Swing-Out ... -4-5 Wiring..... .. .. ..... ...... .. .. 8-8 Wheel Nut Torque ... 2-32 Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer. .......... ... . ..... ............. 7-39 Erasing Channels . ............................... 6-22 Warning Lights..... . ..... ....... .... ... 2-32 Turn Signal and Lane Change Signals....... ..... ................. .............. ..... Windshield ......................... ...... ....... ...... .......... . ... 4-33 Wheel Replacement . . 2-33 Underbody Maintenance .......... .... ... .................. .... 2-63 FluidLevelCheck .....Trailer (Continued) Vehicle Dimensions ...... . ...... ........ ............ 2-67 Windows TTYUsers ... ........ . . .. . ... ...... ... ..... ....... ........... .....6..... ... 4-48 Weight ....... Gages and Indicators ......... .... 2-68 Transmission Fluid Washer Fluid. 2-34 LockoutSwitch ...... 2-61 BladeReplacement ....... .... .... ... 6-47 Transportation...... .. .. ....... . ... 6-19 Weatherstrips ...... . ............ 4-45 Visors... ..... . 3-7 Total Weight on Tires ........ 2-62 Bladecheck ........... .......... .. .. .. . ..... . 2-70 Turnsignals .... ...... . .. .. .. .. .... 4-50 w a r n i n g Devices .... .. ............ ...................5.. 2-62 Fuses ......... ..... .. ..................... ..... ..................... ........ ......... ...... 5.............. ..... . .................. ........ ......... .. ....... ............ . . ...... ... ........... .... ... .... ... 6-47 TripOdometer ............ ... ...... ... .. .. ...... ........ . 4-40 Safety Chains ..... . . ....... .. ... ... . .............. . 6-33 Tongueweight .... .... .......... 2-36 Universal Transmitter. .... .......... .. . .... ................... 4-42 Voltmeter .............. .... ......... .......... 5...... 2-36 Operation ... .. ... . 6.. 6-58 Parking on Hills . ........... ............. . ....... ..... ............... 6-28 Accessories . .. ...... ..... 2-37 Winter Driving ....... 6-28 Automatic ....... .... ..... .... Sun ........ ......... . ........ iv WreckerTowing ........ 6-53 Transmitters............... ...... ............ ..... ................... .......... ... .15 Washing Your Vehicle .......Headlamp .... . .......... .... .......64 Trip. . ......... ................ . . .. .........2.. 7-40 Programming . .. 6-56 WindshieldWasher ... 6-38 Rolling Code Openers ... ..... ........ ........... 2-57 Towing .... ... .. ........ 5-7 ............. .. .. .... 8-4 Express-Down . . . 2-6 Wheel Alignment . .......... .... ...... 2-60 Fluid ......................... .. ......... . . . ..... ........... ........... ......Courtesy ...... 4-36 Vehicle control . ... 4-48 Manual ........ . ... . .. .... ..... 4-44 WiringHarness ... .......... ............ ... . . ....... ........... ...... Before Leaving .... 6-59 Vehicle Damage Warnings ...................... ... ................. 4-46 VehicleStorage ...... 6-48 Rear . . ........ .. .... ........ ..3 Transfer Case .... ... ... .. ..... ................ ... ...........4-44 Ventilation System .... 4-49 Vehicle Loading ............ 6-59 Used Replacement Wheels.. . . . ....... ....... . ............... .. ........ .. ...................... 6-66 Maintenance When Towing ...... 4-50 Vehicle Identification Number ....... ..... 2-63 WindshieldWiper .............. Keyless Entry ... . .. 2-29..........30....... ........ .... ...... ............ 2-31 Power ........ . 6-54 Manual ........ ..... ......... ...

.> 3057 . .